<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="cfr.xsl"?>
<CFRGRANULE xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="CFRMergedXML.xsd">
  <FDSYS>
    <CFRTITLE>14</CFRTITLE>
    <CFRTITLETEXT>Aeronautics and Space</CFRTITLETEXT>
    <VOL>2</VOL>
    <DATE>2010-01-01</DATE>
    <ORIGINALDATE>2010-01-01</ORIGINALDATE>
    <COVERONLY>false</COVERONLY>
    <TITLE>FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED)</TITLE>
    <GRANULENUM>I</GRANULENUM>
    <HEADING>CHAPTER I</HEADING>
    <ANCESTORS>
      <PARENT HEADING="Title 14" SEQ="0">Aeronautics and Space</PARENT>
    </ANCESTORS>
  </FDSYS>
  <CHAPTER>
    <TOC>
      <TOCHD>
        <PRTPAGE P="3"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER I—FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED)</HD>
      </TOCHD>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER D—AIRMEN</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <PTHD>Part</PTHD>
      <PGHD>Page</PGHD>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>60</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Flight simulation training device initial and continuing qualification and use</SUBJECT>
        <PG>5</PG>
        <PT>61</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Certification: Pilots, flight instructors, and ground instructors</SUBJECT>
        <PG>381</PG>
        <PT>63</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Certification: Flight crewmembers other than pilots</SUBJECT>
        <PG>499</PG>
        <PT>65</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Certification: Airmen other than flight crewmembers</SUBJECT>
        <PG>517</PG>
        <PT>67</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Medical standards and certification</SUBJECT>
        <PG>540</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER E—AIRSPACE</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>71</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Designation of class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas; air traffic service routes; and reporting points</SUBJECT>
        <PG>553</PG>
        <PT>73</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Special use airspace</SUBJECT>
        <PG>557</PG>
        <PT>75</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>77</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Objects affecting navigable airspace</SUBJECT>
        <PG>559</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER F—AIR TRAFFIC AND GENERAL OPERATING RULES</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>91</PT>
        <SUBJECT>General operating and flight rules</SUBJECT>
        <PG>573</PG>
        <PT>93</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Special air traffic rules</SUBJECT>
        <PG>833</PG>
        <PT>95</PT>
        <SUBJECT>IFR altitudes</SUBJECT>
        <PG>876</PG>
        <PT>97</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Standard instrument procedures</SUBJECT>
        <PG>884</PG>
        <PT>99</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Security control of air traffic</SUBJECT>
        <PG>886</PG>
        <PT>101</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Moored balloons, kites, amateur rockets and unmanned free balloons</SUBJECT>
        <PG>890</PG>
        <PT>103</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Ultralight vehicles</SUBJECT>
        <PG>895</PG>
        <PT>105</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Parachute Operations</SUBJECT>
        <PG>898</PG>
        <PT>106-109</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </CHAPTI>
    </TOC>
    <SUBCHAP TYPE="N">
      <PRTPAGE P="5"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER D—AIRMEN</HD>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 60</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 60—FLIGHT SIMULATION TRAINING DEVICE INITIAL AND CONTINUING QUALIFICATION AND USE</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>60.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of sponsor rules to persons who are not sponsors and who are engaged in certain unauthorized activities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Qualification Performance Standards.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Quality management system.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sponsor qualification requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Additional responsibilities of the sponsor.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>FSTD use.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>FSTD objective data requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Special equipment and personnel requirements for qualification of the FSTD.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Initial qualification requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Additional qualifications for a currently qualified FSTD.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Previously qualified FSTDs.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Inspection, continuing qualification evaluation, and maintenance requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Logging FSTD discrepancies.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Interim qualification of FSTDs for new aircraft types or models.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Modifications to FSTDs.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Operation with missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative components.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.27</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Automatic loss of qualification and procedures for restoration of qualification.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.29</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Other losses of qualification and procedures for restoration of qualification.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applications, logbooks, reports, and records: Fraud, falsification, or incorrect statements.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Specific full flight simulator compliance requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>60.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>FSTD qualification on the basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA).</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Appendix A to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Airplane Full Flight Simulators</APP>
          <APP>Appendix B to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Airplane Flight Training Devices</APP>
          <APP>Appendix C to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Helicopter Full Flight Simulators</APP>
          <APP>Appendix D to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Helicopter Flight Training Devices</APP>
          <APP>Appendix E to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Quality Management Systems for Flight Simulation Training Devices</APP>
          <APP>Appendix F to Part 60—Definitions and Abbreviations for Flight Simulation Training Devices</APP>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, and 44701.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>Doc. No. FAA-2002-12461, 71 FR 63426, Oct. 30, 2006, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This part prescribes the rules governing the initial and continuing qualification and use of all aircraft flight simulation training devices (FSTD) used for meeting training, evaluation, or flight experience requirements of this chapter for flight crewmember certification or qualification.</P>
          <P>(b) The rules of this part apply to each person using or applying to use an FSTD to meet any requirement of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(c) The requirements of § 60.33 regarding falsification of applications, records, or reports also apply to each person who uses an FSTD for training, evaluation, or obtaining flight experience required for flight crewmember certification or qualification under this chapter.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of sponsor rules to persons who are not sponsors and who are engaged in certain unauthorized activities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The rules of this part that are directed to a sponsor of an FSTD also apply to any person who uses or causes the use of an FSTD when—</P>
          <P>(1) That person knows that the FSTD does not have an FAA-approved sponsor; and</P>
          <P>(2) The use of the FSTD by that person is nonetheless claimed for purposes of meeting any requirement of this chapter or that person knows or should have known that the person's acts or omissions would cause another person to mistakenly credit use of the FSTD for purposes of meeting any requirement of this chapter.</P>

          <P>(b) A situation in which paragraph (a) of this section would not apply to a <PRTPAGE P="6"/>person would be when each of the following conditions are met:</P>
          <P>(1) The person sold or leased the FSTD and merely represented to the purchaser or lessee that the FSTD is in a condition in which it should be able to obtain FAA approval and qualification under this part;</P>
          <P>(2) The person does not falsely claim to be the FAA-approved sponsor for the FSTD;</P>
          <P>(3) The person does not falsely make representations that someone else is the FAA-approved sponsor of the FSTD at a time when that other person is not the FAA-approved sponsor of the FSTD; and</P>
          <P>(4) The person's acts or omissions do not cause another person to detrimentally rely on such acts or omissions for the mistaken conclusion that the FSTD is FAA-approved and qualified under this part at the time the FSTD is sold or leased.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>In addition to the definitions in part 1 of this chapter, other terms and definitions applicable to this part are found in appendix F of this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Qualification Performance Standards.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Qualification Performance Standards (QPS) are published in appendices to this part as follows:</P>
          <P>(a) Appendix A contains the QPS for Airplane Flight Simulators.</P>
          <P>(b) Appendix B contains the QPS for Airplane Flight Training Devices.</P>
          <P>(c) Appendix C contains the QPS for Helicopter Flight Simulators.</P>
          <P>(d) Appendix D contains the QPS for Helicopter Flight Training Devices.</P>
          <P>(e) Appendix E contains the QPS for Quality Management Systems for FSTDs.</P>
          <P>(f) Appendix F contains the QPS for Definitions and Abbreviations for FSTDs.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Quality management system.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) After May 30, 2010, no sponsor may use or allow the use of or offer the use of an FSTD for flight crewmember training or evaluation or for obtaining flight experience to meet any requirement of this chapter unless the sponsor has established and follows a quality management system (QMS), currently approved by the National Simulator Program Manager (NSPM), for the continuing surveillance and analysis of the sponsor's performance and effectiveness in providing a satisfactory FSTD for use on a regular basis as described in QPS appendix E of this part.</P>
          <P>(b) The QMS program must provide a process for identifying deficiencies in the program and for documenting how the program will be changed to address these deficiencies.</P>
          <P>(c) Whenever the NSPM finds that the QMS program does not adequately address the procedures necessary to meet the requirements of this part, the sponsor must, after notification by the NSPM, change the program so the procedures meet the requirements of this part. Each such change must be approved by the NSPM prior to implementation.</P>
          <P>(d) Within 30 days after the sponsor receives a notice described in paragraph (c) of this section, the sponsor may file a petition with the Director of Flight Standards Service (the Director) for reconsideration of the NSPM finding. The sponsor must address its petition to the Director, Flight Standards Service, AFS-1, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC 20591. The filing of such a petition to reconsider stays the notice pending a decision by the Director. However, if the Director finds that there is a situation that requires immediate action in the interest of safety in air commerce, he may, upon a statement of the reasons, require a change effective without stay.</P>
          <CITA>[Doc. No. FAA-2002-12461, 71 FR 63426, Oct. 30, 2006; Amdt. 60-2, 72 FR 59599, Oct. 22, 2007]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sponsor qualification requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A person is eligible to apply to be a sponsor of an FSTD if the following conditions are met:</P>
          <P>(1) The person holds, or is an applicant for, a certificate under part 119, 141, or 142 of this chapter; or holds, or is an applicant for, an approved flight engineer course in accordance with part 63 of this chapter.</P>

          <P>(2) The FSTD will be used, or will be offered for use, in the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for <PRTPAGE P="7"/>the aircraft being simulated as evidenced in a request for evaluation submitted to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(b) A person is a sponsor if the following conditions are met:</P>
          <P>(1) The person is a certificate holder under part 119, 141, or 142 of this chapter or has an approved flight engineer course in accordance with part 63 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(2) The person has—</P>
          <P>(i) Operations specifications authorizing the use of the specific aircraft or set of aircraft and has an FAA-approved training program under which at least one FSTD, simulating the aircraft or set of aircraft and for which the person is the sponsor, is used by the sponsor as described in paragraphs (b)(5) or (b)(6) of this section; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Training specifications or an FAA-approved course of training under which at least one FSTD, simulating that aircraft or set of aircraft and for which the person is the sponsor, is used by the sponsor as described in paragraphs (b)(5) or (b)(6) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) The person has a quality management system currently approved by the NSPM in accordance with § 60.5.</P>
          <P>(4) The NSPM has accepted the person as the sponsor of the FSTD and that acceptance has not been withdrawn by the FAA.</P>
          <P>(5) At least one FSTD (as referenced in paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section) that is initially qualified on or after May 30, 2008, is used within the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the aircraft or set of aircraft at least once within the 12-month period following the initial/upgrade evaluation, and at least once within each subsequent 12-month period thereafter.</P>
          <P>(6) At least one FSTD (as referenced in paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section) that was qualified before May 30, 2008, is used within the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the aircraft or set of aircraft at least once within the 12-month period following the first continuing qualification evaluation conducted by the NSPM after May 30, 2008 and at least once within each subsequent 12-month period thereafter.</P>
          <P>(c) If the use requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and either (b)(5) or (b)(6) of this section are not met, the person will forfeit the right to sponsor that FSTD and that person will not be eligible to apply to sponsor that FSTD for at least 12 calendar months following the expiration of the qualification status.</P>
          <P>(d) In addition to the FSTD described in paragraph (b) of this section, an FSTD sponsor may sponsor any number of other FSTDs regardless of specific aircraft or set of aircraft provided either—</P>
          <P>(1) During the preceding 12-month period, all of the other FSTDs are used within the sponsor's or another certificate holder's FAA-approved flight training program for the aircraft or set of aircraft simulated; or</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor obtains a written statement at least annually from a qualified pilot who has flown the aircraft or set of aircraft (as appropriate) during the preceding 12-month period stating that the subject FSTD's performance and handling qualities, within the normal operating envelope, represent the aircraft or set of aircraft described in the FAA Type Certificate and the type data sheet, if appropriate. The sponsor must retain the two most current written statements for review by the NSPM.</P>
          <CITA>[Doc. No. FAA-2002-12461, 71 FR 63426, Oct. 30, 2006; Amdt. 60-2, 72 FR 59599, Oct. 22, 2007]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Additional responsibilities of the sponsor.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The sponsor must allow the NSPM upon request to inspect the FSTD as soon as practicable. This inspection may include all records and documents relating to the FSTD, to determine its compliance with this part.</P>
          <P>(b) The sponsor must do the following for each FSTD:</P>
          <P>(1) Establish a mechanism to receive written comments regarding the FSTD and its operation in accordance with the QPS appendix E of this part.</P>

          <P>(2) Post in or adjacent to the FSTD the Statement of Qualification issued by the NSPM. An electronic copy of the Statement of Qualification that may be accessed by an appropriate terminal or display in or adjacent to the FSTD is satisfactory.<PRTPAGE P="8"/>
          </P>
          <P>(c) Each sponsor of an FSTD must identify to the NSPM by name, one individual to be the management representative (MR).</P>
          <P>(1) One person may serve as an MR for more than one FSTD, but one FSTD must not have more than one person serving in this capacity.</P>
          <P>(2) Each MR must be an employee of the sponsor with the responsibility and authority to—</P>
          <P>(i) Monitor the on-going qualification of assigned FSTDs to ensure that all matters regarding FSTD qualification are being carried out as provided for in this part;</P>
          <P>(ii) Ensure that the QMS is properly established, implemented, and maintained by overseeing the structure (and modifying where necessary) of the QMS policies, practices, and procedures; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Regularly brief sponsor's management on the status of the on-going FSTD qualification program and the effectiveness and efficiency of the QMS.</P>
          <P>(3) The MR serves as the primary contact point for all matters between the sponsor and the NSPM regarding the qualification of that FSTD as provided for in this part.</P>
          <P>(4) The MR may delegate the duties described in paragraph (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section to an individual at each of the sponsor's locations.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>FSTD use.</SUBJECT>
          <P>No person may use or allow the use of or offer the use of an FSTD for flight crewmember training or evaluation or for obtaining flight experience to meet any of the requirements under this chapter unless, in accordance with the QPS for the specific device, the FSTD meets all of the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Has a single sponsor who is qualified under § 60.7. The sponsor may arrange with another person for services of document preparation and presentation, as well as FSTD inspection, maintenance, repair, and servicing; however, the sponsor remains responsible for ensuring that these functions are conducted in a manner and with a result of continually meeting the requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>(b) Is qualified as described in the Statement of Qualification.</P>
          <P>(c) Remains qualified, through satisfactory inspection, continuing qualification evaluations, appropriate maintenance, and use requirements in accordance with this part and the applicable QPS.</P>
          <P>(d) Functions during day-to-day training, evaluation, or flight experience activities with the software and hardware that was evaluated as satisfactory by the NSPM and, if modified, modified only in accordance with the provisions of this part. However, this section does not apply to routine software or hardware changes that do not fall under the requirements of § 60.23.</P>
          <P>(e) Is operated in accordance with the provisions and limitations of § 60.25.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>FSTD objective data requirements.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) and (c) of this section, for the purposes of validating FSTD performance and handling qualities during evaluation for qualification, the data made available to the NSPM (the validation data package) must include the aircraft manufacturer's flight test data and all relevant data developed after the type certificate was issued (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, data developed in response to an airworthiness directive) if such data results from a change in performance, handling qualities, functions, or other characteristics of the aircraft that must be considered for flight crewmember training, evaluation, or for meeting experience requirements of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(b) The validation data package may contain flight test data from a source in addition to or independent of the aircraft manufacturer's data in support of an FSTD qualification, but only if this data is gathered and developed by that source in accordance with flight test methods, including a flight test plan, as described in the applicable QPS.</P>

          <P>(c) The validation data package may also contain predicted data, engineering simulation data, data from pilot owner or pilot operating manuals, or data from public domain sources, provided this data is acceptable to the NSPM. If found acceptable the data may then be used in particular applications for FSTD qualification.<PRTPAGE P="9"/>
          </P>
          <P>(d) Data or other material or elements must be submitted in a form and manner acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(e) The NSPM may require additional objective data, which may include flight testing if necessary, if the validation data package does not support FSTD qualification requirements as described in this part and the applicable QPS appendix.</P>
          <P>(f) When an FSTD sponsor learns, or is advised by an aircraft manufacturer or other data provider, that an addition to, an amendment to, or a revision of data that may relate to FSTD performance or handling characteristics is available, the sponsor must notify the NSPM as described in the applicable QPS.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Special equipment and personnel requirements for qualification of the FSTD.</SUBJECT>
          <P>When notified by the NSPM, the sponsor must make available all special equipment and qualified personnel needed to accomplish or assist in the accomplishment of tests during initial qualification, continuing qualification, or special evaluations.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Initial qualification requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each FSTD, the sponsor must submit a request to the NSPM to evaluate the FSTD for initial qualification at a specific level and simultaneously request the Training Program Approval Authority (TPAA) forward a concurring letter to the NSPM. The request must be submitted in the form and manner described in the applicable QPS.</P>
          <P>(b) The management representative described in § 60.9(c) must sign a statement (electronic signature is acceptable for electronic transmissions) after confirming the following:</P>
          <P>(1) The performance and handling qualities of the FSTD represent those of the aircraft or set of aircraft within the normal operating envelope. This determination must be made by a pilot(s) meeting the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section after having flown all of the Operations Tasks listed in the applicable QPS appendix relevant to the qualification level of the FSTD. Exceptions, if any, must be noted. The name of the person(s) making this determination must be available to the NSPM upon request.</P>
          <P>(2) The FSTD systems and sub-systems (including the simulated aircraft systems) functionally represent those in the aircraft or set of aircraft. This determination must be made by the pilot(s) described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, or by a person(s) trained on simulator systems/sub-systems and trained on the operation of the simulated aircraft systems, after having exercised the operation of the FSTD and the pertinent functions available through the Instructor Operating Station(s). Exceptions, if any, must be noted. The name of the person(s) making this determination must be available to the NSPM upon request.</P>
          <P>(3) The cockpit represents the configuration of the specific type; or aircraft make, model, and series aircraft being simulated, as appropriate. This determination must be made by the pilot(s) described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, or by a person(s) trained on the configuration and operation of the aircraft simulated. Exceptions, if any, must be noted. The name of the person(s) making this determination must be available to the NSPM upon request.</P>
          <P>(c) Except for those FSTDs previously qualified and described in § 60.17, each FSTD evaluated for initial qualification must meet the standard that is in effect at the time of the evaluation. However—</P>
          <P>(1) If the FAA publishes a change to the existing standard or publishes a new standard for the evaluation for initial qualification, a sponsor may request that the NSPM apply the standard that was in effect when an FSTD was ordered for delivery if the sponsor—</P>
          <P>(i) Within 30 days of the publication of the change to the existing standard or publication of the new standard, notifies the NSPM that an FSTD has been ordered;</P>

          <P>(ii) Within 90 days of the NSPM notification described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, requests that the standard in effect at the time the order was placed be used for the evaluation for initial qualification; and<PRTPAGE P="10"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iii) The evaluation is conducted within 24 months following the publication of the change to the existing standard or publication of the new standard.</P>
          <P>(2) This notification must include a description of the FSTD; the anticipated qualification level of the FSTD; the make, model, and series of aircraft simulated; and any other pertinent information.</P>
          <P>(3) Any tests, tolerances, or other requirements that are current at the time of the evaluation may be used during the initial evaluation, at the request of the sponsor, if the sponsor provides acceptable updates to the required qualification test guide.</P>
          <P>(4) The standards used for the evaluation for initial qualification will be used for all subsequent evaluations of the FSTD.</P>
          <P>(d) The pilot(s) who contributes to the confirmation statement required by paragraph (b) of this section must—</P>
          <P>(1) Be designated by the sponsor; and</P>
          <P>(2) Be qualified in—</P>
          <P>(i) The aircraft or set of aircraft being simulated; or</P>
          <P>(ii) For aircraft not yet issued a type certificate, or aircraft not previously operated by the sponsor or not having previous FAA-approved training programs conducted by the sponsor, an aircraft similar in size and configuration.</P>
          <P>(e) The subjective tests that form the basis for the statements described in paragraph (b) of this section and the objective tests referenced in paragraph (f) of this section must be accomplished at the sponsor's training facility, except as provided for in the applicable QPS.</P>
          <P>(f) The person seeking to qualify the FSTD must provide the NSPM access to the FSTD for the length of time necessary for the NSPM to complete the required evaluation of the FSTD for initial qualification, which includes the conduct and evaluation of objective and subjective tests, including general FSTD requirements, as described in the applicable QPS, to determine that the FSTD meets the standards in that QPS.</P>
          <P>(g) When the FSTD passes an evaluation for initial qualification, the NSPM issues a Statement of Qualification that includes all of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Identification of the sponsor.</P>
          <P>(2) Identification of the make, model, and series of the aircraft or set of aircraft being simulated.</P>

          <P>(3) Identification of the configuration of the aircraft or set of aircraft being simulated (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, engine model or models, flight instruments, or navigation or other systems).</P>
          <P>(4) A statement that the FSTD is qualified as either a full flight simulator or a flight training device.</P>
          <P>(5) Identification of the qualification level of the FSTD.</P>
          <P>(6) A statement that (with the exception of the noted exclusions for which the FSTD has not been subjectively tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for which qualification is not sought) the qualification of the FSTD includes the tasks set out in the applicable QPS appendix relevant to the qualification level of the FSTD.</P>
          <P>(h) After the NSPM completes the evaluation for initial qualification, the sponsor must update the Qualification Test Guide (QTG), with the results of the FAA-witnessed tests together with the results of all the objective tests described in the applicable QPS.</P>
          <P>(i) Upon issuance of the Statement of Qualification the updated QTG becomes the Master Qualification Test Guide (MQTG). The MQTG must be made available to the NSPM upon request.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Additional qualifications for a currently qualified FSTD.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A currently qualified FSTD is required to undergo an additional qualification process if a user intends to use the FSTD for meeting training, evaluation, or flight experience requirements of this chapter beyond the qualification issued for that FSTD. This process consists of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) The sponsor:</P>
          <P>(i) Must submit to the NSPM all modifications to the MQTG that are required to support the additional qualification.</P>

          <P>(ii) Must describe to the NSPM all modifications to the FSTD that are required to support the additional qualification.<PRTPAGE P="11"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iii) Must submit to the NSPM a confirmation statement as described in § 60.15(c) that a pilot, designated by the sponsor in accordance with § 60.15(d), has subjectively evaluated the FSTD in those areas not previously evaluated.</P>
          <P>(2) The FSTD must successfully pass an evaluation—</P>
          <P>(i) Consisting of all the elements of an initial evaluation for qualification in those circumstances where the NSPM has determined that all the elements of an initial evaluation for qualification is necessary; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Consisting of those elements of an initial evaluation for qualification designated as necessary by the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(b) In making the determinations described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the NSPM considers factors including the existing qualification of the FSTD, any modifications to the FSTD hardware or software that are involved, and any additions or modifications to the MQTG.</P>
          <P>(c) The FSTD is qualified for the additional uses when the NSPM issues an amended Statement of Qualification in accordance with § 60.15(h).</P>
          <P>(d) The sponsor may not modify the FSTD except as described in § 60.23.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Previously qualified FSTDs.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Unless otherwise specified by an FSTD Directive, further referenced in the applicable QPS, or as specified in paragraph (e) of this section, an FSTD qualified before May 30, 2008 will retain its qualification basis as long as it continues to meet the standards, including the objective test results recorded in the MQTG and subjective tests, under which it was originally evaluated, regardless of sponsor. The sponsor of such an FSTD must comply with the other applicable provisions of this part.</P>
          <P>(b) For each FSTD qualified before May 30, 2008, no sponsor may use or allow the use of or offer the use of such an FSTD after May 30, 2014 for flight crewmember training, evaluation or flight experience to meet any of the requirements of this chapter, unless that FSTD has been issued a Statement of Qualification, including the Configuration List and the List of Qualified Tasks in accordance with the procedures set out in the applicable QPS.</P>
          <P>(c) If the FSTD qualification is lost under § 60.27 and—</P>
          <P>(i) Restored under § 60.27 in less than (2) years, then the qualification basis (in terms of objective tests and subjective tests) for the re-qualification will be those against which the FSTD was originally evaluated and qualified.</P>
          <P>(ii) Not restored under § 60.27 for two (2) years or more, then the qualification basis (in terms of objective tests and subjective tests) for the re-qualification will be those standards in effect and current at the time of re-qualification application.</P>
          <P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, any change in FSTD qualification level initiated on or after May 30, 2008 requires an evaluation for initial qualification in accordance with this part.</P>
          <P>(e) A sponsor may request that an FSTD be permanently downgraded. In such a case, the NSPM may downgrade a qualified FSTD without requiring and without conducting an initial evaluation for the new qualification level. Subsequent continuing qualification evaluations will use the existing MQTG, modified as necessary to reflect the new qualification level.</P>
          <P>(f) When the sponsor has appropriate validation data available and receives approval from the NSPM, the sponsor may adopt tests and associated tolerances described in the current qualification standards as the tests and tolerances applicable for the continuing qualification of a previously qualified FSTD. The updated test(s) and tolerance(s) must be made a permanent part of the MQTG.</P>
          <CITA>[Doc. No. FAA-2002-12461, 71 FR 63426, Oct. 30, 2006; Amdt. 60-2, 72 FR 59599, Oct. 22, 2007]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Inspection, continuing qualification evaluation, and maintenance requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Inspection.</E> No sponsor may use or allow the use of or offer the use of an FSTD for flight crewmember training, evaluation, or flight experience to meet any of the requirements of this chapter unless the sponsor does the following:</P>

          <P>(1) Accomplishes all appropriate objective tests each year as specified in the applicable QPS.<PRTPAGE P="12"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) Completes a functional preflight check within the preceding 24 hours.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Continuing qualification evaluation.</E> (1) This evaluation consists of objective tests, and subjective tests, including general FSTD requirements, as described in the applicable QPS or as may be amended by an FSTD Directive.</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor must contact the NSPM to schedule the FSTD for continuing qualification evaluations not later than 60 days before the evaluation is due.</P>
          <P>(3) The sponsor must provide the NSPM access to the objective test results in the MQTG and access to the FSTD for the length of time necessary for the NSPM to complete the required continuing qualification evaluations.</P>
          <P>(4) The frequency of NSPM-conducted continuing qualification evaluations for each FSTD will be established by the NSPM and specified in the MQTG.</P>
          <P>(5) Continuing qualification evaluations conducted in the calendar month before or after the calendar month in which these continuing qualification evaluations are required will be considered to have been conducted in the calendar month in which they were required.</P>
          <P>(6) No sponsor may use or allow the use of or offer the use of an FSTD for flight crewmember training or evaluation or for obtaining flight experience for the flight crewmember to meet any requirement of this chapter unless the FSTD has passed an NSPM-conducted continuing qualification evaluation within the time frame specified in the MQTG or within the grace period as described in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Maintenance.</E> The sponsor is responsible for continuing corrective and preventive maintenance on the FSTD to ensure that it continues to meet the requirements of this part and the applicable QPS appendix. No sponsor may use or allow the use of or offer the use of an FSTD for flight crewmember training, evaluation, or flight experience to meet any of the requirements of this chapter unless the sponsor does the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Maintains a discrepancy log.</P>
          <P>(2) Ensures that, when a discrepancy is discovered, the following requirements are met:</P>
          <P>(i) A description of each discrepancy is entered in the log and remains in the log until the discrepancy is corrected as specified in § 60.25(b).</P>
          <P>(ii) A description of the corrective action taken for each discrepancy, the identity of the individual taking the action, and the date that action is taken is entered in the log.</P>
          <P>(iii) The discrepancy log is kept in a form and manner acceptable to the Administrator and is kept in or adjacent to the FSTD. An electronic log that may be accessed by an appropriate terminal or display in or adjacent to the FSTD is satisfactory.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Logging FSTD discrepancies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Each instructor, check airman, or representative of the Administrator conducting training, evaluation, or flight experience, and each person conducting the preflight inspection who discovers a discrepancy, including any missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative components in the FSTD, must write or cause to be written a description of that discrepancy into the discrepancy log at the end of the FSTD preflight or FSTD use session.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Interim qualification of FSTDs for new aircraft types or models.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A sponsor may apply for and the NSPM may issue an interim qualification level for an FSTD for a new type or model of aircraft, even though the aircraft manufacturer's aircraft data package is preliminary, if the sponsor provides the following to the satisfaction of the NSPM—</P>
          <P>(1) The aircraft manufacturer's data, which consists of at least predicted data, validated by a limited set of flight test data;</P>
          <P>(2) The aircraft manufacturer's description of the prediction methodology used to develop the predicted data; and</P>
          <P>(3) The QTG test results.</P>

          <P>(b) An FSTD that has been issued interim qualification is deemed to have been issued initial qualification unless the NSPM rescinds the qualification. Interim qualification terminates two years after its issuance, unless the <PRTPAGE P="13"/>NSPM determines that specific conditions warrant otherwise.</P>
          <P>(c) Within twelve months of the release of the final aircraft data package by the aircraft manufacturer, but no later than two years after the issuance of the interim qualification status, the sponsor must apply for initial qualification in accordance with § 60.15 based on the final aircraft data package approved by the aircraft manufacturer, unless the NSPM determines that specific conditions warrant otherwise.</P>
          <P>(d) An FSTD with interim qualification may be modified only in accordance with § 60.23.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Modifications to FSTDs.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Description of a modification.</E> For the purposes of this part, an FSTD is said to have been modified when:</P>
          <P>(1) Equipment or devices intended to simulate aircraft appliances are added to or removed from FSTD, which change the Statement of Qualification or the MQTG; or</P>
          <P>(2) Changes are made to either software or hardware that are intended to impact flight or ground dynamics; changes are made that impact performance or handling characteristics of the FSTD (including motion, visual, control loading, or sound systems for those FSTD levels requiring sound tests and measurements); or changes are made to the MQTG.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">FSTD Directive.</E> When the FAA determines that FSTD modification is necessary for safety of flight reasons, the sponsor of each affected FSTD must ensure that the FSTD is modified according to the FSTD Directive regardless of the original qualification standards applicable to any specific FSTD.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Using the modified FSTD</E>. The sponsor may not use, or allow the use of, or offer the use of, the FSTD with the proposed modification for flight crewmember training or evaluation or for obtaining flight experience for the flight crewmember to meet any requirement of this chapter unless:</P>
          <P>(1) The sponsor has notified the NSPM and the TPAA of their intent to incorporate the proposed modification, and one of the following has occurred;</P>
          <P>(i) Twenty-one days have passed since the sponsor notified the NSPM and the TPAA of the proposed modification and the sponsor has not received any response from either the NSPM or the TPAA;</P>
          <P>(ii) Twenty-one days have passed since the sponsor notified the NSPM and the TPAA of the proposed modification and one has approved the proposed modification and the other has not responded;</P>
          <P>(iii) Fewer than twenty-one days have passed since the sponsor notified the NSPM and the TPAA of the proposed modification and the NSPM and TPAA both approve the proposed modification;</P>
          <P>(iv) The sponsor has successfully completed any evaluation the NSPM may require in accordance with the standards for an evaluation for initial qualification or any part thereof before the modified FSTD is placed in service.</P>
          <P>(2) The notification is submitted with the content as, and in a form and manner as, specified in the applicable QPS.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">User notification.</E> When a modification is made to an FSTD that affects the Statement of Qualification, the sponsor must post an addendum to the Statement of Qualification until such time as a permanent, updated statement is posted.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">MQTG update.</E> The MQTG must be updated with current objective test results in accordance with § 60.15(h) and (i) and appropriate objective data in accordance with § 60.13, each time an FSTD is modified and an objective test or other MQTG section is affected by the modification. If an FSTD Directive is the cause of this update, the direction to make the modification and the record of the modification completion must be filed in the MQTG.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Operation with missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative components.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) No person may knowingly use or allow the use of or misrepresent the capability of an FSTD for any maneuver, procedure, or task that is to be accomplished to meet training, evaluation, or flight experience requirements of this chapter for flight crewmember certification or qualification when there is a <PRTPAGE P="14"/>missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative (MMI) component that is required to be present and correctly operate for the satisfactory completion of that maneuver, procedure, or task.</P>
          <P>(b) Each MMI component as described in paragraph (a) of this section, or any MMI component installed and required to operate correctly to meet the current Statement of Qualification, must be repaired or replaced within 30 calendar days, unless otherwise required or authorized by the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(c) A list of the current MMI components must be readily available in or adjacent to the FSTD for review by users of the device. Electronic access to this list via an appropriate terminal or display in or adjacent to the FSTD is satisfactory. The discrepancy log may be used to satisfy this requirement provided each currently MMI component is listed in the discrepancy log.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.27</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Automatic loss of qualification and procedures for restoration of qualification.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) An FSTD qualification is automatically lost when any of the following occurs:</P>
          <P>(1) The FSTD is not used in the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program in accordance with § 60.7(b)(5) or (b)(6) and the sponsor does not obtain and maintain the written statement as described in § 60.7(d)(2).</P>
          <P>(2) The FSTD is not inspected in accordance with § 60.19.</P>
          <P>(3) The FSTD is physically moved from one location and installed in a different location, regardless of distance.</P>
          <P>(4) The MQTG is missing or otherwise not available and a replacement is not made within 30 days.</P>
          <P>(b) If FSTD qualification is lost under paragraph (a) of this section, qualification is restored when either of the following provisions is met:</P>
          <P>(1) The FSTD successfully passes an evaluation:</P>
          <P>(i) For initial qualification, in accordance with §§ 60.15 and 60.17(c) in those circumstances where the NSPM has determined that a full evaluation for initial qualification is necessary; or</P>
          <P>(ii) For those elements of an evaluation for initial qualification, in accordance with §§ 60.15 and 60.17(c), as determined to be necessary by the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(2) The NSPM advises the sponsor that an evaluation is not necessary.</P>
          <P>(c) In making the determinations described in paragraph (b) of this section, the NSPM considers factors including the number of continuing qualification evaluations missed, the number of sponsor-conducted quarterly inspections missed, and the care that had been taken of the device since the last evaluation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.29</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Other losses of qualification and procedures for restoration of qualification.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, when the NSPM determines that the FSTD no longer meets qualification standards, the following procedure applies:</P>
          <P>(1) The NSPM notifies the sponsor in writing that the FSTD no longer meets some or all of its qualification standards.</P>
          <P>(2) The NSPM sets a reasonable period (but not less than 7 days) within which the sponsor may submit written information, views, and arguments on the FSTD qualification.</P>
          <P>(3) After considering all material presented, the NSPM notifies the sponsor about the determination with regard to the qualification of the FSTD.</P>
          <P>(4) When the NSPM notifies the sponsor that some or all of the FSTD is no longer qualified, the action described in the notification becomes effective not less than 30 days after the sponsor receives that notice unless—</P>
          <P>(i) The NSPM finds under paragraph (c) of this section that there is an emergency requiring immediate action with respect to safety in air commerce; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The sponsor petitions the Director of Flight Standards Service for reconsideration of the NSPM finding under paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) When a sponsor seeks reconsideration of a decision from the NSPM concerning the FSTD qualification, the following procedure applies:</P>

          <P>(1) The sponsor must petition for reconsideration of that decision within 30 days of the date that the sponsor receives a notice that some or all of the FSTD is no longer qualified.<PRTPAGE P="15"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor must address its petition to the Director, Flight Standards Service, AFS-1, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC 20591.</P>
          <P>(3) A petition for reconsideration, if filed within the 30-day period, suspends the effectiveness of the determination by the NSPM that the FSTD is no longer qualified unless the NSPM has found, under paragraph (c) of this section, that an emergency exists requiring immediate action with respect to safety in air commerce.</P>
          <P>(c) If the NSPM find that an emergency exists requiring immediate action with respect to safety in air commerce that makes the procedures set out in this section impracticable or contrary to the public interest:</P>
          <P>(1) The NSPM withdraws qualification of some or all of the FSTD and makes the withdrawal of qualification effective on the day the sponsor receives notice of it.</P>
          <P>(2) In the notice to the sponsor, the NSPM articulates the reasons for its finding that an emergency exists requiring immediate action with respect to safety in air transportation or air commerce or that makes it impracticable or contrary to the public interest to stay the effectiveness of the finding.</P>
          <P>(d) FSTD qualification lost under paragraph (a) or (c) of this section may be restored when either of the following provisions are met:</P>
          <P>(1) The FSTD successfully passes an evaluation for initial qualification, in accordance with §§ 60.15 and 60.17(c) in those circumstances where the NSPM has determined that a full evaluation for initial qualification is necessary; or</P>
          <P>(2) The FSTD successfully passes an evaluation for those elements of an initial qualification evaluation, in accordance with §§ 60.15 and 60.17(c), as determined to be necessary by the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(e) In making the determinations described in paragraph (d) of this section, the NSPM considers factors including the reason for the loss of qualification, any repairs or replacements that may have to have been completed, the number of continuing qualification evaluations missed, the number of sponsor-conducted quarterly inspections missed, and the care that had been taken of the device since the loss of qualification.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The FSTD sponsor must maintain the following records for each FSTD it sponsors:</P>
          <P>(1) The MQTG and each amendment thereto.</P>
          <P>(2) A record of all FSTD modifications affected under § 60.23 since the issuance of the original Statement of Qualification.</P>
          <P>(3) A copy of all of the following:</P>
          <P>(i) Results of the qualification evaluations (initial and each upgrade) since the issuance of the original Statement of Qualification.</P>
          <P>(ii) Results of the objective tests conducted in accordance with § 60.19(a) for a period of 2 years.</P>
          <P>(iii) Results of the previous three continuing qualification evaluations, or the continuing qualification evaluations from the previous 2 years, whichever covers a longer period.</P>
          <P>(iv) Comments obtained in accordance with § 60.9(b) for a period of at least 90 days.</P>
          <P>(4) A record of all discrepancies entered in the discrepancy log over the previous 2 years, including the following:</P>
          <P>(i) A list of the components or equipment that were or are missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative.</P>
          <P>(ii) The action taken to correct the discrepancy.</P>
          <P>(iii) The date the corrective action was taken.</P>
          <P>(iv) The identity of the person determining that the discrepancy has been corrected.</P>
          <P>(b) The records specified in this section must be maintained in plain language form or in coded form if the coded form provides for the preservation and retrieval of information in a manner acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applications, logbooks, reports, and records: Fraud, falsification, or incorrect statements.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) No person may make, or cause to be made, any of the following:</P>

          <P>(1) A fraudulent or intentionally false statement in any application or any <PRTPAGE P="16"/>amendment thereto, or any other report or test result required by this part.</P>
          <P>(2) A fraudulent or intentionally false statement in or a known omission from any record or report that is kept, made, or used to show compliance with this part, or to exercise any privileges under this chapter.</P>
          <P>(3) Any reproduction or alteration, for fraudulent purpose, of any report, record, or test result required under this part.</P>
          <P>(b) The commission by any person of any act prohibited under paragraph (a) of this section is a basis for any one or any combination of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A civil penalty.</P>
          <P>(2) Suspension or revocation of any certificate held by that person that was issued under this chapter.</P>
          <P>(3) The removal of FSTD qualification and approval for use in a training program.</P>
          <P>(c) The following may serve as a basis for removal of qualification of an FSTD including the withdrawal of approval for use of an FSTD; or denying an application for a qualification:</P>
          <P>(1) An incorrect statement, upon which the FAA relied or could have relied, made in support of an application for a qualification or a request for approval for use.</P>
          <P>(2) An incorrect entry, upon which the FAA relied or could have relied, made in any logbook, record, or report that is kept, made, or used to show compliance with any requirement for an FSTD qualification or an approval for use.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Specific full flight simulator compliance requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) No device will be eligible for initial or upgrade qualification to a FFS at Level C or Level D under this part unless it includes the equipment and appliances installed and operating to the extent necessary for the issuance of an airman certificate or rating.</P>
          <P>(b) No device will be eligible for initial or upgrade qualification to a FFS at Level A or Level B under this part unless it includes the equipment and appliances installed and operating to the extent necessary for the training, testing, and/or checking that comprise the simulation portion of the requirements for issuance of an airman certificate or rating.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 60.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>FSTD qualification on the basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA).</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The evaluation and qualification of an FSTD by a contracting State to the Convention on International Civil Aviation for the sponsor of an FSTD located in that contracting State may be used as the basis for issuing a U.S. statement of qualification (see applicable QPS, attachment 4, figure 4) by the NSPM to the sponsor of that FSTD in accordance with—</P>
          <P>(1) A BASA between the United States and the Contracting State that issued the original qualification; and</P>
          <P>(2) A Simulator Implementation Procedure (SIP) established under the BASA.</P>
          <P>(b) The SIP must contain any conditions and limitations on validation and issuance of such qualification by the U.S.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 60, App. A</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Airplane Full Flight Simulators</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>This appendix establishes the standards for Airplane FFS evaluation and qualification. The NSPM is responsible for the development, application, and implementation of the standards contained within this appendix. The procedures and criteria specified in this appendix will be used by the NSPM, or a person assigned by the NSPM, when conducting airplane FFS evaluations.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1. Introduction.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3. Definitions (§ 60.3).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4. Qualification Performance Standards (§ 60.4).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements (§ 60.7).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor (§ 60.9).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8. FFS Use (§ 60.11).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9. FFS Objective Data Requirements (§ 60.13).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">10. Special Equipment and Personnel Requirements for Qualification of the FFS (§ 60.14).</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements (§ 60.15).<PRTPAGE P="17"/>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS (§ 60.16).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">13. Previously Qualified FFSs (§ 60.17).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements (§ 60.19).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">15. Logging FFS Discrepancies (§ 60.20).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">16. Interim Qualification of FFSs for New Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">17. Modifications to FFSs (§ 60.23).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">18. Operations With Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.27).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">20. Other Losses of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.29).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">21. Record Keeping and Reporting (§ 60.31).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">23. Specific FFS Compliance Requirements (§ 60.35).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">24. [Reserved]</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">25. FFS Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) (§ 60.37).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 1 to Appendix A to Part 60—General Simulator Requirements.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 2 to Appendix A to Part 60—FFS Objective Tests.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 3 to Appendix A to Part 60—Simulator Subjective Evaluation.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 4 to Appendix A to Part 60—Sample Documents.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 5 to Appendix A to Part 60—Simulator Qualification Requirements for Windshear Training Program Use.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 6 to Appendix A to Part 60—FSTD Directives Applicable to Airplane Flight Simulators.</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Introduction</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. This appendix contains background information as well as regulatory and informative material as described later in this section. To assist the reader in determining what areas are required and what areas are permissive, the text in this appendix is divided into two sections: “QPS Requirements” and “Information.” The QPS Requirements sections contain details regarding compliance with the part 60 rule language. These details are regulatory, but are found only in this appendix. The Information sections contain material that is advisory in nature, and designed to give the user general information about the regulation.</P>

          <P>b. Questions regarding the contents of this publication should be sent to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Service, National Simulator Program Staff, AFS-205, 100 Hartsfield Centre Parkway, Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia 30354. Telephone contact numbers for the NSP are: Phone, 404-832-4700; fax, 404-761-8906. The general e-mail address for the NSP office is: <E T="03">9-aso-avr-sim-team@faa.gov</E>. The NSP Internet Web site address is: <E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/aircraft_aviation/nsp/</E>. On this Web site you will find an NSP personnel list with telephone and e-mail contact information for each NSP staff member, a list of qualified flight simulation devices, advisory circulars (ACs), a description of the qualification process, NSP policy, and an NSP “In-Works” section. Also linked from this site are additional information sources, handbook bulletins, frequently asked questions, a listing and text of the Federal Aviation Regulations, Flight Standards Inspector's handbooks, and other FAA links.</P>
          <P>c. The NSPM encourages the use of electronic media for all communication, including any record, report, request, test, or statement required by this appendix. The electronic media used must have adequate security provisions and be acceptable to the NSPM. The NSPM recommends inquiries on system compatibility, and minimum system requirements are also included on the NSP Web site.</P>
          <P>d. Related Reading References.</P>
          <P>(1) 14 CFR part 60.</P>
          <P>(2) 14 CFR part 61.</P>
          <P>(3) 14 CFR part 63.</P>
          <P>(4) 14 CFR part 119.</P>
          <P>(5) 14 CFR part 121.</P>
          <P>(6) 14 CFR part 125.</P>
          <P>(7) 14 CFR part 135.</P>
          <P>(8) 14 CFR part 141.</P>
          <P>(9) 14 CFR part 142.</P>
          <P>(10) AC 120-28, as amended, Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing Weather Minima.</P>
          <P>(11) AC 120-29, as amended, Criteria for Approving Category I and Category II Landing Minima for part 121 operators.</P>
          <P>(12) AC 120-35, as amended, Line Operational Simulations: Line-Oriented Flight Training, Special Purpose Operational Training, Line Operational Evaluation.</P>
          <P>(13) AC 120-40, as amended, Airplane Simulator Qualification.</P>
          <P>(14) AC 120-41, as amended, Criteria for Operational Approval of Airborne Wind Shear Alerting and Flight Guidance Systems.</P>
          <P>(15) AC 120-57, as amended, Surface Movement Guidance and Control System (SMGCS).</P>
          <P>(16) AC 150/5300-13, as amended, Airport Design.<PRTPAGE P="18"/>
          </P>
          <P>(17) AC 150/5340-1, as amended, Standards for Airport Markings.</P>
          <P>(18) AC 150/5340-4, as amended, Installation Details for Runway Centerline Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems.</P>
          <P>(19) AC 150/5340-19, as amended, Taxiway Centerline Lighting System.</P>
          <P>(20) AC 150/5340-24, as amended, Runway and Taxiway Edge Lighting System.</P>
          <P>(21) AC 150/5345-28, as amended, Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems.</P>
          <P>(22) International Air Transport Association document, “Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements,” as amended.</P>
          <P>(23) AC 25-7, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes.</P>
          <P>(24) AC 23-8, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes.</P>
          <P>(25) International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Manual of Criteria for the Qualification of Flight Simulators, as amended.</P>
          <P>(26) Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volume I, as amended and Volume II, as amended, The Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK.</P>
          <P>(27) FAA Publication FAA-S-8081 series (Practical Test Standards for Airline Transport Pilot Certificate, Type Ratings, Commercial Pilot, and Instrument Ratings).</P>

          <P>(28) The FAA Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM). An electronic version of the AIM is on the Internet at <E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/atpubs.</E>
          </P>

          <P>(29) Aeronautical Radio, Inc. (ARINC) document number 436, titled <E T="03">Guidelines For Electronic Qualification Test Guide</E> (as amended).</P>
          <P>(30) Aeronautical Radio, Inc. (ARINC) document 610, <E T="03">Guidance for Design and Integration of Aircraft Avionics Equipment in Simulators</E> (as amended).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.1, Applicability, or to § 60.2, Applicability of sponsor rules to persons who are not sponsors and who are engaged in certain unauthorized activities.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. Definitions (§ 60.3)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>See Appendix F of this part for a list of definitions and abbreviations from part 1 and part 60, including the appropriate appendices of part 60.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Qualification Performance Standards (§ 60.4)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.4, Qualification Performance Standards.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>See Appendix E of this part for additional regulatory and informational material regarding Quality Management Systems.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements (§ 60.7)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. The intent of the language in § 60.7(b) is to have a specific FFS, identified by the sponsor, used at least once in an FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated during the 12-month period described. The identification of the specific FFS may change from one 12-month period to the next 12-month period as long as the sponsor sponsors and uses at least one FFS at least once during the prescribed period. No minimum number of hours or minimum FFS periods are required.</P>
          <P>b. The following examples describe acceptable operational practices:</P>
          <P>(1) Example One.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor is sponsoring a single, specific FFS for its own use, in its own facility or elsewhere—this single FFS forms the basis for the sponsorship. The sponsor uses that FFS at least once in each 12-month period in the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated. This 12-month period is established according to the following schedule:</P>

          <P>(i) If the FFS was qualified prior to May 30, 2008, the 12-month period begins on the date of the first continuing qualification evaluation conducted in accordance with § 60.19 after May 30, 2008, and continues for each subsequent 12-month period;<PRTPAGE P="19"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) A device qualified on or after May 30, 2008, will be required to undergo an initial or upgrade evaluation in accordance with § 60.15. Once the initial or upgrade evaluation is complete, the first continuing qualification evaluation will be conducted within 6 months. The 12-month continuing qualification evaluation cycle begins on that date and continues for each subsequent 12-month period.</P>
          <P>(b) There is no minimum number of hours of FFS use required.</P>
          <P>(c) The identification of the specific FFS may change from one 12-month period to the next 12-month period as long as the sponsor sponsors and uses at least one FFS at least once during the prescribed period.</P>
          <P>(2) Example Two.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor sponsors an additional number of FFSs, in its facility or elsewhere. Each additionally sponsored FFS must be—</P>
          <P>(i) Used by the sponsor in the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated (as described in § 60.7(d)(1));</P>
          <P>OR</P>
          <P>(ii) Used by another FAA certificate holder in that other certificate holder's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)). This 12-month period is established in the same manner as in example one;</P>
          <P>OR</P>
          <P>(iii) Provided a statement each year from a qualified pilot (after having flown the airplane, not the subject FFS or another FFS, during the preceding 12-month period), stating that the subject FFS's performance and handling qualities represent the airplane (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)). This statement is provided at least once in each 12-month period established in the same manner as in example one.</P>
          <P>(b) No minimum number of hours of FFS use is required.</P>
          <P>(3) Example Three.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor in New York (in this example, a Part 142 certificate holder) establishes “satellite” training centers in Chicago and Moscow.</P>
          <P>(b) The satellite function means that the Chicago and Moscow centers must operate under the New York center's certificate (in accordance with all of the New York center's practices, procedures, and policies; e.g., instructor and/or technician training/checking requirements, record keeping, QMS program).</P>
          <P>(c) All of the FFSs in the Chicago and Moscow centers could be dry-leased (i.e., the certificate holder does not have and use FAA-approved flight training programs for the FFSs in the Chicago and Moscow centers) because—</P>
          <P>(i) Each FFS in the Chicago center and each FFS in the Moscow center is used at least once each 12-month period by another FAA certificate holder in that other certificate holder's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane (as described in § 60.7(d)(1));</P>
          <P>OR</P>
          <P>(ii) A statement is obtained from a qualified pilot (having flown the airplane, not the subject FFS or another FFS, during the preceding 12-month period) stating that the performance and handling qualities of each FFS in the Chicago and Moscow centers represents the airplane (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor (§ 60.9)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>The phrase “as soon as practicable” in § 60.9(a) means without unnecessarily disrupting or delaying beyond a reasonable time the training, evaluation, or experience being conducted in the FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">8. FFS Use (§ 60.11)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.11, Simulator Use.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">9. FFS Objective Data Requirements (§ 60.13)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. Flight test data used to validate FFS performance and handling qualities must have been gathered in accordance with a flight test program containing the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A flight test plan consisting of:</P>
          <P>(a) The maneuvers and procedures required for aircraft certification and simulation programming and validation.</P>
          <P>(b) For each maneuver or procedure—</P>
          <P>(i) The procedures and control input the flight test pilot and/or engineer used.</P>
          <P>(ii) The atmospheric and environmental conditions.</P>
          <P>(iii) The initial flight conditions.</P>
          <P>(iv) The airplane configuration, including weight and center of gravity.</P>
          <P>(v) The data to be gathered.<PRTPAGE P="20"/>
          </P>
          <P>(vi) All other information necessary to recreate the flight test conditions in the FFS.</P>
          <P>(2) Appropriately qualified flight test personnel.</P>
          <P>(3) An understanding of the accuracy of the data to be gathered using appropriate alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation that is traceable to a recognized standard as described in Attachment 2, Table A2E of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(4) Appropriate and sufficient data acquisition equipment or system(s), including appropriate data reduction and analysis methods and techniques, as would be acceptable to the FAA's Aircraft Certification Service.</P>
          <P>b. The data, regardless of source, must be presented as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) In a format that supports the FFS validation process.</P>
          <P>(2) In a manner that is clearly readable and annotated correctly and completely.</P>
          <P>(3) With resolution sufficient to determine compliance with the tolerances set forth in Attachment 2, Table A2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(4) With any necessary instructions or other details provided, such as yaw damper or throttle position.</P>
          <P>(5) Without alteration, adjustments, or bias. Data may be corrected to address known data calibration errors provided that an explanation of the methods used to correct the errors appears in the QTG. The corrected data may be re-scaled, digitized, or otherwise manipulated to fit the desired presentation.</P>
          <P>c. After completion of any additional flight test, a flight test report must be submitted in support of the validation data. The report must contain sufficient data and rationale to support qualification of the FFS at the level requested.</P>
          <P>d. As required by § 60.13(f), the sponsor must notify the NSPM when it becomes aware that an addition to, an amendment to, or a revision of data that may relate to FFS performance or handling characteristics is available. The data referred to in this paragraph is data used to validate the performance, handling qualities, or other characteristics of the aircraft, including data related to any relevant changes occurring after the type certificate was issued. The sponsor must—</P>
          <P>(1) Within 10 calendar days, notify the NSPM of the existence of this data; and</P>
          <P>(2) Within 45 calendar days, notify the NSPM of—</P>
          <P>(a) The schedule to incorporate this data into the FFS; or</P>
          <P>(b) The reason for not incorporating this data into the FFS.</P>
          <P>e. In those cases where the objective test results authorize a “snapshot test” or a “series of snapshot tests” results in lieu of a time-history result, the sponsor or other data provider must ensure that a steady state condition exists at the instant of time captured by the “snapshot.” The steady state condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, through 1 second following, the instant of time captured by the snapshot.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>f. The FFS sponsor is encouraged to maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of the aircraft being simulated (or with the holder of the aircraft type certificate for the aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer is no longer in business), and, if appropriate, with the person having supplied the aircraft data package for the FFS in order to facilitate the notification required by § 60.13(f).</P>
          <P>g. It is the intent of the NSPM that for new aircraft entering service, at a point well in advance of preparation of the Qualification Test Guide (QTG), the sponsor should submit to the NSPM for approval, a descriptive document (see Table A2C, Sample Validation Data Roadmap for Airplanes) containing the plan for acquiring the validation data, including data sources. This document should clearly identify sources of data for all required tests, a description of the validity of these data for a specific engine type and thrust rating configuration, and the revision levels of all avionics affecting the performance or flying qualities of the aircraft. Additionally, this document should provide other information, such as the rationale or explanation for cases where data or data parameters are missing, instances where engineering simulation data are used or where flight test methods require further explanations. It should also provide a brief narrative describing the cause and effect of any deviation from data requirements. The aircraft manufacturer may provide this document.</P>
          <P>h. There is no requirement for any flight test data supplier to submit a flight test plan or program prior to gathering flight test data. However, the NSPM notes that inexperienced data gatherers often provide data that is irrelevant, improperly marked, or lacking adequate justification for selection. Other problems include inadequate information regarding initial conditions or test maneuvers. The NSPM has been forced to refuse these data submissions as validation data for an FFS evaluation. It is for this reason that the NSPM recommends that any data supplier not previously experienced in this area review the data necessary for programming and for validating the performance of the FFS, and discuss the flight test plan anticipated for acquiring such data with the NSPM well in advance of commencing the flight tests.</P>

          <P>i. The NSPM will consider, on a case-by-case basis, whether to approve supplemental <PRTPAGE P="21"/>validation data derived from flight data recording systems, such as a Quick Access Recorder or Flight Data Recorder.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">10. Special Equipment and Personnel Requirements for Qualification of the FFSs (§ 60.14)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. In the event that the NSPM determines that special equipment or specifically qualified persons will be required to conduct an evaluation, the NSPM will make every attempt to notify the sponsor at least one (1) week, but in no case less than 72 hours, in advance of the evaluation. Examples of special equipment include spot photometers, flight control measurement devices, and sound analyzers. Examples of specially qualified personnel include individuals specifically qualified to install or use any special equipment when its use is required.</P>
          <P>b. Examples of a special evaluation include an evaluation conducted after an FFS is moved, at the request of the TPAA, or as a result of comments received from users of the FFS that raise questions about the continued qualification or use of the FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements (§ 60.15)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. In order to be qualified at a particular qualification level, the FFS must:</P>
          <P>(1) Meet the general requirements listed in Attachment 1 of this appendix;</P>
          <P>(2) Meet the objective testing requirements listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix; and</P>
          <P>(3) Satisfactorily accomplish the subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix.</P>
          <P>b. The request described in § 60.15(a) must include all of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement that the FFS meets all of the applicable provisions of this part and all applicable provisions of the QPS.</P>
          <P>(2) A confirmation that the sponsor will forward to the NSPM the statement described in § 60.15(b) in such time as to be received no later than 5 business days prior to the scheduled evaluation and may be forwarded to the NSPM via traditional or electronic means.</P>
          <P>(3) A QTG, acceptable to the NSPM, that includes all of the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Objective data obtained from traditional aircraft testing or another approved source.</P>
          <P>(b) Correlating objective test results obtained from the performance of the FFS as prescribed in the appropriate QPS.</P>
          <P>(c) The result of FFS subjective tests prescribed in the appropriate QPS.</P>
          <P>(d) A description of the equipment necessary to perform the evaluation for initial qualification and the continuing qualification evaluations.</P>
          <P>c. The QTG described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, must provide the documented proof of compliance with the simulator objective tests in Attachment 2, Table A2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>d. The QTG is prepared and submitted by the sponsor, or the sponsor's agent on behalf of the sponsor, to the NSPM for review and approval, and must include, for each objective test:</P>
          <P>(1) Parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions;</P>
          <P>(2) Pertinent and complete instructions for the conduct of automatic and manual tests;</P>
          <P>(3) A means of comparing the FFS test results to the objective data;</P>
          <P>(4) Any other information as necessary, to assist in the evaluation of the test results;</P>
          <P>(5) Other information appropriate to the qualification level of the FFS.</P>
          <P>e. The QTG described in paragraphs (a)(3) and (b) of this section, must include the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A QTG cover page with sponsor and FAA approval signature blocks (see Attachment 4, Figure A4C, of this appendix for a sample QTG cover page).</P>
          <P>(2) A continuing qualification evaluation requirements page. This page will be used by the NSPM to establish and record the frequency with which continuing qualification evaluations must be conducted and any subsequent changes that may be determined by the NSPM in accordance with § 60.19. See Attachment 4, Figure A4G, of this appendix for a sample Continuing Qualification Evaluation Requirements page.</P>
          <P>(3) An FFS information page that provides the information listed in this paragraph (see Attachment 4, Figure A4B, of this appendix for a sample FFS information page). For convertible FFSs, the sponsor must submit a separate page for each configuration of the FFS.</P>
          <P>(a) The sponsor's FFS identification number or code.</P>
          <P>(b) The airplane model and series being simulated.</P>
          <P>(c) The aerodynamic data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(d) The source of the basic aerodynamic model and the aerodynamic coefficient data used to modify the basic model.</P>

          <P>(e) The engine model(s) and its data revision number or reference.<PRTPAGE P="22"/>
          </P>
          <P>(f) The flight control data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(g) The flight management system identification and revision level.</P>
          <P>(h) The FFS model and manufacturer.</P>
          <P>(i) The date of FFS manufacture.</P>
          <P>(j) The FFS computer identification.</P>
          <P>(k) The visual system model and manufacturer, including display type.</P>
          <P>(l) The motion system type and manufacturer, including degrees of freedom.</P>
          <P>(4) A Table of Contents.</P>
          <P>(5) A log of revisions and a list of effective pages.</P>
          <P>(6) A list of all relevant data references.</P>
          <P>(7) A glossary of terms and symbols used (including sign conventions and units).</P>
          <P>(8) Statements of Compliance and Capability (SOCs) with certain requirements.</P>
          <P>(9) Recording procedures or equipment required to accomplish the objective tests.</P>
          <P>(10) The following information for each objective test designated in Attachment 2, Table A2A, of this appendix as applicable to the qualification level sought:</P>
          <P>(a) Name of the test.</P>
          <P>(b) Objective of the test.</P>
          <P>(c) Initial conditions.</P>
          <P>(d) Manual test procedures.</P>
          <P>(e) Automatic test procedures (if applicable).</P>
          <P>(f) Method for evaluating FFS objective test results.</P>
          <P>(g) List of all relevant parameters driven or constrained during the automatically conducted test(s).</P>
          <P>(h) List of all relevant parameters driven or constrained during the manually conducted test(s).</P>
          <P>(i) Tolerances for relevant parameters.</P>
          <P>(j) Source of Validation Data (document and page number).</P>
          <P>(k) Copy of the Validation Data (if located in a separate binder, a cross reference for the identification and page number for pertinent data location must be provided).</P>
          <P>(l) Simulator Objective Test Results as obtained by the sponsor. Each test result must reflect the date completed and must be clearly labeled as a product of the device being tested.</P>
          <P>f. A convertible FFS is addressed as a separate FFS for each model and series airplane to which it will be converted and for the FAA qualification level sought. If a sponsor seeks qualification for two or more models of an airplane type using a convertible FFS, the sponsor must submit a QTG for each airplane model, or a QTG for the first airplane model and a supplement to that QTG for each additional airplane model. The NSPM will conduct evaluations for each airplane model.</P>
          <P>g. Form and manner of presentation of objective test results in the QTG:</P>
          <P>(1) The sponsor's FFS test results must be recorded in a manner acceptable to the NSPM, that allows easy comparison of the FFS test results to the validation data (e.g., use of a multi-channel recorder, line printer, cross plotting, overlays, transparencies).</P>
          <P>(2) FFS results must be labeled using terminology common to airplane parameters as opposed to computer software identifications.</P>
          <P>(3) Validation data documents included in a QTG may be photographically reduced only if such reduction will not alter the graphic scaling or cause difficulties in scale interpretation or resolution.</P>
          <P>(4) Scaling on graphical presentations must provide the resolution necessary to evaluate the parameters shown in Attachment 2, Table A2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(5) Tests involving time histories, data sheets (or transparencies thereof) and FFS test results must be clearly marked with appropriate reference points to ensure an accurate comparison between the FFS and the airplane with respect to time. Time histories recorded via a line printer are to be clearly identified for cross plotting on the airplane data. Over-plots must not obscure the reference data.</P>
          <P>h. The sponsor may elect to complete the QTG objective and subjective tests at the manufacturer's facility or at the sponsor's training facility. If the tests are conducted at the manufacturer's facility, the sponsor must repeat at least one-third of the tests at the sponsor's training facility in order to substantiate FFS performance. The QTG must be clearly annotated to indicate when and where each test was accomplished. Tests conducted at the manufacturer's facility and at the sponsor's training facility must be conducted after the FFS is assembled with systems and sub-systems functional and operating in an interactive manner. The test results must be submitted to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>i. The sponsor must maintain a copy of the MQTG at the FFS location.</P>

          <P>j. All FFSs for which the initial qualification is conducted after May 30, 2014, must have an electronic MQTG (eMQTG) including all objective data obtained from airplane testing, or another approved source (reformatted or digitized), together with correlating objective test results obtained from the performance of the FFS (reformatted or digitized) as prescribed in this appendix. The eMQTG must also contain the general FFS performance or demonstration results (reformatted or digitized) prescribed in this appendix, and a description of the equipment necessary to perform the initial qualification evaluation and the continuing qualification evaluations. The eMQTG must include the original validation data used to validate FFS performance and handling qualities in either the original digitized format from the data supplier or an electronic scan of the <PRTPAGE P="23"/>original time-history plots that were provided by the data supplier. A copy of the eMQTG must be provided to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>k. All other FFSs not covered in subparagraph “j” must have an electronic copy of the MQTG by May 30, 2014. An electronic copy of the MQTG must be provided to the NSPM. This may be provided by an electronic scan presented in a Portable Document File (PDF), or similar format acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>l. During the initial (or upgrade) qualification evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a person who is a user of the device (e.g., a qualified pilot or instructor pilot with flight time experience in that aircraft) and knowledgeable about the operation of the aircraft and the operation of the FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>m. Only those FFSs that are sponsored by a certificate holder as defined in Appendix F of this part will be evaluated by the NSPM. However, other FFS evaluations may be conducted on a case-by-case basis as the Administrator deems appropriate, but only in accordance with applicable agreements.</P>
          <P>n. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation for each configuration, and each FFS must be evaluated as completely as possible. To ensure a thorough and uniform evaluation, each FFS is subjected to the general simulator requirements in Attachment 1 of this appendix, the objective tests listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix, and the subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix. The evaluations described herein will include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Airplane responses, including longitudinal and lateral-directional control responses (see Attachment 2 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(2) Performance in authorized portions of the simulated airplane's operating envelope, to include tasks evaluated by the NSPM in the areas of surface operations, takeoff, climb, cruise, descent, approach, and landing as well as abnormal and emergency operations (see Attachment 2 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(3) Control checks (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(4) Flight deck configuration (see Attachment 1 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(5) Pilot, flight engineer, and instructor station functions checks (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 3 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(6) Airplane systems and sub-systems (as appropriate) as compared to the airplane simulated (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 3 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(7) FFS systems and sub-systems, including force cueing (motion), visual, and aural (sound) systems, as appropriate (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this appendix); and</P>
          <P>(8) Certain additional requirements, depending upon the qualification level sought, including equipment or circumstances that may become hazardous to the occupants. The sponsor may be subject to Occupational Safety and Health Administration requirements.</P>
          <P>o. The NSPM administers the objective and subjective tests, which includes an examination of functions. The tests include a qualitative assessment of the FFS by an NSP pilot. The NSP evaluation team leader may assign other qualified personnel to assist in accomplishing the functions examination and/or the objective and subjective tests performed during an evaluation when required.</P>
          <P>(1) Objective tests provide a basis for measuring and evaluating FFS performance and determining compliance with the requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>(2) Subjective tests provide a basis for:</P>
          <P>(a) Evaluating the capability of the FFS to perform over a typical utilization period;</P>
          <P>(b) Determining that the FFS satisfactorily simulates each required task;</P>
          <P>(c) Verifying correct operation of the FFS controls, instruments, and systems; and</P>
          <P>(d) Demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>p. The tolerances for the test parameters listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix reflect the range of tolerances acceptable to the NSPM for FFS validation and are not to be confused with design tolerances specified for FFS manufacture. In making decisions regarding tests and test results, the NSPM relies on the use of operational and engineering judgment in the application of data (including consideration of the way in which the flight test was flown and the way the data was gathered and applied), data presentations, and the applicable tolerances for each test.</P>

          <P>q. In addition to the scheduled continuing qualification evaluation, each FFS is subject to evaluations conducted by the NSPM at any time without prior notification to the sponsor. Such evaluations would be accomplished in a normal manner (i.e., requiring exclusive use of the FFS for the conduct of objective and subjective tests and an examination of functions) if the FFS is not being used for flight crewmember training, testing, or checking. However, if the FFS were being used, the evaluation would be conducted in a non-exclusive manner. This non-exclusive evaluation will be conducted by the FFS evaluator accompanying the check airman, instructor, Aircrew Program Designee (APD), or FAA inspector aboard the FFS along with the student(s) and observing the operation of the FFS during the training, testing, or checking activities.<PRTPAGE P="24"/>
          </P>
          <P>r. Problems with objective test results are handled as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) If a problem with an objective test result is detected by the NSP evaluation team during an evaluation, the test may be repeated or the QTG may be amended.</P>
          <P>(2) If it is determined that the results of an objective test do not support the level requested but do support a lower level, the NSPM may qualify the FFS at that lower level. For example, if a Level D evaluation is requested and the FFS fails to meet sound test tolerances, it could be qualified at Level C.</P>
          <P>s. After an FFS is successfully evaluated, the NSPM issues a Statement of Qualification (SOQ) to the sponsor. The NSPM recommends the FFS to the TPAA, who will approve the FFS for use in a flight training program. The SOQ will be issued at the satisfactory conclusion of the initial or continuing qualification evaluation and will list the tasks for which the FFS is qualified, referencing the tasks described in Table A1B in Attachment 1 of this appendix. However, it is the sponsor's responsibility to obtain TPAA approval prior to using the FFS in an FAA-approved flight training program.</P>
          <P>t. Under normal circumstances, the NSPM establishes a date for the initial or upgrade evaluation within ten (10) working days after determining that a complete QTG is acceptable. Unusual circumstances may warrant establishing an evaluation date before this determination is made. A sponsor may schedule an evaluation date as early as 6 months in advance. However, there may be a delay of 45 days or more in rescheduling and completing the evaluation if the sponsor is unable to meet the scheduled date. See Attachment 4 of this appendix, Figure A4A, Sample Request for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Evaluation.</P>
          <P>u. The numbering system used for objective test results in the QTG should closely follow the numbering system set out in Attachment 2 of this appendix, FFS Objective Tests, Table A2A.</P>
          <P>v. Contact the NSPM or visit the NSPM Web site for additional information regarding the preferred qualifications of pilots used to meet the requirements of § 60.15(d).</P>
          <P>w. Examples of the exclusions for which the FFS might not have been subjectively tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for which qualification might not be sought or granted, as described in § 60.15(g)(6), include windshear training and circling approaches.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS (§ 60.16)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.16, Additional Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">13. Previously Qualified FFSs (§ 60.17)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. In instances where a sponsor plans to remove an FFS from active status for a period of less than two years, the following procedures apply:</P>
          <P>(1) The NSPM must be notified in writing and the notification must include an estimate of the period that the FFS will be inactive;</P>
          <P>(2) Continuing Qualification evaluations will not be scheduled during the inactive period;</P>
          <P>(3) The NSPM will remove the FFS from the list of qualified FSTDs on a mutually established date not later than the date on which the first missed continuing qualification evaluation would have been scheduled;</P>
          <P>(4) Before the FFS is restored to qualified status, it must be evaluated by the NSPM. The evaluation content and the time required to accomplish the evaluation is based on the number of continuing qualification evaluations and sponsor-conducted quarterly inspections missed during the period of inactivity.</P>
          <P>(5) The sponsor must notify the NSPM of any changes to the original scheduled time out of service;</P>
          <P>b. Simulators qualified prior to May 30, 2008, are not required to meet the general simulation requirements, the objective test requirements or the subjective test requirements of attachments 1, 2, and 3 of this appendix as long as the simulator continues to meet the test requirements contained in the MQTG developed under the original qualification basis.</P>
          <P>c. After May 30, 2009, each visual scene or airport model beyond the minimum required for the FFS qualification level that is installed in and available for use in a qualified FFS must meet the requirements described in attachment 3 of this appendix.</P>
          <P>d. Simulators qualified prior to May 30, 2008, may be updated. If an evaluation is deemed appropriate or necessary by the NSPM after such an update, the evaluation will not require an evaluation to standards beyond those against which the simulator was originally qualified.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="25"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>e. Other certificate holders or persons desiring to use an FFS may contract with FFS sponsors to use FFSs previously qualified at a particular level for an airplane type and approved for use within an FAA-approved flight training program. Such FFSs are not required to undergo an additional qualification process, except as described in § 60.16.</P>
          <P>f. Each FFS user must obtain approval from the appropriate TPAA to use any FFS in an FAA-approved flight training program.</P>
          <P>g. The intent of the requirement listed in § 60.17(b), for each FFS to have a SOQ within 6 years, is to have the availability of that statement (including the configuration list and the limitations to authorizations) to provide a complete picture of the FFS inventory regulated by the FAA. The issuance of the statement will not require any additional evaluation or require any adjustment to the evaluation basis for the FFS.</P>
          <P>h. Downgrading of an FFS is a permanent change in qualification level and will necessitate the issuance of a revised SOQ to reflect the revised qualification level, as appropriate. If a temporary restriction is placed on an FFS because of a missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative component or on-going repairs, the restriction is not a permanent change in qualification level. Instead, the restriction is temporary and is removed when the reason for the restriction has been resolved.</P>
          <P>i. The NSPM will determine the evaluation criteria for an FFS that has been removed from active status. The criteria will be based on the number of continuing qualification evaluations and quarterly inspections missed during the period of inactivity. For example, if the FFS were out of service for a 1 year period, it would be necessary to complete the entire QTG, since all of the quarterly evaluations would have been missed. The NSPM will also consider how the FFS was stored, whether parts were removed from the FFS and whether the FFS was disassembled.</P>
          <P>j. The FFS will normally be requalified using the FAA-approved MQTG and the criteria that was in effect prior to its removal from qualification. However, inactive periods of 2 years or more will require requalification under the standards in effect and current at the time of requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements (§ 60.19)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor must conduct a minimum of four evenly spaced inspections throughout the year. The objective test sequence and content of each inspection must be developed by the sponsor and must be acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>b. The description of the functional preflight check must be contained in the sponsor's QMS.</P>
          <P>c. Record “functional preflight” in the FFS discrepancy log book or other acceptable location, including any item found to be missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative.</P>
          <P>d. During the continuing qualification evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a person knowledgeable about the operation of the aircraft and the operation of the FFS.</P>
          <P>e. The NSPM will conduct continuing qualification evaluations every 12 months unless:</P>
          <P>(1) The NSPM becomes aware of discrepancies or performance problems with the device that warrants more frequent evaluations; or</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor implements a QMS that justifies less frequent evaluations. However, in no case shall the frequency of a continuing qualification evaluation exceed 36 months.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>f. The sponsor's test sequence and the content of each quarterly inspection required in § 60.19(a)(1) should include a balance and a mix from the objective test requirement areas listed as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Performance.</P>
          <P>(2) Handling qualities.</P>
          <P>(3) Motion system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(4) Visual system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(5) Sound system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(6) Other FFS systems.</P>
          <P>g. If the NSP evaluator plans to accomplish specific tests during a normal continuing qualification evaluation that requires the use of special equipment or technicians, the sponsor will be notified as far in advance of the evaluation as practical; but not less than 72 hours. Examples of such tests include latencies, control dynamics, sounds and vibrations, motion, and/or some visual system tests.</P>
          <P>h. The continuing qualification evaluations, described in § 60.19(b), will normally require 4 hours of FFS time. However, flexibility is necessary to address abnormal situations or situations involving aircraft with additional levels of complexity (e.g., computer controlled aircraft). The sponsor should anticipate that some tests may require additional time. The continuing qualification evaluations will consist of the following:</P>

          <P>(1) Review of the results of the quarterly inspections conducted by the sponsor since <PRTPAGE P="26"/>the last scheduled continuing qualification evaluation.</P>
          <P>(2) A selection of approximately 8 to 15 objective tests from the MQTG that provide an adequate opportunity to evaluate the performance of the FFS. The tests chosen will be performed either automatically or manually and should be able to be conducted within approximately one-third (<FR>1/3</FR>) of the allotted FFS time.</P>
          <P>(3) A subjective evaluation of the FFS to perform a representative sampling of the tasks set out in attachment 3 of this appendix. This portion of the evaluation should take approximately two-thirds (<FR>2/3</FR>) of the allotted FFS time.</P>
          <P>(4) An examination of the functions of the FFS may include the motion system, visual system, sound system, instructor operating station, and the normal functions and simulated malfunctions of the airplane systems. This examination is normally accomplished simultaneously with the subjective evaluation requirements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">15. Logging FFS Discrepancies (§ 60.20)</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.20. Logging FFS Discrepancies.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">16. Interim Qualification of FFSs for New Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.21, Interim Qualification of FFSs for New Airplane Types or Models.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">17. Modifications to FFSs (§ 60.23)</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. The notification described in § 60.23(c)(2) must include a complete description of the planned modification, with a description of the operational and engineering effect the proposed modification will have on the operation of the FFS and the results that are expected with the modification incorporated.</P>
          <P>b. Prior to using the modified FFS:</P>
          <P>(1) All the applicable objective tests completed with the modification incorporated, including any necessary updates to the MQTG (e.g., accomplishment of FSTD Directives) must be acceptable to the NSPM; and</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor must provide the NSPM with a statement signed by the MR that the factors listed in § 60.15(b) are addressed by the appropriate personnel as described in that section.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>FSTD Directives are considered modifications of an FFS. See Attachment 4 of this appendix for a sample index of effective FSTD Directives. See Attachment 6 of this appendix for a list of all effective FSTD Directives applicable to Airplane FFSs.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">18. Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25)</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor's responsibility with respect to § 60.25(a) is satisfied when the sponsor fairly and accurately advises the user of the current status of an FFS, including any missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative (MMI) component(s).</P>
          <P>b. It is the responsibility of the instructor, check airman, or representative of the administrator conducting training, testing, or checking to exercise reasonable and prudent judgment to determine if any MMI component is necessary for the satisfactory completion of a specific maneuver, procedure, or task.</P>
          <P>c. If the 29th or 30th day of the 30-day period described in § 60.25(b) is on a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday, the FAA will extend the deadline until the next business day.</P>
          <P>d. In accordance with the authorization described in § 60.25(b), the sponsor may develop a discrepancy prioritizing system to accomplish repairs based on the level of impact on the capability of the FFS. Repairs having a larger impact on FFS capability to provide the required training, evaluation, or flight experience will have a higher priority for repair or replacement.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.27)</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="27"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>If the sponsor provides a plan for how the FFS will be maintained during its out-of-service period (e.g., periodic exercise of mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical systems; routine replacement of hydraulic fluid; control of the environmental factors in which the FFS is to be maintained) there is a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be able to determine the amount of testing required for requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">20. Other Losses of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.29)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>If the sponsor provides a plan for how the FFS will be maintained during its out-of-service period (e.g., periodic exercise of mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical systems; routine replacement of hydraulic fluid; control of the environmental factors in which the FFS is to be maintained) there is a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be able to determine the amount of testing required for requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">21. Recordkeeping and Reporting (§ 60.31)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. FFS modifications can include hardware or software changes. For FFS modifications involving software programming changes, the record required by § 60.31(a)(2) must consist of the name of the aircraft system software, aerodynamic model, or engine model change, the date of the change, a summary of the change, and the reason for the change.</P>
          <P>b. If a coded form for record keeping is used, it must provide for the preservation and retrieval of information with appropriate security or controls to prevent the inappropriate alteration of such records after the fact.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.33, Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">23. Specific FFS Compliance Requirements (§ 60.35)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.35, Specific FFS Compliance Requirements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">24. [Reserved]</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">25. FFS Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) (§ 60.37)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.37, FFS Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 1 to Appendix A to Part 60—General Simulator Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. Certain requirements included in this appendix must be supported with an SOC as defined in Appendix F, which may include objective and subjective tests. The requirements for SOCs are indicated in the “General Simulator Requirements” column in Table A1A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>b. Table A1A describes the requirements for the indicated level of FFS. Many devices include operational systems or functions that exceed the requirements outlined in this section. However, all systems will be tested and evaluated in accordance with this appendix to ensure proper operation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Discussion</HD>
          <P>a. This attachment describes the general simulator requirements for qualifying an airplane FFS. The sponsor should also consult the objective tests in Attachment 2 of this appendix and the examination of functions and subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix to determine the complete requirements for a specific level simulator.</P>
          <P>b. The material contained in this attachment is divided into the following categories:</P>
          <P>(1) General flight deck configuration.</P>
          <P>(2) Simulator programming.<PRTPAGE P="28"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Equipment operation.</P>
          <P>(4) Equipment and facilities for instructor/evaluator functions.</P>
          <P>(5) Motion system.</P>
          <P>(6) Visual system.</P>
          <P>(7) Sound system.</P>
          <P>c. Table A1A provides the standards for the General Simulator Requirements.</P>
          <P>d. Table A1B provides the tasks that the sponsor will examine to determine whether the FFS satisfactorily meets the requirements for flight crew training, testing, and experience, and provides the tasks for which the simulator may be qualified.</P>
          <P>e. Table A1C provides the functions that an instructor/check airman must be able to control in the simulator.</P>
          <P>f. It is not required that all of the tasks that appear on the List of Qualified Tasks (part of the SOQ) be accomplished during the initial or continuing qualification evaluation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r75,2C,2C,2C,2C,r100" COLS="7" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A1A—Minimum Simulator Requirements</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">General simulator requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Simulator levels</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. General Flight deck Configuration.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have a flight deck that is a replica of the airplane simulated with controls, equipment, observable flight deck indicators, circuit breakers, and bulkheads properly located, functionally accurate and replicating the airplane. The direction of movement of controls and switches must be identical to the airplane. Pilot seats must allow the occupant to achieve the design “eye position” established for the airplane being simulated. Equipment for the operation of the flight deck windows must be included, but the actual windows need not be operable. Additional equipment such as fire axes, extinguishers, and spare light bulbs must be available in the FFS but may be relocated to a suitable location as near as practical to the original position. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in silhouette</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For simulator purposes, the flight deck consists of all that space forward of a cross section of the flight deck at the most extreme aft setting of the pilots' seats, including additional required crewmember duty stations and those required bulkheads aft of the pilot seats. For clarification, bulkheads containing only items such as landing gear pin storage compartments, fire axes and extinguishers, spare light bulbs, and aircraft document pouches are not considered essential and may be omitted.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Those circuit breakers that affect procedures or result in observable flight deck indications must be properly located and functionally accurate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Programming.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>

              <ENT>A flight dynamics model that accounts for various combinations of drag and thrust normally encountered in flight must correspond to actual flight conditions, including the effect of change in airplane attitude, thrust, drag, altitude, temperature, gross weight, moments of inertia, center of gravity location, and configuration<LI O="xl">An SOC is required</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must have the computer capacity, accuracy, resolution, and dynamic response needed to meet the qualification level sought<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="29"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Surface operations must be represented to the extent that allows turns within the confines of the runway and adequate controls on the landing and roll-out from a crosswind approach to a landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground handling and aerodynamic programming must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground effect</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground effect includes modeling that accounts for roundout, flare, touchdown, lift, drag, pitching moment, trim, and power while in ground effect.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground reaction</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground reaction includes modeling that accounts for strut deflections, tire friction, and side forces. This is the reaction of the airplane upon contact with the runway during landing, and may differ with changes in factors such as gross weight, airspeed, or rate of descent on touchdown.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground handling characteristics, including aerodynamic and ground reaction modeling including steering inputs, operations with crosswind, braking, thrust reversing, deceleration, and turning radius</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.e.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">If the aircraft being simulated is one of the aircraft listed in § 121.358, Low-altitude windshear system equipment requirements, the simulator must employ windshear models that provide training for recognition of windshear phenomena and the execution of recovery procedures. Models must be available to the instructor/evaluator for the following critical phases of flight:<LI O="xl">(1) Prior to takeoff rotation.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) At liftoff.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(3) During initial climb.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(4) On final approach, below 500 ft AGL.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>If desired, Level A and B simulators may qualify for windshear training by meeting these standards; see Attachment 5 of this appendix. Windshear models may consist of independent variable winds in multiple simultaneous components. The FAA Windshear Training Aid presents one acceptable means of compliance with simulator wind model requirements.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>The QTG must reference the FAA Windshear Training Aid or present alternate airplane related data, including the implementation method(s) used. If the alternate method is selected, wind models from the Royal Aerospace Establishment (RAE), the Joint Airport Weather Studies (JAWS) Project and other recognized sources may be implemented, but must be supported and properly referenced in the QTG. Only those simulators meeting these requirements may be used to satisfy the training requirements of part 121 pertaining to a certificate holder's approved low-altitude windshear flight training program as described in § 121.409</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="30"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.f.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide for manual and automatic testing of simulator hardware and software programming to determine compliance with simulator objective tests as prescribed in Attachment 2 of this appendix<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Automatic “flagging” of out-of-tolerance situations is encouraged.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.g.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Relative responses of the motion system, visual system, and flight deck instruments, measured by latency tests or transport delay tests. Motion onset should occur before the start of the visual scene change (the start of the scan of the first video field containing different information) but must occur before the end of the scan of that video field. Instrument response may not occur prior to motion onset. Test results must be within the following limits:</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>The intent is to verify that the simulator provides instrument, motion, and visual cues that are, within the stated time delays, like the airplane responses. For airplane response, acceleration in the appropriate, corresponding rotational axis is preferred.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.g.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>300 milliseconds of the airplane response</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.g.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>150 milliseconds of the airplane response</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.h.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must accurately reproduce the following runway conditions:</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(1) Dry</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(2) Wet</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(3) Icy</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(4) Patchy Wet</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(5) Patchy Icy</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(6) Wet on Rubber Residue in Touchdown Zone</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.i.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must simulate:<LI>(1) brake and tire failure dynamics, including antiskid failure</LI>
                <LI>(2) decreased brake efficiency due to high brake temperatures, if applicable</LI>
                <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator pitch, side loading, and directional control characteristics should be representative of the airplane.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.j.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must replicate the effects of airframe and engine icing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.k.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The aerodynamic modeling in the simulator must include:<LI O="xl">(1) Low-altitude level-flight ground effect;</LI>
                <LI>(2) Mach effect at high altitude;</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(3) Normal and reverse dynamic thrust effect on control surfaces;</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Attachment 2 of this appendix, paragraph 5, for further information on ground effect.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(4) Aeroelastic representations; and</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(5) Nonlinearities due to sideslip.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must include references to computations of aeroelastic representations and of nonlinearities due to sideslip.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.l.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must have aerodynamic and ground reaction modeling for the effects of reverse thrust on directional control, if applicable<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="31"/>
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. Equipment Operation.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>All relevant instrument indications involved in the simulation of the airplane must automatically respond to control movement or external disturbances to the simulated airplane; e.g., turbulence or windshear. Numerical values must be presented in the appropriate units</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Communications, navigation, caution, and warning equipment must be installed and operate within the tolerances applicable for the airplane</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Attachment 3 of this appendix for further information regarding long-range navigation equipment.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulated airplane systems must operate as the airplane systems operate under normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions on the ground and in flight</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide pilot controls with control forces and control travel that correspond to the simulated airplane. The simulator must also react in the same manner as in the airplane under the same flight conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator control feel dynamics must replicate the airplane. This must be determined by comparing a recording of the control feel dynamics of the simulator to airplane measurements. For initial and upgrade qualification evaluations, the control dynamic characteristics must be measured and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accomplished in takeoff, cruise, and landing flight conditions and configurations</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. Instructor or Evaluator Facilities.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">In addition to the flight crewmember stations, the simulator must have at least two suitable seats for the instructor/check airman and FAA inspector. These seats must provide adequate vision to the pilot's panel and forward windows. All seats other than flight crew seats need not represent those found in the airplane, but must be adequately secured to the floor and equipped with similar positive restraint devices.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The NSPM will consider alternatives to this standard for additional seats based on unique flight deck configurations.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must have controls that enable the instructor/evaluator to control all required system variables and insert all abnormal or emergency conditions into the simulated airplane systems as described in the sponsor's FAA-approved training program; or as described in the relevant operating manual as appropriate.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="32"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have instructor controls for all environmental effects expected to be available at the IOS; e.g., clouds, visibility, icing, precipitation, temperature, storm cells, and wind speed and direction</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide the instructor or evaluator the ability to present ground and air hazards</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For example, another airplane crossing the active runway or converging airborne traffic.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Motion System.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have motion (force) cues perceptible to the pilot that are representative of the motion in an airplane</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For example, touchdown cues should be a function of the rate of descent (RoD) of the simulated airplane.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) system with a minimum of three degrees of freedom (at least pitch, roll, and heave)<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) system that produces cues at least equivalent to those of a six-degrees-of-freedom, synergistic platform motion system (i.e., pitch, roll, yaw, heave, sway, and surge)<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide for the recording of the motion system response time<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must provide motion effects programming to include:</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(1) Thrust effect with brakes set.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(2) Runway rumble, oleo deflections, effects of ground speed, uneven runway, centerline lights, and taxiway characteristics.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(3) Buffets on the ground due to spoiler/speedbrake extension and thrust reversal.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(4) Bumps associated with the landing gear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(5 O='xl') Buffet during extension and retraction of landing gear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(6) Buffet in the air due to flap and spoiler/speedbrake extension.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(7) Approach-to-Stall buffet.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(8) Representative touchdown cues for main and nose gear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(9) Nosewheel scuffing, if applicable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(10) Mach and maneuver buffet.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide characteristic motion vibrations that result from operation of the airplane if the vibration marks an event or airplane state that can be sensed in the flight deck</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator should be programmed and instrumented in such a manner that the characteristic buffet modes can be measured and compared to airplane data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. Visual System.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="33"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have a visual system providing an out-of-the-flight deck view</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide a continuous collimated field-of-view of at least 45° horizontally and 30° vertically per pilot seat or the number of degrees necessary to meet the visual ground segment requirement, whichever is greater. Both pilot seat visual systems must be operable simultaneously. The minimum horizontal field-of-view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (<FR>1/2</FR>) of the minimum continuous field-of-view requirement, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage<LI O="xl">An SOC is required and must explain the system geometry measurements including system linearity and field-of-view.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Additional field-of-view capability may be added at the sponsor's discretion provided the minimum fields of view are retained.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.d.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide a continuous collimated visual field-of-view of at least 176° horizontally and 36° vertically or the number of degrees necessary to meet the visual ground segment requirement, whichever is greater. The minimum horizontal field-of-view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (<FR>1/2</FR>) of the minimum continuous field-of-view requirement, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage<LI O="xl">An SOC is required and must explain the system geometry measurements including system linearity and field-of-view.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The horizontal field-of-view is traditionally described as a 180° field-of-view. However, the field-of-view is technically no less than 176°. Additional field-of-view capability may be added at the sponsor's discretion provided the minimum fields-of-view are retained.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>The visual system must be free from optical discontinuities and artifacts that create non-realistic cues</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Non-realistic cues might include image “swimming” and image “roll-off,” that may lead a pilot to make incorrect assessments of speed, acceleration, or situational awareness.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have operational landing lights for night scenes. Where used, dusk (or twilight) scenes require operational landing lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.g.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must have instructor controls for the following:<LI O="xl">(1) Visibility in statute miles (km) and runway visual range (RVR) in ft. (m).</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) Airport selection.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(3) Airport lighting.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide visual system compatibility with dynamic response programming</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="34"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must show that the segment of the ground visible from the simulator flight deck is the same as from the airplane flight deck (within established tolerances) when at the correct airspeed, in the landing configuration, at the appropriate height above the touchdown zone, and with appropriate visibility</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This will show the modeling accuracy of RVR, glideslope, and localizer for a given weight, configuration, and speed within the airplane's operational envelope for a normal approach and landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.j.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must provide visual cues necessary to assess sink rates (provide depth perception) during takeoffs and landings, to include:<LI O="xl">(1) Surface on runways, taxiways, and ramps.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) Terrain features.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.k.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide for accurate portrayal of the visual environment relating to the simulator attitude</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual attitude vs. simulator attitude is a comparison of pitch and roll of the horizon as displayed in the visual scene compared to the display on the attitude indicator.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.l.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide for quick confirmation of visual system color, RVR, focus, and intensity<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.m.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must be capable of producing at least 10 levels of occulting</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.n.</ENT>
              <ENT>Night Visual Scenes. When used in training, testing, or checking activities, the simulator must provide night visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Scenes must include a definable horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bodies of water and surfaces illuminated by airplane landing lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="35"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.o.</ENT>

              <ENT>Dusk (or Twilight) Visual Scenes. When used in training, testing, or checking activities, the simulator must provide dusk (or twilight) visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Dusk (or twilight) scenes, as a minimum, must provide full color presentations of reduced ambient intensity, sufficient surfaces with appropriate textural cues that include self-illuminated objects such as road networks, ramp lighting and airport signage, to conduct a visual approach, landing and airport movement (taxi). Scenes must include a definable horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bodies of water and surfaces illuminated by airplane landing lights. If provided, directional horizon lighting must have correct orientation and be consistent with surface shading effects. Total night or dusk (twilight) scene content must be comparable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visible textured surfaces and 15,000 visible lights with sufficient system capacity to display 16 simultaneously moving objects<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.p.</ENT>

              <ENT>Daylight Visual Scenes. The simulator must provide daylight visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Any ambient lighting must not “washout” the displayed visual scene. Total daylight scene content must be comparable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visible textured surfaces and 6,000 visible lights with sufficient system capacity to display 16 simultaneously moving objects. The visual display must be free of apparent and distracting quantization and other distracting visual effects while the simulator is in motion<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.q.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide operational visual scenes that portray physical relationships known to cause landing illusions to pilots</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For example: short runways, landing approaches over water, uphill or downhill runways, rising terrain on the approach path, unique topographic features.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="36"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.r.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide special weather representations of light, medium, and heavy precipitation near a thunderstorm on takeoff and during approach and landing. Representations need only be presented at and below an altitude of 2,000 ft. (610 m) above the airport surface and within 10 miles (16 km) of the airport</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.s.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must present visual scenes of wet and snow-covered runways, including runway lighting reflections for wet conditions, partially obscured lights for snow conditions, or suitable alternative effects</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.t.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must present realistic color and directionality of all airport lighting</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">7. Sound System.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide flight deck sounds that result from pilot actions that correspond to those that occur in the airplane</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>The volume control must have an indication of sound level setting which meets all qualification requirements.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.c.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must accurately simulate the sound of precipitation, windshield wipers, and other significant airplane noises perceptible to the pilot during normal and abnormal operations, and include the sound of a crash (when the simulator is landed in an unusual attitude or in excess of the structural gear limitations); normal engine and thrust reversal sounds; and the sounds of flap, gear, and spoiler extension and retraction<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide realistic amplitude and frequency of flight deck noises and sounds. Simulator performance must be recorded, compared to amplitude and frequency of the same sounds recorded in the airplane, and be made a part of the QTG</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,2C,2C,2C,2C,r50" COLS="7" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A1B—Table of Tasks vs. Simulator Level</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Subjective requirements<LI>In order to be qualified at the simulator qualification level indicated, the simulator must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with that level of qualification.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator levels</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Preflight Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Preflight Inspection (flight deck only)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Start</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="37"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Taxiing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>R</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pre-takeoff Checks</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Takeoff and Departure Phase</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Normal and Crosswind Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>R</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Instrument Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Failure During Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Departure Procedure</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. Inflight Maneuvers</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steep Turns</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approaches to Stalls</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Failure—Multiengine Airplane</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Failure—Single-Engine Airplane</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Specific Flight Characteristics incorporated into the user's FAA approved flight training program</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Recovery From Unusual Attitudes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Within the normal flight envelope supported by applicable simulation validation data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. Instrument Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Terminal Arrival/Flight Management System Arrivals Procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Holding</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Precision Instrument</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>All Engines Operating</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Autopilot, Manual (Flt. Dir. Assisted), Manual (Raw Data).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>One Engine Inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Manual (Flt. Dir. Assisted), Manual (Raw Data).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Non-Precision Instrument Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., NDB, VOR, VOR/DME, VOR/TAC, RNAV, LOC, LOC/BC, ADF, and SDF.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Circling Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Specific authorization required.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Missed Approach</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>One Engine Inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Landings and Approaches to Landings</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal and Crosswind Approaches and Landings</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>R</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing From a Precision/Non-Precision Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>R</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="38"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and Landing with (Simulated) Engine Failure—Multiengine Airplane</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>R</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing From Circling Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>R</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing From a No Flap or a Nonstandard Flap Configuration Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>R</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. Normal and Abnormal Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine (including shutdown and restart)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fuel System</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Electrical System</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Hydraulic System</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental and Pressurization Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fire Detection and Extinguisher Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Navigation and Avionics Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Automatic Flight Control System, Electronic Flight Instrument System, and Related Subsystems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight Control Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.j.</ENT>
              <ENT>Anti-ice and Deice Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.k.</ENT>
              <ENT>Aircraft and Personal Emergency Equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">7. Emergency Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Emergency Descent (Max. Rate)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Inflight Fire and Smoke Removal</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rapid Decompression</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Emergency Evacuation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">8. Postflight Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>After-Landing Procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Parking and Securing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>“A”—indicates that the system, task, or procedure may be examined if the appropriate aircraft system or control is simulated in the FSTD and is working properly.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>“R”—indicates that the simulator may be qualified for this task for continuing qualification training.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>“X”—indicates that the simulator must be able to perform this task for this level of qualification.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,2C,2C,2C,2C,r50" COLS="7" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A1C—Table of Simulator System Tasks</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Subjective requirements<LI>In order to be qualified at the simulator qualification level indicated, the simulator must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with that level of qualification.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator levels</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power switch(es)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="39"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., GW, CG, Fuel loading and Systems.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airports/Runways</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Selection, Surface, Presets, Lighting controls.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental controls</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Clouds, Visibility, RVR, Temp, Wind, Ice, Snow, Rain, and Windshear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane system malfunctions (Insertion/deletion)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Sound Controls</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>On/off/adjustment</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. Motion/Control Loading System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>On/off/emergency stop</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. Observer Seats/Stations</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 2 to Appendix A to Part 60—FFS Objective Tests</HD>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs40,r30" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table of Contents</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Paragraph No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Title</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Introduction.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Test Requirements.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Table A2A, Objective Tests.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT>General.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Control Dynamics.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground Effect.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Motion System.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Sound System.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Additional Information About Flight Simulator Qualification for New or Derivative Airplanes.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engineering Simulator—Validation Data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">10.</ENT>
              <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">11.</ENT>
              <ENT>Validation Test Tolerances.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">12.</ENT>
              <ENT>Validation Data Roadmap.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">13.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Engines Data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">14.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Avionics (Flight-Related Computers and Controllers).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">15.</ENT>
              <ENT>Transport Delay Testing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">16.</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuing Qualification Evaluations—Validation Test Data Presentation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">17.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation: Level A and Level B Simulators Only.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Introduction</HD>
          <P>a. For the purposes of this attachment, the flight conditions specified in the Flight Conditions Column of Table A2A of this appendix, are defined as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Ground—on ground, independent of airplane configuration;</P>
          <P>(2) Take-off—gear down with flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position;</P>
          <P>(3) First segment climb—gear down with flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position (normally not above 50 ft AGL);</P>
          <P>(4) Second segment climb—gear up with flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position (normally between 50 ft and 400 ft AGL);</P>
          <P>(5) Clean—flaps/slats retracted and gear up;<PRTPAGE P="40"/>
          </P>
          <P>(6) Cruise—clean configuration at cruise altitude and airspeed;</P>
          <P>(7) Approach—gear up or down with flaps/slats at any normal approach position as recommended by the airplane manufacturer; and</P>
          <P>(8) Landing—gear down with flaps/slats in any certified landing position.</P>
          <P>b. The format for numbering the objective tests in Appendix A, Attachment 2, Table A2A, and the objective tests in Appendix B, Attachment 2, Table B2A, is identical. However, each test required for FFSs is not necessarily required for FTDs. Also, each test required for FTDs is not necessarily required for FFSs. Therefore, when a test number (or series of numbers) is not required, the term “Reserved” is used in the table at that location. Following this numbering format provides a degree of commonality between the two tables and substantially reduces the potential for confusion when referring to objective test numbers for either FFSs or FTDs.</P>
          <P>c. The reader is encouraged to review the Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, and AC 25-7, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, and AC 23-8, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes, for references and examples regarding flight testing requirements and techniques.</P>
          <P>d. If relevant winds are present in the objective data, the wind vector should be clearly noted as part of the data presentation, expressed in conventional terminology, and related to the runway being used for the test.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Test Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. The ground and flight tests required for qualification are listed in Table A2A, FFS Objective Tests. Computer generated simulator test results must be provided for each test except where an alternative test is specifically authorized by the NSPM. If a flight condition or operating condition is required for the test but does not apply to the airplane being simulated or to the qualification level sought, it may be disregarded (e.g., an engine out missed approach for a single-engine airplane or a maneuver using reverse thrust for an airplane without reverse thrust capability). Each test result is compared against the validation data described in § 60.13 and in this appendix. Although use of a driver program designed to automatically accomplish the tests is encouraged for all simulators and required for Level C and Level D simulators, it must be possible to conduct each test manually while recording all appropriate parameters. The results must be produced on an appropriate recording device acceptable to the NSPM and must include simulator number, date, time, conditions, tolerances, and appropriate dependent variables portrayed in comparison to the validation data. Time histories are required unless otherwise indicated in Table A2A. All results must be labeled using the tolerances and units given.</P>
          <P>b. Table A2A in this attachment sets out the test results required, including the parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions for simulator validation. Tolerances are provided for the listed tests because mathematical modeling and acquisition and development of reference data are often inexact. All tolerances listed in the following tables are applied to simulator performance. When two tolerance values are given for a parameter, the less restrictive may be used unless otherwise indicated. In those cases where a tolerance is expressed only as a percentage, the tolerance percentage applies to the maximum value of that parameter within its normal operating range as measured from the neutral or zero position unless otherwise indicated.</P>
          <P>c. Certain tests included in this attachment must be supported with an SOC. In Table A2A, requirements for SOCs are indicated in the “Test Details” column.</P>
          <P>d. When operational or engineering judgment is used in making assessments for flight test data applications for simulator validity, such judgment must not be limited to a single parameter. For example, data that exhibit rapid variations of the measured parameters may require interpolations or a “best fit” data selection. All relevant parameters related to a given maneuver or flight condition must be provided to allow overall interpretation. When it is difficult or impossible to match simulator to airplane data throughout a time history, differences must be justified by providing a comparison of other related variables for the condition being assessed.</P>
          <P>e. It is not acceptable to program the FFS so that the mathematical modeling is correct only at the validation test points. Unless otherwise noted, simulator tests must represent airplane performance and handling qualities at operating weights and centers of gravity (CG) typical of normal operation. If a test is supported by airplane data at one extreme weight or CG, another test supported by airplane data at mid-conditions or as close as possible to the other extreme must be included. Certain tests that are relevant only at one extreme CG or weight condition need not be repeated at the other extreme. Tests of handling qualities must include validation of augmentation devices.</P>

          <P>f. When comparing the parameters listed to those of the airplane, sufficient data must also be provided to verify the correct flight condition and airplane configuration <PRTPAGE P="41"/>changes. For example, to show that control force is within the parameters for a static stability test, data to show the correct airspeed, power, thrust or torque, airplane configuration, altitude, and other appropriate datum identification parameters must also be given. If comparing short period dynamics, normal acceleration may be used to establish a match to the airplane, but airspeed, altitude, control input, airplane configuration, and other appropriate data must also be given. If comparing landing gear change dynamics, pitch, airspeed, and altitude may be used to establish a match to the airplane, but landing gear position must also be provided. All airspeed values must be properly annotated (e.g., indicated versus calibrated). In addition, the same variables must be used for comparison (e.g., compare inches to inches rather than inches to centimeters).</P>
          <P>g. The QTG provided by the sponsor must clearly describe how the simulator will be set up and operated for each test. Each simulator subsystem may be tested independently, but overall integrated testing of the simulator must be accomplished to assure that the total simulator system meets the prescribed standards. A manual test procedure with explicit and detailed steps for completing each test must also be provided.</P>
          <P>h. For previously qualified simulators, the tests and tolerances of this attachment may be used in subsequent continuing qualification evaluations for any given test if the sponsor has submitted a proposed MQTG revision to the NSPM and has received NSPM approval.</P>
          <P>i. Simulators are evaluated and qualified with an engine model simulating the airplane data supplier's flight test engine. For qualification of alternative engine models (either variations of the flight test engines or other manufacturer's engines) additional tests with the alternative engine models may be required. This attachment contains guidelines for alternative engines.</P>
          <P>j. For testing Computer Controlled Aircraft (CCA) simulators, or other highly augmented airplane simulators, flight test data is required for the Normal (N) and/or Non-normal (NN) control states, as indicated in this attachment. Where test results are independent of control state, Normal or Non-normal control data may be used. All tests in Table A2A require test results in the Normal control state unless specifically noted otherwise in the Test Details section following the CCA designation. The NSPM will determine what tests are appropriate for airplane simulation data. When making this determination, the NSPM may require other levels of control state degradation for specific airplane tests. Where Non-normal control states are required, test data must be provided for one or more Non-normal control states, and must include the least augmented state. Where applicable, flight test data must record Normal and Non-normal states for:</P>
          <P>(1) Pilot controller deflections or electronically generated inputs, including location of input; and</P>
          <P>(2) Flight control surface positions unless test results are not affected by, or are independent of, surface positions.</P>
          <P>k. Tests of handling qualities must include validation of augmentation devices. FFSs for highly augmented airplanes will be validated both in the unaugmented configuration (or failure state with the maximum permitted degradation in handling qualities) and the augmented configuration. Where various levels of handling qualities result from failure states, validation of the effect of the failure is necessary. Requirements for testing will be mutually agreed to between the sponsor and the NSPM on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          <P>l. Some tests will not be required for airplanes using airplane hardware in the simulator flight deck (e.g., “side stick controller”). These exceptions are noted in Section 2 “Handling Qualities” in Table A2A of this attachment. However, in these cases, the sponsor must provide a statement that the airplane hardware meets the appropriate manufacturer's specifications and the sponsor must have supporting information to that fact available for NSPM review.</P>
          <P>m. For objective test purposes, see Appendix F of this part for the definitions of “Near maximum,” “Light,” and “Medium” gross weight.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>n. In those cases where the objective test results authorize a “snapshot test” or a “series of snapshot tests” results in lieu of a time-history result, the sponsor or other data provider must ensure that a steady state condition exists at the instant of time captured by the “snapshot.” The steady state condition should exist from 4 seconds prior to, through 1 second following, the instant of time captured by the snap shot.</P>
          <P>o. For references on basic operating weight, see AC 120-27, “Aircraft Weight and Balance;” and FAA-H-8083-1, “Aircraft Weight and Balance Handbook.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="42"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs34,r50,r56,r46,r80,2C,2C,2C,2C,r45" COLS="10" OPTS="L2,p6,6/7">
            <TTITLE>Table A2A—Full Flight Simulator (FFS) Objective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Test</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Title</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Tolerance</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Flight conditions</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Test details</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="09" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Performance.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Taxi.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Radius Turn</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 ft (0.9m) or 20% of airplane turn radius</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record both Main and Nose gear turning radius. This test is to be accomplished without the use of brakes and only minimum thrust, except for airplanes requiring asymmetric thrust or braking to turn</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.2</ENT>
              <ENT>Rate of Turn vs. Nosewheel Steering Angle (NWA)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% or ±2°/sec. turn rate</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record a minimum of two speeds, greater than minimum turning radius speed, with a spread of at least 5 knots groundspeed, in normal taxi speed conditions</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L02">Takeoff.</ENT>
              <ENT>All commonly used takeoff flap settings are to be demonstrated at least once in the tests for minimum unstick (1.b.3.), normal takeoff (1.b.4.), critical engine failure on takeoff (1.b.5.), or crosswind takeoff (1.b.6.)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground Acceleration Time and Distance</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% time and distance or ±5% time and ±200 ft (61 m) of distance</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>

              <ENT>Record acceleration time and distance for a minimum of 80% of the time from brake release to V<E T="52">R</E>
                <LI O="xl">Preliminary aircraft certification data may be used.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>May be combined with normal takeoff (1.b.4.) or rejected takeoff (1.b.7.). Plotted data should be shown using appropriate scales for each portion of the maneuver.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="43"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Control Speed−ground (V<E T="52">mcg</E>) using aerodynamic controls only (per applicable airworthiness standard) or alternative low speed engine inoperative test to demonstrate ground control characteristics</ENT>
              <ENT>±25% of maximum airplane lateral deviation or ±5 ft (1.5 m). Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: Rudder pedal force; ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN)</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine failure speed must be within ±1 knot of airplane engine failure speed. Engine thrust decay must be that resulting from the mathematical model for the engine variant applicable to the FFS under test. If the modeled engine is not the same as the airplane manufacturer's flight test engine, a further test may be run with the same initial conditions using the thrust from the flight test data as the driving parameter</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>If a V<E T="52">mcg</E> test is not available an acceptable alternative is a flight test snap engine deceleration to idle at a speed between V<E T="52">1</E> and V<E T="52">1</E> −10 knots, followed by control of heading using aerodynamic control only. Recovery should be achieved with the main gear on the ground. To ensure only aerodynamic control is used, nosewheel steering should be disabled (i.e., castored) or the nosewheel held slightly off the ground.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Unstick Speed (V<E T="52">mu</E>) or equivalent test to demonstrate early rotation takeoff characteristics</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts airspeed ±1.5° pitch angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>Record main landing gear strut compression or equivalent air/ground signal. Record from 10 kt before start of rotation until at least 5 seconds after the occurrence of main gear lift-off</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>V<E T="52">mu</E> is defined as the minimum speed at which the last main landing gear leaves the ground. Main landing gear strut compression or equivalent air/ground signal should be recorded. If a V<E T="52">mu</E> test is not available, alternative acceptable flight tests are a constant high-attitude take-off run through main gear lift-off or an early rotation take-off.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="44"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts airspeed ±1.5° pitch angle ±1.5° angle of attack ±20 ft (6 m) height. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: Stick/Column Force; ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN)</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>Record takeoff profile from brake release to at least 200 ft (61 m) above ground level (AGL). If the airplane has more than one certificated takeoff configurations, a different configuration must be used for each weight. Data are required for a takeoff weight at near maximum takeoff weight with a mid-center of gravity and for a light takeoff weight with an aft center of gravity, as defined in Appendix F of this part</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This test may be used for ground acceleration time and distance (1.b.1.). Plotted data should be shown using appropriate scales for each portion of the maneuver.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Critical Engine Failure on Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts airspeed ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack, ±20 ft (6 m) height, ±3° heading angle, ±2° bank angle, ±2° sideslip angle. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: Stick/Column Force; ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN)); Wheel Force; ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN); and Rudder Pedal Force; ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN)</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>Record takeoff profile at near maximum takeoff weight from prior to engine failure to at least 200 ft (61 m) AGL. Engine failure speed must be within ±3 kts of airplane data</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="45"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Crosswind Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts airspeed, ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack, ±20 ft (6 m) height, ±2° bank angle, ±2° sideslip angle; ±3° heading angle. Correct trend at groundspeeds below 40 kts. for rudder/pedal and heading. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) stick/column force, ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) wheel force, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) rudder pedal force</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>Record takeoff profile from brake release to at least 200 ft (61 m) AGL. Requires test data, including information on wind profile for a crosswind (expressed as direct head-wind and direct cross-wind components) of at least 60% of the maximum wind measured at 33 ft (10 m) above the runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>In those situations where a maximum crosswind or a maximum demonstrated crosswind is not known, contact the NSPM.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% time or ±1.5 sec ±7.5% distance or ±250 ft (±76 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>

              <ENT>Record time and distance from brake release to full stop. Speed for initiation of the reject must be at least 80% of V<E T="52">1</E> speed. The airplane must be at or near the maximum takeoff gross weight. Use maximum braking effort, auto or manual</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Autobrakes will be used where applicable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dynamic Engine Failure After Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>±20% or ±2°/sec body angular rates</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine failure speed must be within ±3 Kts of airplane data. Record Hands Off from 5 secs. before to at least 5 secs. after engine failure or 30° Bank, whichever occurs first. Engine failure may be a snap deceleration to idle. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control state</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For safety considerations, airplane flight test may be performed out of ground effect at a safe altitude, but with correct airplane configuration and airspeed.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Climb.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal Climb, all engines operating</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts airspeed, ±5% or ±100 FPM (0.5 m/Sec.) climb rate</ENT>
              <ENT>Clean</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight test data is preferred, however, airplane performance manual data is an acceptable alternative. Record at nominal climb speed and mid-initial climb altitude. Flight simulator performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft. (300 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="46"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>One engine Inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts airspeed, ±5% or ±100 FPM (0.5 m/Sec.) climb rate, but not less than the climb gradient requirements of 14 CFR part 23 or part 25, as appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>For part 23 airplanes, in accordance with part 23. For part 25 airplanes, Second Segment Climb</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Flight test data is preferred, however, airplane performance manual data is an acceptable alternative. Test at weight, altitude, or temperature limiting conditions. Record at nominal climb speed. Flight simulator performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft. (300 m).</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>One Engine Inoperative En route Climb</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% time, ±10% distance, ±10% fuel used</ENT>
              <ENT>Clean</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for at least a 5000 ft (1550 m) climb segment. Flight test data or airplane performance manual data may be used</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>One Engine Inoperative Approach Climb (if operations in icing conditions are authorized)</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts airspeed, ±5% or ±100 FPM (0.5 m/Sec.) climb rate, but not less than the climb gradient requirements of 14 CFR parts 23 or 25 climb gradient, as appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results at near maximum gross landing weight as defined in Appendix F of this part. Flight test data or airplane performance manual data may be used. Flight simulator performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft. (300 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The airplane should be configured with all anti-ice and de-ice systems operating normally, with the gear up and go-around flaps set. All icing accountability considerations should be applied in accordance with the aircraft certification or authorization for an approach in icing conditions.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Cruise/Descent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Level flight acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% Time</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for a minimum of 50 kts speed increase using maximum continuous thrust rating or equivalent</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Level flight deceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% Time</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for a minimum of 50 kts. speed decrease using idle power</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="47"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.d.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise performance</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.05 EPR or ±5% of N<E T="52">1</E>, or ±5% of Torque, ±5% of fuel flow</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>May be a single snapshot showing instantaneous fuel flow or a minimum of 2 consecutive snapshots with a spread of at least 3 minutes in steady flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Idle descent</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±5% or ±200 ft/min (1.0m/sec) descent rate</ENT>
              <ENT>Clean</ENT>
              <ENT>Record a stabilized, idle power descent at normal descent speed at mid-altitude. Flight simulator performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft. (300 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Emergency descent</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 kt airspeed, ±5% or ±300 ft/min (1.5m/s) descent rate</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>Performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 3,000 ft (900 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>

              <ENT>The stabilized descent should be conducted with speed brakes extended, if applicable, at mid-altitude and near V<E T="52">mo</E> speed or in accordance with emergency descent procedures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Stopping.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stopping time and distance, using manual application of wheel brakes and no reverse thrust on a dry runway</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% of time. For distance up to 4000 ft (1220 m): ±200 ft (61 m) or ±10%, whichever is smaller. For distance greater than 4000 ft (1220 m): ±5% of distance</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record time and distance for at least 80% of the total time from touch down to full stop. Data is required for weights at medium and near maximum landing weights. Data for brake system pressure and position of ground spoilers (including method of deployment, if used) must be provided. Engineering data may be used for the medium gross weight condition</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stopping time and distance, using reverse thrust and no wheel brakes on a dry runway</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% time and the smaller of ±10% or ±200 ft (61 m) of distance</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record time and distance for at least 80% of the total time from initiation of reverse thrust to the minimum operating speed with full reverse thrust. Data is required for medium and near maximum landing gross weights. Data on the position of ground spoilers, (including method of deployment, if used) must be provided. Engineering data may be used for the medium gross weight condition</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="48"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.e.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stopping distance, using wheel brakes and no reverse thrust on a wet runway</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of distance or ±200 ft (61 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Either flight test data or manufacturer's performance manual data must be used where available. Engineering data based on dry runway flight test stopping distance modified by the effects of contaminated runway braking coefficients are an acceptable alternative</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stopping distance, using wheel brakes and no reverse thrust on an icy runway</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of distance or ±200 ft (61 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Either flight test or manufacturer's performance manual data must be used, where available. Engineering data based on dry runway flight test stopping distance modified by the effects of contaminated runway braking coefficients are an acceptable alternative</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Engines.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>(±10% T<E T="52">t</E>) and (±10% T<E T="52">i</E>, or ±0.25 sec.)</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record engine power (N<E T="52">1</E>, N<E T="52">2</E>, EPR, Torque) from flight idle to go-around power for a rapid (slam) throttle movement</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Appendix F of this part for definitions of T<E T="52">i</E> and T<E T="52">t</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Deceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>(±10% T<E T="52">t</E>) and (±10% T<E T="52">i</E>, or ±0.25 sec.)</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record engine power (N<E T="52">1</E>, N<E T="52">2</E>, EPR, Torque) from Max T/O power to 90% decay of Max T/O power for a rapid (slam) throttle movement</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Appendix F of this part for definitions of T<E T="52">i</E> and T<E T="52">t</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="09" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Handling Qualities.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT A="L03">For simulators requiring Static or Dynamic tests at the controls (i.e., column, wheel, rudder pedal), special test fixtures will not be required during initial or upgrade evaluations if the sponsor's QTG/MQTG shows both test fixture results <E T="03">and</E> the results of an alternative approach, such as computer plots produced concurrently, that provide satisfactory agreement. Repeat of the alternative method during the initial or upgrade evaluation satisfies this test requirement. For initial and upgrade evaluations, the control dynamic characteristics must be measured at and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accomplished in takeoff, cruise, and landing flight conditions and configurations. Testing of position versus force is not applicable if forces are generated solely by use of airplane hardware in the FFS.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Contact the NSPM for clarification of any issue regarding airplanes with reversible controls.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Static Control Tests.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="49"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Controller Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) force, ±2° elevator</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Test results should be validated (where possible) with in-flight data from tests such as longitudinal static stability or stalls. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be accomplished at the same feel or impact pressures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Controller Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) force, ±2° aileron, ±3° spoiler angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Test results should be validated with in-flight data from tests such as engine out trims, or steady state sideslips. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be accomplished at the same feel or impact pressures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Pedal Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) force, ±2° rudder angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Test results should be validated with in-flight data from tests such as engine out trims, or steady state sideslips. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be accomplished at the same feel or impact pressures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Nosewheel Steering Controller Force and Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) force, ±2° nosewheel angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results of an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="50"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Pedal Steering Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±2° nosewheel angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results of an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Trim Indicator vs. Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.5° of computed trim surface angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The purpose of the test is to compare FFS against design data or equivalent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Trim Rate</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% trim rate (°/sec)</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground and approach</ENT>
              <ENT>The trim rate must be checked using the pilot primary trim (ground) and using the autopilot or pilot primary trim in flight at go-around flight conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alignment of Flight Deck Throttle Lever vs. Selected Engine Parameter</ENT>
              <ENT>±5° of throttle lever angle, or ±3% N1, or ±.03 EPR, or ±3% maximum rated manifold pressure, or ±3% torque. For propeller-driven airplanes where the propeller control levers do not have angular travel, a tolerance of ±0.8 inch (±2 cm.) applies</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Requires simultaneous recording for all engines. The tolerances apply against airplane data and between engines. In the case of propeller powered airplanes, if a propeller lever is present, it must also be checked. For airplanes with throttle “detents,” all detents must be presented. May be a series of snapshot test results</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brake Pedal Position vs. Force and Brake System Pressure Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) or 10% force, ±150 psi (1.0 MPa) or ±10% brake system pressure</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Hydraulic system pressure must be related to pedal position through a ground static test</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>FFS computer output results may be used to show compliance.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Dynamic Control Tests.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT A="L03">Tests 2.b.1., 2.b.2., and 2.b.3. are not applicable if dynamic response is generated solely by use of airplane hardware in the FFS. Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="51"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Control</ENT>

              <ENT>For underdamped systems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 A<E T="52">d</E>) to first zero crossing and ±10 (n+1)% of period thereafter. ±10% amplitude of first overshoot applied to all overshoots greater than 5% of initial displacement (.05 A<E T="52">d</E>). ±1 overshoot (first significant overshoot must be matched). For overdamped systems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 A<E T="52">d</E>) to 10% of initial displacement (0.1 A<E T="52">d</E>). For the alternate method see paragraph 4 of this attachment. The slow sweep is the equivalent to the static test 2.a.1. For the moderate and rapid sweeps: ±2 lb (0.9 daN) or ±10% dynamic increment above the static force</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff, Cruise, and Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Data must show normal control displacement in both directions. Tolerances apply against the absolute values of each period (considered independently). Normal control displacement for this test is 25% to 50% of full throw or 25% to 50% of the maximum allowable pitch controller deflection for flight conditions limited by the maneuvering load envelope</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>“n” is the sequential period of a full cycle of oscillation. Refer to paragraph 4 of this attachment for more information. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be accomplished at the same feel or impact pressures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="52"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Control</ENT>

              <ENT>For underdamped systems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 A<E T="52">d</E>) to first zero crossing, and ±10 (n+1)% of period thereafter. ±10% amplitude of first overshoot, applied to all overshoots greater than 5% of initial displacement (.05 A<E T="52">d</E>), ±1 overshoot (first significant overshoot must be matched). For overdamped systems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 A<E T="52">d</E>) to 10% of initial displacement (0.1A<E T="52">d</E>). For the alternate method see paragraph 4 of this attachment. The slow sweep is the equivalent to the static test 2.a.2. For the moderate and rapid sweeps: ±2 lb (0.9 daN) or ±10% dynamic increment above the static force</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff, Cruise, and Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Data must show normal control displacement in both directions. Tolerance applies against the absolute values of each period (considered independently). Normal control displacement for this test is 25% to 50% of the maximum allowable roll controller deflection for flight conditions limited by the maneuvering load envelope</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>“n” is the sequential period of a full cycle of oscillation. Refer to paragraph 4 of this attachment for more information. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be accomplished at the same feel or impact pressures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="53"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Yaw Control</ENT>

              <ENT>For underdamped systems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 A<E T="52">d</E>) to first zero crossing, and ±10 (n+1)% of period thereafter. ±10% amplitude of first overshoot applied to all overshoots greater than 5% of initial displacement (.05 A<E T="52">d</E>). ±1 overshoot (first significant overshoot must be matched). For overdamped systems: ±10% of time from 90% of initial displacement (0.9 A<E T="52">d</E>) to 10% of initial displacement (0.1 A<E T="52">d</E>). For the alternate method (see paragraph 4 of this attachment). The slow sweep is the equivalent to the static test 2.a.3. For the moderate and rapid sweeps: ±2 lb (0.9 daN) or ±10% dynamic increment above the static force</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff, Cruise, and Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Data must show normal control displacement in both directions. Tolerance applies against the absolute values of each period (considered independently). Normal control displacement for this test is 25% to 50% of the maximum allowable yaw controller deflection for flight conditions limited by the maneuvering load envelope</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>“n” is the sequential period of a full cycle of oscillation. Refer to paragraph 4 of this attachment for more information. Static and dynamic flight control tests should be accomplished at the same feel or impact pressures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Small Control Inputs—Pitch</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.15°/sec body pitch rate or ±20% of peak body pitch rate applied throughout the time history</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Control inputs must be typical of minor corrections made while established on an ILS approach course, using from 0.5°/sec to 2°/sec pitch rate. The test must be in both directions, showing time history data from 5 seconds before until at least 5 seconds after initiation of control input <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="54"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Small Control Inputs—Roll</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.15°/sec body roll rate or ±20% of peak body roll rate applied throughout the time history</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Control inputs must be typical of minor corrections made while established on an ILS approach course, using from 0.5°/sec to 2°/sec roll rate. The test may be run in only one direction; however, for airplanes that exhibit non-symmetrical behavior, the test must include both directions. Time history data must be recorded from 5 seconds before until at least 5 seconds after initiation of control input <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Small Control Inputs—Yaw</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.15°/sec body yaw rate or ±20% of peak body yaw rate applied throughout the time history</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Control inputs must be typical of minor corrections made while established on an ILS approach course, using from 0.5°/sec to 2°/sec yaw rate. The test may be run in only one direction; however, for airplanes that exhibit non-symmetrical behavior, the test must include both directions. Time history data must be recorded from 5 seconds before until at least 5 seconds after initiation of control input <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Longitudinal Control Tests.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT A="L03">Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="55"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power Change Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft (30 m) altitude, ±20% or ±1.5° pitch angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>

              <ENT>Power is changed from the thrust setting required for approach or level flight to maximum continuous thrust or go-around power setting. Record the uncontrolled free response from at least 5 seconds before the power change is initiated to 15 seconds after the power change is completed <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flap/Slat Change Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft (30 m) altitude, ±20% or ±1.5° pitch angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff through initial flap retraction, and approach to landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Record the uncontrolled free response from at least 5 seconds before the configuration change is initiated to 15 seconds after the configuration change is completed <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spoiler/Speedbrake Change Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft (30 m) altitude, ±20% or ±1.5° pitch angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>

              <ENT>Record the uncontrolled free response from at least 5 seconds before the configuration change is initiated to 15 seconds after the configuration change is completed. Record results for both extension and retraction <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Gear Change Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±100 ft (30 m) altitude, ±20% or ±1.5° pitch angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff (retraction), and Approach (extension)</ENT>

              <ENT>Record the time history of uncontrolled free response for a time increment from at least 5 seconds before the configuration change is initiated to 15 seconds after the configuration change is completed <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal Trim</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.5° trim surface angle, ±1° elevator, ±1° pitch angle, ±5% net thrust or equivalent</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, Approach, and Landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Record steady-state condition with wings level and thrust set for level flight. May be a series of snapshot tests <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal or non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="56"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal Maneuvering Stability (Stick Force/g)</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or ±10% pitch controller force. Alternative method: ±1° or ±10% change of elevator</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, Approach, and Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuous time history data or a series of snapshot tests may be used. Record results up to 30° of bank for approach and landing configurations. Record results for up to 45° of bank for the cruise configuration. The force tolerance is not applicable if forces are generated solely by the use of airplane hardware in the FFS. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not exhibit “stick-force-per-g” characteristics<LI>CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal Static Stability</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or ±10% pitch controller force. Alternative method: ±1° or ±10% change of elevator</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>

              <ENT>Record results for at least 2 speeds above and 2 speeds below trim speed. May be a series of snapshot test results. The force tolerance is not applicable if forces are generated solely by the use of airplane hardware in the FFS. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not exhibit speed stability characteristics <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal or non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stall Characteristics</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed for initial buffet, stall warning, and stall speeds. ±2° bank for speeds greater than stick shaker or initial buffet. Additionally, for those simulators with reversible flight control systems: ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) Stick/Column force (prior to “g break” only)</ENT>
              <ENT>Second Segment Climb, and Approach or Landing</ENT>

              <ENT>The stall maneuver must be entered with thrust at or near idle power and wings level (1g). Record the stall warning signal and initial buffet, if applicable. Time history data must be recorded for full stall and initiation of recovery. The stall warning signal must occur in the proper relation to buffet/stall. FFSs of airplanes exhibiting a sudden pitch attitude change or “g break” must demonstrate this characteristic <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal and non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="57"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Phugoid Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% period, ±10% of time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude or ±.02 of damping ratio</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>

              <ENT>The test must include whichever is less of the following: Three full cycles (six overshoots after the input is completed), or the number of cycles sufficient to determine time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in Non-normal control states</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.10.</ENT>
              <ENT>Short Period Dynamics.</ENT>
              <ENT>±1.5° pitch angle or ±2°/sec pitch rate, ±0.10g acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.11.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Lateral Directional Tests.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT A="L03">Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Control Speed, Air (V<E T="52">mca</E> or V<E T="52">mcl</E>), per Applicable Airworthiness Standard or Low Speed Engine Inoperative Handling Characteristics in the Air</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±3 kt airspeed.</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff or Landing (whichever is most critical in the airplane)</ENT>

              <ENT>Takeoff thrust must be used on the operating engine(s). A time history or a series of snapshot tests may be used <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in Normal or Non-normal control state.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>

              <ENT>Low Speed Engine Inoperative Handling may be governed by a performance or control limit that prevents demonstration of V<E T="52">mca</E> or V<E T="52">mcl</E> in the conventional manner.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Response (Rate).</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% or ±2°/sec roll rate. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) wheel force</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, and Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for normal roll controller deflection (about one-third of maximum roll controller travel). May be combined with step input of flight deck roll controller test (2.d.3.)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Response to Flight Deck Roll Controller Step Input</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% or ±2° bank angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Record from initiation of roll through 10 seconds after control is returned to neutral and released. May be combined with roll response (rate) test (2.d.2) <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>With wings level, apply a step roll control input using approximately one-third of the roll controller travel. When reaching approximately 20° to 30° of bank, abruptly return the roll controller to neutral and allow approximately 10 seconds of airplane free response.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="58"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spiral Stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Correct trend and ±2° or ±10% bank angle in 20 seconds. Alternate test requires correct trend and ±2° aileron</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, and Approach or Landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Record results for both directions. Airplane data averaged from multiple tests may be used. As an alternate test, demonstrate the lateral control required to maintain a steady turn with a bank angle of 28° to 32° <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in Non-normal control state</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Inoperative Trim</ENT>
              <ENT>±1° rudder angle or ±1° tab angle or equivalent pedal, ±2° sideslip angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Second Segment Climb, and Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>May be a series of snapshot tests</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The test should be performed in a manner similar to that for which a pilot is trained to trim an engine failure condition. Second segment climb test should be at takeoff thrust. Approach or landing test should be at thrust for level flight.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Response</ENT>
              <ENT>±2°/sec or ±10% yaw rate</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Record results for stability augmentation system ON and OFF. A rudder step input of 20%-30% rudder pedal throw is used <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dutch Roll, (Yaw Damper OFF)</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.5 sec or ±10% of period, ±10% of time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude or ±.02 of damping ratio. ±20% or ±1 sec of time difference between peaks of bank and sideslip</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, and Approach or Landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Record results for at least 6 complete cycles with stability augmentation OFF <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in Non-normal control state.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="59"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steady State Sideslip</ENT>
              <ENT>For given rudder position ±2° bank angle, ±1° sideslip angle, ±10% or ±2° aileron, ±10% or ±5° spoiler or equivalent roll, controller position or force. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) wheel force ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) rudder pedal force</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Use at least two rudder positions, one of which must be near maximum allowable rudder. Propeller driven airplanes must test in each direction. May be a series of snapshot test results</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Landings.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack, ±10% or ±10 ft (3 m) height. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: ±10% or ±5 lbs (±2.2 daN) stick/column force</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>

              <ENT>Record results from a minimum of 200 ft (61 m) AGL to nosewheel touchdown <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Tests should be conducted with two normal landing flap settings (if applicable). One should be at or near maximum certificated landing weight. The other should be at light or medium landing weight.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Flap Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack, ±10% or ±10 ft (3 m) height. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: ±10% or ±5 lbs (2.2 daN) stick/column force</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Certified Landing Flap Configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results from a minimum of 200 ft (61 m) AGL to nosewheel touchdown with airplane at near Maximum Landing Weight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="60"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.e.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Crosswind Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack, ±10% or ±10 ft (3 m) height ±2° bank angle, ±2° sideslip angle ±3° heading angle. Additionally, for those simulators of airplanes with reversible flight control systems: ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) wheel force ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) rudder pedal force</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results from a minimum of 200 ft (61 m) AGL, through nosewheel touch-down, to 50% decrease in main landing gear touchdown speed. Test data must include information on wind profile, for a crosswind (expressed as direct head-wind and direct cross-wind components) of 60% of the maximum wind measured at 33 ft (10 m) above the runway</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>In those situations where a maximum crosswind or a maximum demonstrated crosswind is not known, contact the NSPM.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>One Engine Inoperative Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack, ±10% height or ±10 ft (3 m); ±2° bank angle, ±2° sideslip angle, ±3° heading</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results from a minimum of 200 ft (61 m) AGL, through nosewheel touch-down, to 50% decrease in main landing gear touchdown speed or less</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Autopilot landing (if applicable)</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 ft (1.5 m) flare height, ±0.5 sec T<E T="52">f</E>, or ±10%T<E T="52">f</E>, ±140 ft/min (0.7 m/sec) rate of descent at touch-down. ±10 ft (3 m) lateral deviation during rollout</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>If autopilot provides rollout guidance, record lateral deviation from touchdown to a 50% decrease in main landing gear touchdown speed or less. Time of autopilot flare mode engage and main gear touchdown must be noted</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Appendix F of this part for definition of T<E T="52">f</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>All engines operating, autopilot, go around</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>

              <ENT>Normal, all-engines-operating, go around with the autopilot engaged (if applicable) at medium landing weight <LI O="xl">CCA: Test in normal or non-normal control states.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="61"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.e.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>One engine inoperative go around</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±1.5° pitch angle, ±1.5° angle of attack, ±2° bank angle, ±2° slideslip angle</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>

              <ENT>The one engine inoperative go around is required at near maximum certificated landing weight with the critical engine inoperative using manual controls. If applicable, an additional engine inoperative go around test must be accomplished with the autopilot engaged <LI O="xl">CCA: Non-autopilot test in Non-normal control state.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Directional control (rudder effectiveness) with symmetric reverse thrust</ENT>
              <ENT>±2°/sec yaw rate. ±5 kts airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results starting from a speed approximating touchdown speed to the minimum thrust reverser operation speed. With full reverse thrust, apply yaw control in both directions until reaching minimum thrust reverser operation speed</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Directional control (rudder effectiveness) with asymmetric reverse thrust</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 kt airspeed. ±3° heading angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Maintain heading with yaw control with full reverse thrust on the operating engine(s). Record results starting from a speed approximating touchdown speed to a speed at which control of yaw cannot be maintained or until reaching minimum thrust reverser operation speed, whichever is higher. The tolerance applies to the low speed end of the data recording</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Ground Effect.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT>Test to demonstrate Ground Effect</ENT>
              <ENT>±1° elevator ±0.5° stabilizer angle, ±5% net thrust or equivalent, ±1° angle of attack, ±10% height or ±5 ft (1.5 m), ±3 kt airspeed, ±1° pitch angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>The Ground Effect model must be validated by the test selected and a rationale must be provided for selecting the particular test</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See paragraph on Ground Effect in this attachment for additional information.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.g.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Windshear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT>Four tests, two takeoff and two landing, with one of each conducted in still air and the other with windshear active to demonstrate windshear models</ENT>
              <ENT>See Attachment 5 of this appendix</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff and Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Requires windshear models that provide training in the specific skills needed to recognize windshear phenomena and to execute recovery procedures. See Attachment 5 of this appendix for tests, tolerances, and procedures</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Attachment 5 of this appendix for information related to Level A and B simulators.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Flight Maneuver and Envelope Protection Functions.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="62"/>
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT A="L03">The requirements of tests h(1) through (6) of this attachment are applicable to computer controlled aircraft only. Time history results are required for simulator response to control inputs during entry into envelope protection limits including both normal and degraded control states if the function is different. Set thrust as required to reach the envelope protection function.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Overspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 kt airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Speed</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff, Cruise, and Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Load Factor</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.1 g normal load factor</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff, Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Angle</ENT>
              <ENT>±1.5° pitch angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Bank Angle</ENT>
              <ENT>±2° or ±10% bank angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Angle of Attack</ENT>
              <ENT>±1.5° angle of attack</ENT>
              <ENT>Second Segment Climb, and Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="09" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. Motion System.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Frequency response.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Based on Simulator Capability</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>Required as part of the MQTG. The test must demonstrate frequency response of the motion system</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Leg balance.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Based on Simulator Capability</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>Required as part of the MQTG. The test must demonstrate motion system leg balance as specified by the applicant for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Turn-around check.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Based on Simulator Capability</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>Required as part of the MQTG. The test must demonstrate a smooth turn-around (shift to opposite direction of movement) of the motion system as specified by the applicant for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="63"/>
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Motion system repeatability.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>With the same input signal, the test results must be repeatable to within ±0.05 g actual platform linear acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>Accomplished in both the “ground” mode and in the “flight” mode of the motion system operation</ENT>
              <ENT>Required as part of the MQTG. The assessment procedures must be designed to ensure that the motion system hardware and software (in normal flight simulator operating mode) continue to perform as originally qualified</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This test ensures that motion system hardware and software (in normal flight simulator operating mode) continue to perform as originally qualified. Performance changes from the original baseline can be readily identified with this information.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L03">Motion cueing performance signature. Required as part of MQTG. For the following set of maneuvers record the relevant motion variables.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>These tests should be run with the motion buffet mode disabled. See paragraph 6.d., of this attachment, Motion cueing performance signature.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff rotation (V<E T="52">R</E> to V<E T="52">2</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch attitude due to initial climb must dominate over cab tilt due to longitudinal acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated with test 1.b.4.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine failure between V<E T="52">1</E> and V<E T="52">R</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated with test 1.b.5.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch change during go-around</ENT>
              <ENT>As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated with test 2.e.6.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Configuration changes</ENT>
              <ENT>As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated with tests 2.c.2. and 2.c.4.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power change dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated with test 2.c.1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing flare</ENT>
              <ENT>As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated with test 2.e.1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="64"/>
              <ENT I="01">3.e.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Touchdown bump</ENT>
              <ENT>As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated with test 2.e.1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L03">Characteristic motion vibrations. The recorded test results for characteristic buffets must allow the comparison of relative amplitude versus frequency.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Thrust effect with brakes set</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the airplane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>The test must be conducted within 5% of the maximum possible thrust with brakes set</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Buffet with landing gear extended</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the airplane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT>The test must be conducted at a nominal, mid-range airspeed; i.e., sufficiently below landing gear limiting airspeed to avoid inadvertently exceeding this limitation</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Buffet with flaps extended</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the airplane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT>The test must be conducted at a nominal, mid-range airspeed; i.e., sufficiently below flap extension limiting airspeed to avoid inadvertently exceeding this limitation</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="65"/>
              <ENT I="01">3.f.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Buffet with speedbrakes deployed</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the airplane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Buffet at approach-to-stall</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the airplane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT>The test must be conducted for approach to stall. Post stall characteristics are not required</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Buffet at high airspeeds or high Mach</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the airplane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The test may be conducted during either a high speed maneuver (e.g., “wind-up” turn) or at high Mach.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>In-flight vibrations for propeller driven airplanes</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the airplane data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight (clean configuration)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="09" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. Visual System.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L03">Visual System Response Time: (Choose either test 4.a.1. or 4.a.2. to satisfy test 4.a., Visual System Response Time Test. This test also suffices for motion system response timing and flight deck instrument response timing. Motion onset should occur before the start of the visual scene change (the start of the scan of the first video field containing different information) but must occur before the end of the scan of that video field. Instrument response may not occur prior to motion onset.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>See additional information in this attachment; also see Table A1A, entry 2.g.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Latency.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="66"/>
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>300 ms (or less) after airplane response</ENT>
              <ENT>Take-off, cruise, and approach or landing</ENT>
              <ENT>One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and approach or landing)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>The visual scene or test pattern used during the response testing should be representative of the system capacities required to meet the daylight, twilight (dusk/dawn) and/or night visual capability as appropriate.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>150 ms (or less) after airplane response</ENT>
              <ENT>Take-off, cruise, and approach or landing</ENT>
              <ENT>One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and approach or landing).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Transport Delay</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>300 ms (or less) after controller movement</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>A separate test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>If Transport Delay is the chosen method to demonstrate relative responses, the sponsor and the NSPM will use the latency values to ensure proper simulator response when reviewing those existing tests where latency can be identified (e.g., short period, roll response, rudder response)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>150 ms (or less) after controller movement</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>A separate test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Field-of-view.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="67"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuous collimated visual field-of-view</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuous collimated field-of-view providing at least 45° horizontal and 30° vertical field-of-view for each pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be operable simultaneously</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>Required as part of MQTG but not required as part of continuing evaluations</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>A vertical field-of-view of 30° may be insufficient to meet visual ground segment requirements.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuous, collimated, field-of-view</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuous field-of-view of at least 176° horizontally and 36° vertically</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>An SOC is required and must explain the geometry of the installation. Horizontal field-of-view must be at least 176° (including not less than 88° either side of the center line of the design eye point). Additional horizontal field-of-view capability may be added at the sponsor's discretion provided the minimum field-of-view is retained. Vertical field-of-view must be at least 36° from each pilot's eye point. Required as part of MQTG but not required as part of continuing qualification evaluations</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The horizontal field-of-view is traditionally described as a 180° field-of-view. However, the field-of-view is technically no less than 176°. Field-of-view should be measured using a visual test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a matrix of black and white 5° squares. The installed alignment should be addressed in the SOC.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">System geometry.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>5° even angular spacing within ±1° as measured from either pilot eye point and within 1.5° for adjacent squares</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>The angular spacing of any chosen 5° square and the relative spacing of adjacent squares must be within the stated tolerances</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The purpose of this test is to evaluate local linearity of the displayed image at either pilot eye point. System geometry should be measured using a visual test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a matrix of black and white 5° squares with light points at the intersections.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Surface contrast ratio.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="68"/>
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Not less than 5:1.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>The ratio is calculated by dividing the brightness level of the center, bright square (providing at least 2 foot-lamberts or 7 cd/m<SU>2</SU>) by the brightness level of any adjacent dark square. This requirement is applicable to any level of simulator equipped with a daylight visual system</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Measurements should be made using a 1° spot photometer and a raster drawn test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a test pattern of black and white squares, 5° per square, with a white square in the center of each channel. During contrast ratio testing, simulator aft-cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Highlight brightness.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Not less than six (6) foot-lamberts (20 cd/m<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>Measure the brightness of a white square while superimposing a highlight on that white square. The use of calligraphic capabilities to enhance the raster brightness is acceptable; however, measuring lightpoints is not acceptable. This requirement is applicable to any level of simulator equipped with a daylight visual system</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Measurements should be made using a 1° spot photometer and a raster drawn test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a test pattern of black and white squares, 5° per square, with a white square in the center of each channel.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Surface resolution</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="69"/>
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Not greater than two (2) arc minutes</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>An SOC is required and must include the relevant calculations and an explanation of those calculations. This requirement is applicable to any level of simulator equipped with a daylight visual system</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>When the eye is positioned on a 3° glide slope at the slant range distances indicated with white runway markings on a black runway surface, the eye will subtend two (2) arc minutes: (1) A slant range of 6,876 ft with stripes 150 ft long and 16 ft wide, spaced 4 ft apart. (2) For Configuration A; a slant range of 5,157 feet with stripes 150 ft long and 12 ft wide, spaced 3 ft apart. (3) For Configuration B; a slant range of 9,884 feet, with stripes 150 ft long and 5.75 ft wide, spaced 5.75 ft apart.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.g.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Light point size.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Not greater than five (5) arc-minutes</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>An SOC is required and must include the relevant calculations and an explanation of those calculations. This requirement is applicable to any level of simulator equipped with a daylight visual system</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Light point size should be measured using a test pattern consisting of a centrally located single row of light points reduced in length until modulation is just discernible in each visual channel. A row of 48 lights will form a 4° angle or less.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.h.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Light point contrast ratio.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="70"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.h.1</ENT>
              <ENT>For Level A and B simulators</ENT>
              <ENT>Not less than 10:1</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>An SOC is required and must include the relevant calculations</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>A 1° spot photometer is used to measure a square of at least 1° filled with light points (where light point modulation is just discernible) and compare the results to the measured adjacent background. During contrast ratio testing, simulator aft-cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.h.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>For Level C and D simulators</ENT>
              <ENT>Not less than 25:1</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>An SOC is required and must include the relevant calculations</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>A 1° spot photometer is used to measure a square of at least 1° filled with light points (where light point modulation is just discernible) and compare the results to the measured adjacent background. During contrast ratio testing, simulator aft-cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.i.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Visual ground segment.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="71"/>
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>The visible segment in the simulator must be ±20% of the segment computed to be visible from the airplane flight deck. This tolerance may be applied at the far end of the displayed segment. However, lights and ground objects computed to be visible from the airplane flight deck at the near end of the visible segment must be visible in the simulator</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing configuration, with the aircraft trimmed for the appropriate airspeed, where the MLG are at 100 ft (30 m) above the plane of the touchdown zone, while on the electronic glide slope with an RVR value set at 1,200 ft (350 m)</ENT>

              <ENT>The QTG must contain appropriate calculations and a drawing showing the pertinent data used to establish the airplane location and the segment of the ground that is visible considering design eyepoint, the airplane attitude, flight deck cut-off angle, and a visibility of 1200 ft (350 m) RVR. Simulator performance must be measured against the QTG calculations. The data submitted must include at least the following: <LI O="xl">(1) Static airplane dimensions as follows: </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(i) Horizontal and vertical distance from main landing gear (MLG) to glideslope reception antenna. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(ii) Horizontal and vertical distance from MLG to pilot's eyepoint. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iii) Static flight deck cutoff angle. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) Approach data as follows: </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(i) Identification of runway. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(ii) Horizontal distance from runway threshold to glideslope intercept with runway. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iii) Glideslope angle. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iv) Airplane pitch angle on approach. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(3) Airplane data for manual testing: </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(i) Gross weight. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(ii) Airplane configuration. </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iii) Approach airspeed. If non-homogenous fog is used to obscure visibility, the vertical variation in horizontal visibility must be described and be included in the slant range visibility calculation used in the computations.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Pre-position for this test is encouraged but may be achieved via manual or autopilot control to the desired position.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Sound System.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">The sponsor will not be required to repeat the airplane tests (i.e., tests 5.a.1. through 5.a.8. (or 5.b.1. through 5.b.9.) and 5.c., as appropriate) during continuing qualification evaluations if frequency response and background noise test results are within tolerance when compared to the initial qualification evaluation results, and the sponsor shows that no software changes have occurred that will affect the airplane test results. If the frequency response test method is chosen and fails, the sponsor may elect to fix the frequency response problem and repeat the test or the sponsor may elect to repeat the airplane tests. If the airplane tests are repeated during continuing qualification evaluations, the results may be compared against initial qualification evaluation results or airplane master data. All tests in this section must be presented using an unweighted <FR>1/3</FR>-octave band format from band 17 to 42 (50 Hz to 16 kHz). A minimum 20 second average must be taken at the location corresponding to the airplane data set. The airplane and flight simulator results must be produced using comparable data analysis techniques.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Turbo-jet airplanes.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="72"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ready for engine start</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal conditions prior to engine start with the Auxiliary Power Unit operating, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>All engines at idle.</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal condition prior to takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>All engines at maximum allowable thrust with brakes set</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal condition prior to takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>En-route climb</ENT>
              <ENT>Medium altitude</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal cruise configuration</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Speedbrake / spoilers extended (as appropriate)</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal and constant speedbrake deflection for descent at a constant airspeed and power setting</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Initial approach</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>Constant airspeed, gear up, flaps and slats, as appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Final approach</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Constant airspeed, gear down, full flaps</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Propeller airplanes.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ready for engine start</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal conditions prior to engine start with the Auxiliary Power Unit operating, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>All propellers feathered</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal condition prior to takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground idle or equivalent</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal condition prior to takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.4</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight idle or equivalent</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal condition prior to takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>All engines at maximum allowable power with brakes set</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal condition prior to takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>En-route climb</ENT>
              <ENT>Medium altitude</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal cruise configuration</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="73"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.b.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Initial approach</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>Constant airspeed, gear up, flaps extended as appropriate, RPM as per operating manual</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Final Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Constant airspeed, gear down, full flaps, RPM as per operating manual</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Special cases.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT>As appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>These special cases are identified as particularly significant during critical phases of flight and ground operations for a specific airplane type or model.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Background noise.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>±3 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Results of the background noise at initial qualification must be included in the MQTG. Measurements must be made with the simulation running, the sound muted and a “dead” flight deck</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The sound in the simulator will be evaluated to ensure that the background noise does not interfere with training, testing, or checking.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L08">Frequency response.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>±5 dB on three (3) consecutive bands when compared to initial evaluation; and ±2 dB when comparing the average of the absolute differences between initial and continuing qualification evaluation</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Applicable only to Continuing Qualification Evaluations. If frequency response plots are provided for each channel at the initial qualification evaluation, these plots may be repeated at the continuing qualification evaluation with the following tolerances applied: (a) The continuing qualification <FR>1/3</FR> octave band amplitudes must not exceed ±5 dB for three consecutive bands when compared to initial results. (b) The average of the sum of the absolute differences between initial and continuing qualification results must not exceed 2 dB (refer to Table A2B in this attachment)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Measurements are compared to those taken during initial qualification evaluation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="74"/>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. General</HD>
          <P>a. If relevant winds are present in the objective data, the wind vector should be clearly noted as part of the data presentation, expressed in conventional terminology, and related to the runway being used for test near the ground.</P>
          <P>b. The reader is encouraged to review the Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, and AC 25-7, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, and AC 23-8, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes, for references and examples regarding flight testing requirements and techniques.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Control Dynamics</HD>
          <P>a. General. The characteristics of an airplane flight control system have a major effect on handling qualities. A significant consideration in pilot acceptability of an airplane is the “feel” provided through the flight controls. Considerable effort is expended on airplane feel system design so that pilots will be comfortable and will consider the airplane desirable to fly. In order for an FFS to be representative, it should “feel” like the airplane being simulated. Compliance with this requirement is determined by comparing a recording of the control feel dynamics of the FFS to actual airplane measurements in the takeoff, cruise and landing configurations.</P>
          <P>(1) Recordings such as free response to an impulse or step function are classically used to estimate the dynamic properties of electromechanical systems. In any case, it is only possible to estimate the dynamic properties as a result of being able to estimate true inputs and responses. Therefore, it is imperative that the best possible data be collected since close matching of the FFS control loading system to the airplane system is essential. The required dynamic control tests are described in Table A2A of this attachment.</P>
          <P>(2) For initial and upgrade evaluations, the QPS requires that control dynamics characteristics be measured and recorded directly from the flight controls (Handling Qualities—Table A2A). This procedure is usually accomplished by measuring the free response of the controls using a step or impulse input to excite the system. The procedure should be accomplished in the takeoff, cruise and landing flight conditions and configurations.</P>
          <P>(3) For airplanes with irreversible control systems, measurements may be obtained on the ground if proper pitot-static inputs are provided to represent airspeeds typical of those encountered in flight. Likewise, it may be shown that for some airplanes, takeoff, cruise, and landing configurations have like effects. Thus, one may suffice for another. In either case, engineering validation or airplane manufacturer rationale should be submitted as justification for ground tests or for eliminating a configuration. For FFSs requiring static and dynamic tests at the controls, special test fixtures will not be required during initial and upgrade evaluations if the QTG shows both test fixture results and the results of an alternate approach (e.g., computer plots that were produced concurrently and show satisfactory agreement). Repeat of the alternate method during the initial evaluation satisfies this test requirement.</P>
          <P>b. Control Dynamics Evaluation. The dynamic properties of control systems are often stated in terms of frequency, damping and a number of other classical measurements. In order to establish a consistent means of validating test results for FFS control loading, criteria are needed that will clearly define the measurement interpretation and the applied tolerances. Criteria are needed for underdamped, critically damped and overdamped systems. In the case of an underdamped system with very light damping, the system may be quantified in terms of frequency and damping. In critically damped or overdamped systems, the frequency and damping are not readily measured from a response time history. Therefore, the following suggested measurements may be used:</P>
          <P>(1) For Level C and D simulators. Tests to verify that control feel dynamics represent the airplane should show that the dynamic damping cycles (free response of the controls) match those of the airplane within specified tolerances. The NSPM recognizes that several different testing methods may be used to verify the control feel dynamic response. The NSPM will consider the merits of testing methods based on reliability and consistency. One acceptable method of evaluating the response and the tolerance to be applied is described below for the underdamped and critically damped cases. A sponsor using this method to comply with the QPS requirements should perform the tests as follows:</P>

          <P>(a) Underdamped response. Two measurements are required for the period, the time to first zero crossing (in case a rate limit is present) and the subsequent frequency of oscillation. It is necessary to measure cycles on an individual basis in case there are non-uniform periods in the response. Each period will be independently compared to the respective period of the airplane control system and, consequently, will enjoy the full tolerance specified for that period. The damping tolerance will be applied to overshoots on an individual basis. Care should be taken when applying the tolerance to small <PRTPAGE P="75"/>overshoots since the significance of such overshoots becomes questionable. Only those overshoots larger than 5 per cent of the total initial displacement should be considered. The residual band, labeled T(A<E T="8052">d</E>) on Figure A2A is ±5 percent of the initial displacement amplitude A<E T="8052">d</E> from the steady state value of the oscillation. Only oscillations outside the residual band are considered significant. When comparing FFS data to airplane data, the process should begin by overlaying or aligning the FFS and airplane steady state values and then comparing amplitudes of oscillation peaks, the time of the first zero crossing and individual periods of oscillation. The FFS should show the same number of significant overshoots to within one when compared against the airplane data. The procedure for evaluating the response is illustrated in Figure A2A.</P>
          <P>(b) Critically damped and overdamped response. Due to the nature of critically damped and overdamped responses (no overshoots), the time to reach 90 percent of the steady state (neutral point) value should be the same as the airplane within ±10 percent. Figure A2B illustrates the procedure.</P>
          <P>(c) Special considerations. Control systems that exhibit characteristics other than classical overdamped or underdamped responses should meet specified tolerances. In addition, special consideration should be given to ensure that significant trends are maintained.</P>
          <P>(2) Tolerances.</P>
          <P>(a) The following table summarizes the tolerances, T, for underdamped systems, and “n” is the sequential period of a full cycle of oscillation. See Figure A2A of this attachment for an illustration of the referenced measurements.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r50" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,p0,8/9,g1,t1">
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="8052">0</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of P<E T="8052">0</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="8052">1</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±20% of P<E T="8052">1</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="8052">2</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±30% of P<E T="8052">2</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="8052">n</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10(n+1)% of P<E T="8052">n</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(A<E T="8052">n</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of A<E T="8052">1</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(A<E T="8052">d</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% of A<E T="8052">d</E> = residual band.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>Significant overshoots, First overshoot and ±1 subsequent overshoots.</P>
          <P>(b) The following tolerance applies to critically damped and overdamped systems only. See Figure A2B for an illustration of the reference measurements:</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r50" COLS="02" OPTS="L0,p0,8/9,g1,t1">
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="52">0</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of P<E T="52">0</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <P>c. Alternative method for control dynamics evaluation.</P>
          <P>(1) An alternative means for validating control dynamics for aircraft with hydraulically powered flight controls and artificial feel systems is by the measurement of control force and rate of movement. For each axis of pitch, roll, and yaw, the control must be forced to its maximum extreme position for the following distinct rates. These tests are conducted under normal flight and ground conditions.</P>
          <P>(a) Static test—Slowly move the control so that a full sweep is achieved within 95 to 105 seconds. A full sweep is defined as movement of the controller from neutral to the stop, usually aft or right stop, then to the opposite stop, then to the neutral position.</P>
          <P>(b) Slow dynamic test—Achieve a full sweep within 8-12 seconds.</P>
          <P>(c) Fast dynamic test—Achieve a full sweep within 3-5 seconds.</P>
          <NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
            <P>Dynamic sweeps may be limited to forces not exceeding 100 lbs. (44.5 daN).</P>
          </NOTE>
          <P>(d) Tolerances</P>
          <P>(i) Static test; see Table A2A, FFS Objective Tests, Entries 2.a.1., 2.a.2., and 2.a.3.</P>
          <P>(ii) Dynamic test—± 2 lbs (0.9 daN) or ± 10% on dynamic increment above static test.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirement</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>d. The FAA is open to alternative means such as the one described above. The alternatives should be justified and appropriate to the application. For example, the method described here may not apply to all manufacturers' systems and certainly not to aircraft with reversible control systems. Each case is considered on its own merit on an ad hoc basis. If the FAA finds that alternative methods do not result in satisfactory performance, more conventionally accepted methods will have to be used.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="343" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="76"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.000</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="285" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="77"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.001</GID>
          </GPH>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Ground Effect</HD>
          <P>a. For an FFS to be used for take-off and landing (not applicable to Level A simulators in that the landing maneuver may not be credited in a Level A simulator) it should reproduce the aerodynamic changes that occur in ground effect. The parameters chosen for FFS validation should indicate these changes.</P>
          <P>(1) A dedicated test should be provided that will validate the aerodynamic ground effect characteristics.</P>
          <P>(2) The organization performing the flight tests may select appropriate test methods and procedures to validate ground effect. However, the flight tests should be performed with enough duration near the ground to sufficiently validate the ground-effect model.</P>
          <P>b. The NSPM will consider the merits of testing methods based on reliability and consistency. Acceptable methods of validating ground effect are described below. If other methods are proposed, rationale should be provided to conclude that the tests performed validate the ground-effect model. A sponsor using the methods described below to comply with the QPS requirements should perform the tests as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Level fly-bys. The level fly-bys should be conducted at a minimum of three altitudes within the ground effect, including one at no more than 10% of the wingspan above the ground, one each at approximately 30% and 50% of the wingspan where height refers to main gear tire above the ground. In addition, one level-flight trim condition should be conducted out of ground effect (e.g., at 150% of wingspan).</P>
          <P>(2) Shallow approach landing. The shallow approach landing should be performed at a glide slope of approximately one degree with negligible pilot activity until flare.</P>

          <P>c. The lateral-directional characteristics are also altered by ground effect. For example, because of changes in lift, roll damping is affected. The change in roll damping will affect other dynamic modes usually evaluated for FFS validation. In fact, Dutch roll dynamics, spiral stability, and roll-rate for a given lateral control input are altered by ground effect. Steady heading sideslips will also be affected. These effects should be accounted for in the FFS modeling. Several tests such as crosswind landing, one engine <PRTPAGE P="78"/>inoperative landing, and engine failure on take-off serve to validate lateral-directional ground effect since portions of these tests are accomplished as the aircraft is descending through heights above the runway at which ground effect is an important factor.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Motion System</HD>
          <P>a. General.</P>
          <P>(1) Pilots use continuous information signals to regulate the state of the airplane. In concert with the instruments and outside-world visual information, whole-body motion feedback is essential in assisting the pilot to control the airplane dynamics, particularly in the presence of external disturbances. The motion system should meet basic objective performance criteria, and should be subjectively tuned at the pilot's seat position to represent the linear and angular accelerations of the airplane during a prescribed minimum set of maneuvers and conditions. The response of the motion cueing system should also be repeatable.</P>
          <P>(2) The Motion System tests in Section 3 of Table A2A are intended to qualify the FFS motion cueing system from a mechanical performance standpoint. Additionally, the list of motion effects provides a representative sample of dynamic conditions that should be present in the flight simulator. An additional list of representative, training-critical maneuvers, selected from Section 1 (Performance tests), and Section 2 (Handling Qualities tests), in Table A2A, that should be recorded during initial qualification (but without tolerance) to indicate the flight simulator motion cueing performance signature have been identified (reference Section 3.e). These tests are intended to help improve the overall standard of FFS motion cueing.</P>
          <P>b. Motion System Checks. The intent of test 3a, Frequency Response, test 3b, Leg Balance, and test 3c, Turn-Around Check, as described in the Table of Objective Tests, is to demonstrate the performance of the motion system hardware, and to check the integrity of the motion set-up with regard to calibration and wear. These tests are independent of the motion cueing software and should be considered robotic tests.</P>
          <P>c. Motion System Repeatability. The intent of this test is to ensure that the motion system software and motion system hardware have not degraded or changed over time. This diagnostic test should be completed during continuing qualification checks in lieu of the robotic tests. This will allow an improved ability to determine changes in the software or determine degradation in the hardware. The following information delineates the methodology that should be used for this test.</P>
          <P>(1) Input: The inputs should be such that rotational accelerations, rotational rates, and linear accelerations are inserted before the transfer from airplane center of gravity to pilot reference point with a minimum amplitude of 5 deg/sec/sec, 10 deg/sec and 0.3 g, respectively, to provide adequate analysis of the output.</P>
          <P>(2) Recommended output:</P>
          <P>(a) Actual platform linear accelerations; the output will comprise accelerations due to both the linear and rotational motion acceleration;</P>
          <P>(b) Motion actuators position.</P>
          <P>d. Motion Cueing Performance Signature.</P>
          <P>(1) Background. The intent of this test is to provide quantitative time history records of motion system response to a selected set of automated QTG maneuvers during initial qualification. This is not intended to be a comparison of the motion platform accelerations against the flight test recorded accelerations (i.e., not to be compared against airplane cueing). If there is a modification to the initially qualified motion software or motion hardware (e.g., motion washout filter, simulator payload change greater than 10%) then a new baseline may need to be established.</P>
          <P>(2) Test Selection. The conditions identified in Section 3.e. in Table A2A are those maneuvers where motion cueing is the most discernible. They are general tests applicable to all types of airplanes and should be completed for motion cueing performance signature at any time acceptable to the NSPM prior to or during the initial qualification evaluation, and the results included in the MQTG.</P>
          <P>(3) Priority. Motion system should be designed with the intent of placing greater importance on those maneuvers that directly influence pilot perception and control of the airplane motions. For the maneuvers identified in section 3.e. in Table A2A, the flight simulator motion cueing system should have a high tilt co-ordination gain, high rotational gain, and high correlation with respect to the airplane simulation model.</P>
          <P>(4) Data Recording. The minimum list of parameters provided should allow for the determination of the flight simulator's motion cueing performance signature for the initial qualification evaluation. The following parameters are recommended as being acceptable to perform such a function:</P>
          <P>(a) Flight model acceleration and rotational rate commands at the pilot reference point;</P>
          <P>(b) Motion actuators position;</P>
          <P>(c) Actual platform position;</P>
          <P>(d) Actual platform acceleration at pilot reference point.</P>
          <P>e. Motion Vibrations.</P>

          <P>(1) Presentation of results. The characteristic motion vibrations may be used to verify that the flight simulator can reproduce the frequency content of the airplane when flown in specific conditions. The test results should be presented as a Power Spectral Density (PSD) plot with frequencies on <PRTPAGE P="79"/>the horizontal axis and amplitude on the vertical axis. The airplane data and flight simulator data should be presented in the same format with the same scaling. The algorithms used for generating the flight simulator data should be the same as those used for the airplane data. If they are not the same then the algorithms used for the flight simulator data should be proven to be sufficiently comparable. As a minimum, the results along the dominant axes should be presented and a rationale for not presenting the other axes should be provided.</P>

          <P>(2) Interpretation of results. The overall trend of the PSD plot should be considered while focusing on the dominant frequencies. Less emphasis should be placed on the differences at the high frequency and low amplitude portions of the PSD plot. During the analysis, certain structural components of the flight simulator have resonant frequencies that are filtered and may not appear in the PSD plot. If filtering is required, the notch filter bandwidth should be limited to 1 Hz to ensure that the buffet feel is not adversely affected. In addition, a rationale should be provided to explain that the characteristic motion vibration is not being adversely affected by the filtering. The amplitude should match airplane data as described below. However, if the PSD plot was altered for subjective reasons, a rationale should be provided to justify the change. If the plot is on a logarithmic scale, it may be difficult to interpret the amplitude of the buffet in terms of acceleration. For example, a 1×10<E T="51">−3</E> g-rms<E T="51">2</E>/Hz would describe a heavy buffet and may be seen in the deep stall regime. Alternatively, a 1×10<E T="51">−6</E> g-rms<E T="51">2</E>/Hz buffet is almost not perceivable; but may represent a flap buffet at low speed. The previous two examples differ in magnitude by 1000. On a PSD plot this represents three decades (one decade is a change in order of magnitude of 10; and two decades is a change in order of magnitude of 100).</P>
          <NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
            <P>In the example, “g-rms<E T="51">2</E> is the mathematical expression for “g's root mean squared.”</P>
          </NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">7. Sound System</HD>
          <P>a. General. The total sound environment in the airplane is very complex, and changes with atmospheric conditions, airplane configuration, airspeed, altitude, and power settings. Flight deck sounds are an important component of the flight deck operational environment and provide valuable information to the flight crew. These aural cues can either assist the crew (as an indication of an abnormal situation), or hinder the crew (as a distraction or nuisance). For effective training, the flight simulator should provide flight deck sounds that are perceptible to the pilot during normal and abnormal operations, and comparable to those of the airplane. The flight simulator operator should carefully evaluate background noises in the location where the device will be installed. To demonstrate compliance with the sound requirements, the objective or validation tests in this attachment were selected to provide a representative sample of normal static conditions typically experienced by a pilot.</P>
          <P>b. Alternate propulsion. For FFS with multiple propulsion configurations, any condition listed in Table A2A of this attachment should be presented for evaluation as part of the QTG if identified by the airplane manufacturer or other data supplier as significantly different due to a change in propulsion system (engine or propeller).</P>
          <P>c. Data and Data Collection System.</P>
          <P>(1) Information provided to the flight simulator manufacturer should be presented in the format suggested by the International Air Transport Association (IATA) “Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements,” as amended. This information should contain calibration and frequency response data.</P>
          <P>(2) The system used to perform the tests listed in Table A2A should comply with the following standards:</P>
          <P>(a) The specifications for octave, half octave, and third octave band filter sets may be found in American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S1.11-1986;</P>
          <P>(b) Measurement microphones should be type WS2 or better, as described in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 1094-4-1995.</P>
          <P>(3) Headsets. If headsets are used during normal operation of the airplane they should also be used during the flight simulator evaluation.</P>
          <P>(4) Playback equipment. Playback equipment and recordings of the QTG conditions should be provided during initial evaluations.</P>
          <P>(5) Background noise.</P>
          <P>(a) Background noise is the noise in the flight simulator that is not associated with the airplane, but is caused by the flight simulator's cooling and hydraulic systems and extraneous noise from other locations in the building. Background noise can seriously impact the correct simulation of airplane sounds and should be kept below the airplane sounds. In some cases, the sound level of the simulation can be increased to compensate for the background noise. However, this approach is limited by the specified tolerances and by the subjective acceptability of the sound environment to the evaluation pilot.</P>
          <P>(b) The acceptability of the background noise levels is dependent upon the normal sound levels in the airplane being represented. Background noise levels that fall below the lines defined by the following points, may be acceptable:</P>
          <P>(i) 70 dB @ 50 Hz;<PRTPAGE P="80"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) 55 dB @ 1000 Hz;</P>
          <P>(iii) 30 dB @ 16 kHz</P>
          <P>(<E T="04">Note:</E> These limits are for unweighted 1/3 octave band sound levels. Meeting these limits for background noise does not ensure an acceptable flight simulator. Airplane sounds that fall below this limit require careful review and may require lower limits on background noise.)</P>
          <P>(6) Validation testing. Deficiencies in airplane recordings should be considered when applying the specified tolerances to ensure that the simulation is representative of the airplane. Examples of typical deficiencies are:</P>
          <P>(a) Variation of data between tail numbers;</P>
          <P>(b) Frequency response of microphones;</P>
          <P>(c) Repeatability of the measurements.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,12,12,12" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A2B—Example of Continuing Qualification Frequency Response Test Tolerance</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Band center frequency</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Initial results<LI>(dBSPL)</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Continuing qualification results<LI>(dBSPL)</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Absolute<LI>difference</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">50</ENT>
              <ENT>75.0</ENT>
              <ENT>73.8</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">63</ENT>
              <ENT>75.9</ENT>
              <ENT>75.6</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">80</ENT>
              <ENT>77.1</ENT>
              <ENT>76.5</ENT>
              <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
              <ENT>78.0</ENT>
              <ENT>78.3</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">125</ENT>
              <ENT>81.9</ENT>
              <ENT>81.3</ENT>
              <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">160</ENT>
              <ENT>79.8</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
              <ENT>83.1</ENT>
              <ENT>84.9</ENT>
              <ENT>1.8</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">250</ENT>
              <ENT>78.6</ENT>
              <ENT>78.9</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">315</ENT>
              <ENT>79.5</ENT>
              <ENT>78.3</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">400</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>79.5</ENT>
              <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">500</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>79.8</ENT>
              <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">630</ENT>
              <ENT>81.9</ENT>
              <ENT>80.4</ENT>
              <ENT>1.5</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">800</ENT>
              <ENT>73.2</ENT>
              <ENT>74.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1000</ENT>
              <ENT>79.2</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1250</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>82.8</ENT>
              <ENT>2.1</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1600</ENT>
              <ENT>81.6</ENT>
              <ENT>78.6</ENT>
              <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2000</ENT>
              <ENT>76.2</ENT>
              <ENT>74.4</ENT>
              <ENT>1.8</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2500</ENT>
              <ENT>79.5</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3150</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>77.1</ENT>
              <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4000</ENT>
              <ENT>78.9</ENT>
              <ENT>78.6</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">5000</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>77.1</ENT>
              <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6300</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>80.4</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8000</ENT>
              <ENT>84.3</ENT>
              <ENT>85.5</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">10000</ENT>
              <ENT>81.3</ENT>
              <ENT>79.8</ENT>
              <ENT>1.5</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12500</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="n,s">
              <ENT I="01">16000</ENT>
              <ENT>71.1</ENT>
              <ENT>71.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Average</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>1.1</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">8. Additional Information About Flight Simulator Qualification for New or Derivative Airplanes</HD>
          <P>a. Typically, an airplane manufacturer's approved final data for performance, handling qualities, systems or avionics is not available until well after a new or derivative airplane has entered service. However, flight crew training and certification often begins several months prior to the entry of the first airplane into service. Consequently, it may be necessary to use preliminary data provided by the airplane manufacturer for interim qualification of flight simulators.</P>
          <P>b. In these cases, the NSPM may accept certain partially validated preliminary airplane and systems data, and early release (“red label”) avionics data in order to permit the necessary program schedule for training, certification, and service introduction.</P>
          <P>c. Simulator sponsors seeking qualification based on preliminary data should consult the NSPM to make special arrangements for using preliminary data for flight simulator qualification. The sponsor should also consult the airplane and flight simulator manufacturers to develop a data plan and flight simulator qualification plan.</P>
          <P>d. The procedure to be followed to gain NSPM acceptance of preliminary data will vary from case to case and between airplane manufacturers. Each airplane manufacturer's new airplane development and test program is designed to suit the needs of the particular project and may not contain the same events or sequence of events as another manufacturer's program, or even the same manufacturer's program for a different airplane. Therefore, there cannot be a prescribed invariable procedure for acceptance of preliminary data, but instead there should be a statement describing the final sequence of events, data sources, and validation procedures agreed by the simulator sponsor, the airplane manufacturer, the flight simulator manufacturer, and the NSPM.</P>
          <NOTE>
            <PRTPAGE P="81"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
            <P>A description of airplane manufacturer-provided data needed for flight simulator modeling and validation is to be found in the IATA Document “Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements,” as amended.</P>
          </NOTE>
          <P>e. The preliminary data should be the manufacturer's best representation of the airplane, with assurance that the final data will not significantly deviate from the preliminary estimates. Data derived from these predictive or preliminary techniques should be validated against available sources including, at least, the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Manufacturer's engineering report. The report should explain the predictive method used and illustrate past success of the method on similar projects. For example, the manufacturer could show the application of the method to an earlier airplane model or predict the characteristics of an earlier model and compare the results to final data for that model.</P>
          <P>(2) Early flight test results. This data is often derived from airplane certification tests, and should be used to maximum advantage for early flight simulator validation. Certain critical tests that would normally be done early in the airplane certification program should be included to validate essential pilot training and certification maneuvers. These include cases where a pilot is expected to cope with an airplane failure mode or an engine failure. Flight test data that will be available early in the flight test program will depend on the airplane manufacturer's flight test program design and may not be the same in each case. The flight test program of the airplane manufacturer should include provisions for generation of very early flight test results for flight simulator validation.</P>
          <P>f. The use of preliminary data is not indefinite. The airplane manufacturer's final data should be available within 12 months after the airplane's first entry into service or as agreed by the NSPM, the simulator sponsor, and the airplane manufacturer. When applying for interim qualification using preliminary data, the simulator sponsor and the NSPM should agree on the update program. This includes specifying that the final data update will be installed in the flight simulator within a period of 12 months following the final data release, unless special conditions exist and a different schedule is acceptable. The flight simulator performance and handling validation would then be based on data derived from flight tests or from other approved sources. Initial airplane systems data should be updated after engineering tests. Final airplane systems data should also be used for flight simulator programming and validation.</P>
          <P>g. Flight simulator avionics should stay essentially in step with airplane avionics (hardware and software) updates. The permitted time lapse between airplane and flight simulator updates should be minimal. It may depend on the magnitude of the update and whether the QTG and pilot training and certification are affected. Differences in airplane and flight simulator avionics versions and the resulting effects on flight simulator qualification should be agreed between the simulator sponsor and the NSPM. Consultation with the flight simulator manufacturer is desirable throughout the qualification process.</P>
          <P>h. The following describes an example of the design data and sources that might be used in the development of an interim qualification plan.</P>
          <P>(1) The plan should consist of the development of a QTG based upon a mix of flight test and engineering simulation data. For data collected from specific airplane flight tests or other flights, the required design model or data changes necessary to support an acceptable Proof of Match (POM) should be generated by the airplane manufacturer.</P>
          <P>(2) For proper validation of the two sets of data, the airplane manufacturer should compare their simulation model responses against the flight test data, when driven by the same control inputs and subjected to the same atmospheric conditions as recorded in the flight test. The model responses should result from a simulation where the following systems are run in an integrated fashion and are consistent with the design data released to the flight simulator manufacturer:</P>
          <P>(a) Propulsion;</P>
          <P>(b) Aerodynamics;</P>
          <P>(c) Mass properties;</P>
          <P>(d) Flight controls;</P>
          <P>(e) Stability augmentation; and</P>
          <P>(f) Brakes/landing gear.</P>
          <P>i. A qualified test pilot should be used to assess handling qualities and performance evaluations for the qualification of flight simulators of new airplane types.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">9. Engineering Simulator—Validation Data</HD>

          <P>a. When a fully validated simulation (i.e., validated with flight test results) is modified due to changes to the simulated airplane configuration, the airplane manufacturer or other acceptable data supplier must coordinate with the NSPM if they propose to supply validation data from an “audited” engineering simulator/simulation to selectively supplement flight test data. The NSPM must be provided an opportunity to audit the engineering simulation or the engineering simulator used to generate the validation data. Validation data from an audited engineering simulation may be used for changes that are <PRTPAGE P="82"/>incremental in nature. Manufacturers or other data suppliers must be able to demonstrate that the predicted changes in aircraft performance are based on acceptable aeronautical principles with proven success history and valid outcomes. This must include comparisons of predicted and flight test validated data.</P>
          <P>b. Airplane manufacturers or other acceptable data suppliers seeking to use an engineering simulator for simulation validation data as an alternative to flight-test derived validation data, must contact the NSPM and provide the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A description of the proposed aircraft changes, a description of the proposed simulation model changes, and the use of an integral configuration management process, including a description of the actual simulation model modifications that includes a step-by-step description leading from the original model(s) to the current model(s).</P>
          <P>(2) A schedule for review by the NSPM of the proposed plan and the subsequent validation data to establish acceptability of the proposal.</P>
          <P>(3) Validation data from an audited engineering simulator/simulation to supplement specific segments of the flight test data.</P>
          <P>c. To be qualified to supply engineering simulator validation data, for aerodynamic, engine, flight control, or ground handling models, an airplane manufacturer or other acceptable data supplier must:</P>
          <P>(1) Be able to verify their ability able to:</P>
          <P>(a) Develop and implement high fidelity simulation models; and</P>
          <P>(b) Predict the handling and performance characteristics of an airplane with sufficient accuracy to avoid additional flight test activities for those handling and performance characteristics.</P>
          <P>(2) Have an engineering simulator that:</P>
          <P>(a) Is a physical entity, complete with a flight deck representative of the simulated class of airplane;</P>
          <P>(b) Has controls sufficient for manual flight;</P>
          <P>(c) Has models that run in an integrated manner;</P>
          <P>(d) Has fully flight-test validated simulation models as the original or baseline simulation models;</P>
          <P>(e) Has an out-of-the-flight deck visual system;</P>
          <P>(f) Has actual avionics boxes interchangeable with the equivalent software simulations to support validation of released software;</P>
          <P>(g) Uses the same models as released to the training community (which are also used to produce stand-alone proof-of-match and checkout documents);</P>
          <P>(h) Is used to support airplane development and certification; and</P>
          <P>(i) Has been found to be a high fidelity representation of the airplane by the manufacturer's pilots (or other acceptable data supplier), certificate holders, and the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(3) Use the engineering simulator/simulation to produce a representative set of integrated proof-of-match cases.</P>
          <P>(4) Use a configuration control system covering hardware and software for the operating components of the engineering simulator/simulation.</P>
          <P>(5) Demonstrate that the predicted effects of the change(s) are within the provisions of sub-paragraph “a” of this section, and confirm that additional flight test data are not required.</P>
          <P>d. Additional Requirements for Validation Data</P>
          <P>(1) When used to provide validation data, an engineering simulator must meet the simulator standards currently applicable to training simulators except for the data package.</P>
          <P>(2) The data package used must be:</P>
          <P>(a) Comprised of the engineering predictions derived from the airplane design, development, or certification process;</P>
          <P>(b) Based on acceptable aeronautical principles with proven success history and valid outcomes for aerodynamics, engine operations, avionics operations, flight control applications, or ground handling;</P>
          <P>(c) Verified with existing flight-test data; and</P>
          <P>(d) Applicable to the configuration of a production airplane, as opposed to a flight-test airplane.</P>
          <P>(3) Where engineering simulator data are used as part of a QTG, an essential match must exist between the training simulator and the validation data.</P>
          <P>(4) Training flight simulator(s) using these baseline and modified simulation models must be qualified to at least internationally recognized standards, such as contained in the ICAO Document 9625, the “Manual of Criteria for the Qualification of Flight Simulators.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirement</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">10. [Reserved]</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">11. Validation Test Tolerances</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. Non-Flight-Test Tolerances</P>

          <P>(1) If engineering simulator data or other non-flight-test data are used as an allowable form of reference validation data for the objective tests listed in Table A2A of this attachment, the data provider must supply a well-documented mathematical model and testing procedure that enables a replication of the engineering simulation results within <PRTPAGE P="83"/>20% of the corresponding flight test tolerances.</P>
          <P>b. Background</P>
          <P>(1) The tolerances listed in Table A2A of this attachment are designed to measure the quality of the match using flight-test data as a reference.</P>
          <P>(2) Good engineering judgment should be applied to all tolerances in any test. A test is failed when the results clearly fall outside of the prescribed tolerance(s).</P>
          <P>(3) Engineering simulator data are acceptable because the same simulation models used to produce the reference data are also used to test the flight training simulator (i.e., the two sets of results should be “essentially” similar).</P>
          <P>(4) The results from the two sources may differ for the following reasons:</P>
          <P>(a) Hardware (avionics units and flight controls);</P>
          <P>(b) Iteration rates;</P>
          <P>(c) Execution order;</P>
          <P>(d) Integration methods;</P>
          <P>(e) Processor architecture;</P>
          <P>(f) Digital drift, including:</P>
          <P>(i) Interpolation methods;</P>
          <P>(ii) Data handling differences; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Auto-test trim tolerances.</P>
          <P>(5) The tolerance limit between the reference data and the flight simulator results is generally 20% of the corresponding “flight-test” tolerances. However, there may be cases where the simulator models used are of higher fidelity, or the manner in which they are cascaded in the integrated testing loop have the effect of a higher fidelity, than those supplied by the data provider. Under these circumstances, it is possible that an error greater than 20% may be generated. An error greater than 20% may be acceptable if simulator sponsor can provide an adequate explanation.</P>
          <P>(6) Guidelines are needed for the application of tolerances to engineering-simulator-generated validation data because:</P>
          <P>(a) Flight-test data are often not available due to technical reasons;</P>
          <P>(b) Alternative technical solutions are being advanced; and</P>
          <P>(c) High costs.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">12. Validation Data Roadmap</HD>
          <P>a. Airplane manufacturers or other data suppliers should supply a validation data roadmap (VDR) document as part of the data package. A VDR document contains guidance material from the airplane validation data supplier recommending the best possible sources of data to be used as validation data in the QTG. A VDR is of special value when requesting interim qualification, qualification of simulators for airplanes certificated prior to 1992, and qualification of alternate engine or avionics fits. A sponsor seeking to have a device qualified in accordance with the standards contained in this QPS appendix should submit a VDR to the NSPM as early as possible in the planning stages. The NSPM is the final authority to approve the data to be used as validation material for the QTG. The NSPM and the Joint Aviation Authorities' Synthetic Training Devices Advisory Board have committed to maintain a list of agreed VDRs.</P>
          <P>b. The VDR should identify (in matrix format) sources of data for all required tests. It should also provide guidance regarding the validity of these data for a specific engine type, thrust rating configuration, and the revision levels of all avionics affecting airplane handling qualities and performance. The VDR should include rationale or explanation in cases where data or parameters are missing, engineering simulation data are to be used, flight test methods require explanation, or there is any deviation from data requirements. Additionally, the document should refer to other appropriate sources of validation data (e.g., sound and vibration data documents).</P>
          <P>c. The Sample Validation Data Roadmap (VDR) for airplanes, shown in Table A2C, depicts a generic roadmap matrix identifying sources of validation data for an abbreviated list of tests. This document is merely a sample and does not provide actual data. A complete matrix should address all test conditions and provide actual data and data sources.</P>
          <P>d. Two examples of rationale pages are presented in Appendix F of the IATA “Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements.” These illustrate the type of airplane and avionics configuration information and descriptive engineering rationale used to describe data anomalies or provide an acceptable basis for using alternative data for QTG validation requirements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPH DEEP="469" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="84"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.002</GID>
          </GPH>
          <PRTPAGE P="85"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">13. Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Engines Data.</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Background</HD>
          <P>(1) For a new airplane type, the majority of flight validation data are collected on the first airplane configuration with a “baseline” engine type. These data are then used to validate all flight simulators representing that airplane type.</P>
          <P>(2) Additional flight test validation data may be needed for flight simulators representing an airplane with engines of a different type than the baseline, or for engines with thrust rating that is different from previously validated configurations.</P>
          <P>(3) When a flight simulator with alternate engines is to be qualified, the QTG should contain tests against flight test validation data for selected cases where engine differences are expected to be significant.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Approval Guidelines For Validating Alternate Engine Applications</HD>
          <P>(1) The following guidelines apply to flight simulators representing airplanes with alternate engine applications or with more than one engine type or thrust rating.</P>
          <P>(2) Validation tests can be segmented into two groups, those that are dependent on engine type or thrust rating and those that are not.</P>
          <P>(3) For tests that are independent of engine type or thrust rating, the QTG can be based on validation data from any engine application. Tests in this category should be designated as independent of engine type or thrust rating.</P>
          <P>(4) For tests that are affected by engine type, the QTG should contain selected engine-specific flight test data sufficient to validate that particular airplane-engine configuration. These effects may be due to engine dynamic characteristics, thrust levels or engine-related airplane configuration changes. This category is primarily characterized by variations between different engine manufacturers' products, but also includes differences due to significant engine design changes from a previously flight-validated configuration within a single engine type. See Table A2D, Alternate Engine Validation Flight Tests in this section for a list of acceptable tests.</P>
          <P>(5) Alternate engine validation data should be based on flight test data, except as noted in sub-paragraphs 13.c.(1) and (2), or where other data are specifically allowed (e.g., engineering simulator/simulation data). If certification of the flight characteristics of the airplane with a new thrust rating (regardless of percentage change) does require certification flight testing with a comprehensive stability and control flight instrumentation package, then the conditions described in Table A2D in this section should be obtained from flight testing and presented in the QTG. Flight test data, other than throttle calibration data, are not required if the new thrust rating is certified on the airplane without need for a comprehensive stability and control flight instrumentation package.</P>
          <P>(6) As a supplement to the engine-specific flight tests listed in Table A2D and baseline engine-independent tests, additional engine-specific engineering validation data should be provided in the QTG, as appropriate, to facilitate running the entire QTG with the alternate engine configuration. The sponsor and the NSPM should agree in advance on the specific validation tests to be supported by engineering simulation data.</P>
          <P>(7) A matrix or VDR should be provided with the QTG indicating the appropriate validation data source for each test.</P>
          <P>(8) The flight test conditions in Table A2D are appropriate and should be sufficient to validate implementation of alternate engines in a flight simulator.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Test Requirements</HD>
          <P>(1) The QTG must contain selected engine-specific flight test data sufficient to validate the alternative thrust level when:</P>
          <P>(a) the engine type is the same, but the thrust rating exceeds that of a previously flight-test validated configuration by five percent (5%) or more; or</P>
          <P>(b) the engine type is the same, but the thrust rating is less than the lowest previously flight-test validated rating by fifteen percent (15%) or more. See Table A2D for a list of acceptable tests.</P>
          <P>(2) Flight test data is not required if the thrust increase is greater than 5%, but flight tests have confirmed that the thrust increase does not change the airplane's flight characteristics.</P>
          <P>(3) Throttle calibration data (i.e., commanded power setting parameter versus throttle position) must be provided to validate all alternate engine types and engine thrust ratings that are higher or lower than a previously validated engine. Data from a test airplane or engineering test bench with the correct engine controller (both hardware and software) are required.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirement</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="86"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs72,r40,r10,12C,12C" COLS="05" OPTS="L0">
            <TTITLE>Table A2D—Alternative Engine Validation Flight Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Test description</CHED>
              <CHED H="1"/>
              <CHED H="1">Alternative<LI>engine type</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Alternative<LI>thrust rating <E T="51">2</E>
                </LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="s" TOPRUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1., 1.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Normal take-off/ground acceleration time and distance</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">V<E T="52">mcg,</E> if performed for airplane certification</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.5.<LI>1.b.8.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Engine-out take-off<LI O="xl">Dynamic engine failure after take-off.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Either test may be performed</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">
                <LI O="xl">X</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Rejected take-off if performed for airplane certification</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Cruise performance</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1., 1.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Engine acceleration and deceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.7.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Throttle calibration <SU>1</SU>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Power change dynamics (acceleration)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">V<E T="52">mca</E> if performed for airplane certification</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Engine inoperative trim</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Normal landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT/>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> Must be provided for all changes in engine type or thrust rating; see paragraph 13.c.(3).</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>2</SU> See paragraphs 13.c.(1) through 13.c.(3), for a definition of applicable thrust ratings.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirement</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">14. Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Avionics (Flight-Related Computers and Controllers)</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Background</HD>
          <P>(1) For a new airplane type, the majority of flight validation data are collected on the first airplane configuration with a “baseline” flight-related avionics ship-set; (see subparagraph b.(2) of this section). These data are then used to validate all flight simulators representing that airplane type.</P>
          <P>(2) Additional validation data may be required for flight simulators representing an airplane with avionics of a different hardware design than the baseline, or a different software revision than previously validated configurations.</P>
          <P>(3) When a flight simulator with additional or alternate avionics configurations is to be qualified, the QTG should contain tests against validation data for selected cases where avionics differences are expected to be significant.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Approval Guidelines for Validating Alternate Avionics</HD>
          <P>(1) The following guidelines apply to flight simulators representing airplanes with a revised avionics configuration, or more than one avionics configuration.</P>
          <P>(2) The baseline validation data should be based on flight test data, except where other data are specifically allowed (e.g., engineering flight simulator data).</P>
          <P>(3) The airplane avionics can be segmented into two groups, systems or components whose functional behavior contributes to the aircraft response presented in the QTG results, and systems that do not. The following avionics are examples of contributory systems for which hardware design changes or software revisions may lead to significant differences in the aircraft response relative to the baseline avionics configuration: Flight control computers and controllers for engines, autopilot, braking system, nosewheel steering system, and high lift system. Related avionics such as stall warning and augmentation systems should also be considered.</P>
          <P>(4) The acceptability of validation data used in the QTG for an alternative avionics fit should be determined as follows:</P>
          <P>(a) For changes to an avionics system or component that do not affect QTG validation test response, the QTG test can be based on validation data from the previously validated avionics configuration.</P>
          <P>(b) For an avionics change to a contributory system, where a specific test is not affected by the change (e.g., the avionics change is a Built In Test Equipment (BITE) update or a modification in a different flight phase), the QTG test can be based on validation data from the previously-validated avionics configuration. The QTG should include authoritative justification (e.g., from the airplane manufacturer or system supplier) that this avionics change does not affect the test.</P>

          <P>(c) For an avionics change to a contributory system, the QTG may be based on validation data from the previously-validated avionics configuration if no new functionality is added and the impact of the avionics change on the airplane response is small and based on acceptable aeronautical principles with proven success history and valid outcomes. This should be supplemented with avionics-specific validation data from the airplane manufacturer's engineering <PRTPAGE P="87"/>simulation, generated with the revised avionics configuration. The QTG should also include an explanation of the nature of the change and its effect on the airplane response.</P>
          <P>(d) For an avionics change to a contributory system that significantly affects some tests in the QTG or where new functionality is added, the QTG should be based on validation data from the previously validated avionics configuration and supplemental avionics-specific flight test data sufficient to validate the alternate avionics revision. Additional flight test validation data may not be needed if the avionics changes were certified without the need for testing with a comprehensive flight instrumentation package. The airplane manufacturer should coordinate flight simulator data requirements, in advance with the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(5) A matrix or “roadmap” should be provided with the QTG indicating the appropriate validation data source for each test. The roadmap should include identification of the revision state of those contributory avionics systems that could affect specific test responses if changed.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">15. Transport Delay Testing</HD>
          <P>a. This paragraph explains how to determine the introduced transport delay through the flight simulator system so that it does not exceed a specific time delay. The transport delay should be measured from control inputs through the interface, through each of the host computer modules and back through the interface to motion, flight instrument, and visual systems. The transport delay should not exceed the maximum allowable interval.</P>
          <P>b. Four specific examples of transport delay are:</P>
          <P>(1) Simulation of classic non-computer controlled aircraft;</P>
          <P>(2) Simulation of computer controlled aircraft using real airplane black boxes;</P>
          <P>(3) Simulation of computer controlled aircraft using software emulation of airplane boxes;</P>
          <P>(4) Simulation using software avionics or re-hosted instruments.</P>
          <P>c. Figure A2C illustrates the total transport delay for a non-computer-controlled airplane or the classic transport delay test. Since there are no airplane-induced delays for this case, the total transport delay is equivalent to the introduced delay.</P>
          <P>d. Figure A2D illustrates the transport delay testing method using the real airplane controller system.</P>
          <P>e. To obtain the induced transport delay for the motion, instrument and visual signal, the delay induced by the airplane controller should be subtracted from the total transport delay. This difference represents the introduced delay and should not exceed the standards prescribed in Table A1A.</P>
          <P>f. Introduced transport delay is measured from the flight deck control input to the reaction of the instruments and motion and visual systems (See Figure A2C).</P>
          <P>g. The control input may also be introduced after the airplane controller system and the introduced transport delay measured directly from the control input to the reaction of the instruments, and simulator motion and visual systems (See Figure A2D).</P>
          <P>h. Figure A2E illustrates the transport delay testing method used on a flight simulator that uses a software emulated airplane controller system.</P>
          <P>i. It is not possible to measure the introduced transport delay using the simulated airplane controller system architecture for the pitch, roll and yaw axes. Therefore, the signal should be measured directly from the pilot controller. The flight simulator manufacturer should measure the total transport delay and subtract the inherent delay of the actual airplane components because the real airplane controller system has an inherent delay provided by the airplane manufacturer. The flight simulator manufacturer should ensure that the introduced delay does not exceed the standards prescribed in Table A1A.</P>
          <P>j. Special measurements for instrument signals for flight simulators using a real airplane instrument display system instead of a simulated or re-hosted display. For flight instrument systems, the total transport delay should be measured and the inherent delay of the actual airplane components subtracted to ensure that the introduced delay does not exceed the standards prescribed in Table A1A.</P>
          <P>(1) Figure A2FA illustrates the transport delay procedure without airplane display simulation. The introduced delay consists of the delay between the control movement and the instrument change on the data bus.</P>
          <P>(2) Figure A2FB illustrates the modified testing method required to measure introduced delay due to software avionics or re-hosted instruments. The total simulated instrument transport delay is measured and the airplane delay should be subtracted from this total. This difference represents the introduced delay and should not exceed the standards prescribed in Table A1A. The inherent delay of the airplane between the data bus and the displays is indicated in figure A2FA. The display manufacturer should provide this delay time.</P>
          <P>k. Recorded signals. The signals recorded to conduct the transport delay calculations should be explained on a schematic block diagram. The flight simulator manufacturer should also provide an explanation of why each signal was selected and how they relate to the above descriptions.</P>

          <P>l. Interpretation of results. Flight simulator results vary over time from test to test due to “sampling uncertainty.” All flight simulators run at a specific rate where all <PRTPAGE P="88"/>modules are executed sequentially in the host computer. The flight controls input can occur at any time in the iteration, but these data will not be processed before the start of the new iteration. For example, a flight simulator running at 60 Hz may have a difference of as much as 16.67 msec between test results. This does not mean that the test has failed. Instead, the difference is attributed to variations in input processing. In some conditions, the host simulator and the visual system do not run at the same iteration rate, so the output of the host computer to the visual system will not always be synchronized.</P>
          <P>m. The transport delay test should account for both daylight and night modes of operation of the visual system. In both cases, the tolerances prescribed in Table A1A must be met and the motion response should occur before the end of the first video scan containing new information.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="431" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="89"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.003</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="297" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="90"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.004</GID>
          </GPH>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">16. Continuing Qualification Evaluations—Validation Test Data Presentation</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Background</HD>
          <P>(1) The MQTG is created during the initial evaluation of a flight simulator. This is the master document, as amended, to which flight simulator continuing qualification evaluation test results are compared.</P>
          <P>(2) The currently accepted method of presenting continuing qualification evaluation test results is to provide flight simulator results over-plotted with reference data. Test results are carefully reviewed to determine if the test is within the specified tolerances. This can be a time consuming process, particularly when reference data exhibits rapid variations or an apparent anomaly requiring engineering judgment in the application of the tolerances. In these cases, the solution is to compare the results to the MQTG. The continuing qualification results are compared to the results in the MQTG for acceptance. The flight simulator operator and the NSPM should look for any change in the flight simulator performance since initial qualification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Continuing Qualification Evaluation Test Results Presentation</HD>
          <P>(1) Flight simulator operators are encouraged to over-plot continuing qualification validation test results with MQTG flight simulator results recorded during the initial evaluation and as amended. Any change in a validation test will be readily apparent. In addition to plotting continuing qualification validation test and MQTG results, operators may elect to plot reference data as well.</P>

          <P>(2) There are no suggested tolerances between flight simulator continuing qualification and MQTG validation test results. Investigation of any discrepancy between the MQTG and continuing qualification flight simulator performance is left to the discretion of the flight simulator operator and the NSPM.<PRTPAGE P="91"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Differences between the two sets of results, other than variations attributable to repeatability issues that cannot be explained, should be investigated.</P>
          <P>(4) The flight simulator should retain the ability to over-plot both automatic and manual validation test results with reference data.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">17. Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation: Level A and Level B Simulators Only</HD>
          <P>a. Sponsors are not required to use the alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation. However, a sponsor may choose to use one or more of the alternative sources, procedures, and instrumentation described in Table A2E.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>b. It has become standard practice for experienced simulator manufacturers to use modeling techniques to establish data bases for new simulator configurations while awaiting the availability of actual flight test data. The data generated from the aerodynamic modeling techniques is then compared to the flight test data when it becomes available. The results of such comparisons have become increasingly consistent, indicating that these techniques, applied with the appropriate experience, are dependable and accurate for the development of aerodynamic models for use in Level A and Level B simulators.</P>
          <P>c. Based on this history of successful comparisons, the NSPM has concluded that those who are experienced in the development of aerodynamic models may use modeling techniques to alter the method for acquiring flight test data for Level A or Level B simulators.</P>
          <P>d. The information in Table A2E (Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation) is presented to describe an acceptable alternative to data sources for simulator modeling and validation and an acceptable alternative to the procedures and instrumentation traditionally used to gather such modeling and validation data.</P>
          <P>(1) Alternative data sources that may be used for part or all of a data requirement are the Airplane Maintenance Manual, the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), Airplane Design Data, the Type Inspection Report (TIR), Certification Data or acceptable supplemental flight test data.</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor should coordinate with the NSPM prior to using alternative data sources in a flight test or data gathering effort.</P>
          <P>e. The NSPM position regarding the use of these alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation is based on the following presumptions:</P>
          <P>(1) Data gathered through the alternative means does not require angle of attack (AOA) measurements or control surface position measurements for any flight test. However, AOA can be sufficiently derived if the flight test program ensures the collection of acceptable level, unaccelerated, trimmed flight data. All of the simulator time history tests that begin in level, unaccelerated, and trimmed flight, including the three basic trim tests and “fly-by” trims, can be a successful validation of angle of attack by comparison with flight test pitch angle. (Note: Due to the criticality of angle of attack in the development of the ground effects model, particularly critical for normal landings and landings involving cross-control input applicable to Level B simulators, stable “fly-by” trim data will be the acceptable norm for normal and cross-control input landing objective data for these applications.)</P>
          <P>(2) The use of a rigorously defined and fully mature simulation controls system model that includes accurate gearing and cable stretch characteristics (where applicable), determined from actual aircraft measurements. Such a model does not require control surface position measurements in the flight test objective data in these limited applications.</P>
          <P>f. The sponsor is urged to contact the NSPM for clarification of any issue regarding airplanes with reversible control systems. Table A2E is not applicable to Computer Controlled Aircraft FFSs.</P>
          <P>g. Utilization of these alternate data sources, procedures, and instrumentation (Table A2E) does not relieve the sponsor from compliance with the balance of the information contained in this document relative to Level A or Level B FFSs.</P>
          <P>h. The term “inertial measurement system” is used in the following table to include the use of a functional global positioning system (GPS).</P>
          <P>i. Synchronized video for the use of alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation should have:</P>
          <P>(1) Sufficient resolution to allow magnification of the display to make appropriate measurement and comparisons; and</P>

          <P>(2) Sufficient size and incremental marking to allow similar measurement and comparison. The detail provided by the video should provide sufficient clarity and accuracy to measure the necessary parameter(s) to at least <FR>1/2</FR> of the tolerance authorized for the specific test being conducted and allow <PRTPAGE P="92"/>an integration of the parameter(s) in question to obtain a rate of change.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,5C,5C,r100,r75" COLS="05" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A2E—Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS REQUIREMENTS<LI>The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of</LI>
                <LI>Appendix A are not used.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Table of objective tests</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Test entry number and title</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Sim level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Alternative data sources, procedures, and<LI>instrumentation</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.1. Performance. Taxi. Minimum Radius turn</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>TIR, AFM, or Design data may be used</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.2. Performance. Taxi Rate of Turn vs. Nosewheel Steering Angle</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using a constant tiller position, measured with a protractor or full rudder pedal application for steady state turn, and synchronized video of heading indicator. If less than full rudder pedal is used, pedal position must be recorded</ENT>
              <ENT>A single procedure may not be adequate for all airplane steering systems, therefore appropriate measurement procedures must be devised and proposed for NSPM concurrence.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1. Performance. Takeoff. Ground Acceleration Time and Distance</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Preliminary certification data may be used. Data may be acquired by using a stop watch, calibrated airspeed, and runway markers during a takeoff with power set before brake release. Power settings may be hand recorded. If an inertial measurement system is installed, speed and distance may be derived from acceleration measurements</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.2. Performance. Takeoff. Minimum Control Speed—ground (V<E T="52">mcg</E>) using aerodynamic controls only (per applicable airworthiness standard) or low speed, engine inoperative ground control characteristics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT>Rapid throttle reductions at speeds near V<E T="52">mcg</E> may be used while recording appropriate parameters. The nosewheel must be free to caster, or equivalently freed of sideforce generation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.3. Performance. Takeoff. Minimum Unstick Speed (V<E T="52">mu</E>) or equivalent test to demonstrate early rotation takeoff characteristics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.4. Performance. Takeoff. Normal Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls. AOA can be calculated from pitch attitude and flight path</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.5. Performance. Takeoff. Critical Engine Failure during Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT>Record airplane dynamic response to engine failure and control inputs required to correct flight path.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.6. Performance. Takeoff. Crosswind Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT>The “1:7 law” to 100 feet (30 meters) is an acceptable wind profile.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="93"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.7. Performance. Takeoff. Rejected Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and distance (e.g., runway markers). A stop watch is required.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c. 1. Performance. Climb. Normal Climb all engines operating.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and engine power throughout the climb range</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.2. Performance. Climb. One engine Inoperative Climb</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and engine power throughout the climb range</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.4. Performance. Climb. One Engine Inoperative Approach Climb (if operations in icing conditions are authorized)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and engine power throughout the climb range</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.1. Cruise/Descent. Level flight acceleration.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1.d.2. Cruise/Descent. Level flight deceleration.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.4. Cruise/Descent. Idle descent</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.5. Cruise/Descent. Emergency Descent</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position, engine parameters, and elapsed time</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.1. Performance. Stopping. Deceleration time and distance, using manual application of wheel brakes and no reverse thrust on a dry runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired during landing tests using a stop watch, runway markers, and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position and the pertinent parameters of engine power</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.2. Performance. Ground. Deceleration Time and Distance, using reverse thrust and no wheel brakes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired during landing tests using a stop watch, runway markers, and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, thrust lever position and pertinent parameters of engine power</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1. Performance. Engines. Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video recording of engine instruments and throttle position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2. Performance. Engines. Deceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video recording of engine instruments and throttle position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="94"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.a. Handling Qualities. Static Control Checks. Pitch Controller Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Surface position data may be acquired from flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at selected, significant column positions (encompassing significant column position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same column position data points</ENT>
              <ENT>For airplanes with reversible control systems, surface position data acquisition should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.a. Handling Qualities. Static Control Checks. Roll Controller Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Surface position data may be acquired from flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at selected, significant wheel positions (encompassing significant wheel position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same wheel position data points</ENT>
              <ENT>For airplanes with reversible control systems, surface position data acquisition should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.a. Handling Qualities. Static Control Checks. Rudder Pedal Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Surface position data may be acquired from flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at selected, significant rudder pedal positions (encompassing significant rudder pedal position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same rudder pedal position data points</ENT>
              <ENT>For airplanes with reversible control systems, surface position data acquisition should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.4. Handling Qualities. Static Control Checks. Nosewheel Steering Controller Force and Position</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Breakout data may be acquired with a hand held force gauge. The remainder of the force to the stops may be calculated if the force gauge and a protractor are used to measure force after breakout for at least 25% of the total displacement capability</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.5. Handling Qualities. Static Control Checks. Rudder Pedal Steering Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of force pads on the rudder pedals and a pedal position measurement device, together with design data for nosewheel position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.6. Handling Qualities. Static Control Checks. Pitch Trim Indicator vs. Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through calculations</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.7. Handling qualities. Static control tests. Pitch trim rate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using a synchronized video of pitch trim indication and elapsed time through range of trim indication</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.8. Handling Qualities. Static Control tests. Alignment of Flight deck Throttle Lever Angle vs. Selected engine parameter</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of a temporary throttle quadrant scale to document throttle position. Use a synchronized video to record steady state instrument readings or hand-record steady state engine performance readings</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="95"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.9. Handling qualities. Static control tests. Brake pedal position vs. force and brake system pressure calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Use of design or predicted data is acceptable. Data may be acquired by measuring deflection at “zero” and “maximum” and calculating deflections between the extremes using the airplane design data curve</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Power change dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and throttle position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Flap/slat change dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and flap/slat position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.3. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Spoiler/speedbrake change dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and spoiler/speedbrake position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Gear change dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and gear position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.5. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Longitudinal trim</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through use of an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of flight deck controls position (previously calibrated to show related surface position) and the engine instrument readings</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.6. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Longitudinal maneuvering stability (stick force/g)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments; a temporary, high resolution bank angle scale affixed to the attitude indicator; and a wheel and column force measurement indication</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Longitudinal static stability</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of a synchronized video of airplane flight instruments and a hand held force gauge</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Stall characteristics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through a synchronized video recording of a stop watch and calibrated airplane airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions and airplane configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>Airspeeds may be cross checked with those in the TIR and AFM.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.9. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Phugoid dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.10. Handling qualities. Longitudinal control tests. Short period dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="96"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Minimum control speed, air (V<E T="52">mca</E> or V<E T="52">mci</E>), per applicable airworthiness standard or Low speed engine inoperative handling characteristics in the air</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Roll response (rate)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck lateral controls</ENT>
              <ENT>May be combined with step input of flight deck roll controller test, 2.d.3.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Roll response to flight deck roll controller step input</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck lateral controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Spiral stability</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments; force/position measurements of flight deck controls; and a stop watch</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.5. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Engine inoperative trim</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be hand recorded in-flight using high resolution scales affixed to trim controls that have been calibrated on the ground using protractors on the control/trim surfaces with winds less than 5 kts.OR Data may be acquired during second segment climb (with proper pilot control input for an engine-out condition) by using a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT>Trimming during second segment climb is not a certification task and should not be conducted until a safe altitude is reached.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Rudder response</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of rudder pedals</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Dutch roll, (yaw damper OFF)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8. Handling qualities. Lateral directional tests. Steady state sideslip</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>

              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls<LI O="xl">Ground track and wind corrected heading may be used for sideslip angle.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.1. Handling qualities. Landings. Normal landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="97"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.e.3. Handling qualities. Landings. Crosswind landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.4. Handling qualities. Landings. One engine inoperative landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls. Normal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.5. Handling qualities. Landings. Autopilot landing (if applicable)</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls.Normal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.6. Handling qualities. Landings. All engines operating, autopilot, go around</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls. Normal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.7. Handling qualities. Landings. One engine inoperative go around</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls. Normal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.8. Handling qualities. Landings. Directional control (rudder effectiveness with symmetric thrust)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls. Normal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.9. Handling qualities. Landings. Directional control (rudder effectiveness with asymmetric reverse thrust)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls. Normal and lateral accelerations may be recorded in lieu of AOA and sideslip</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.f. Handling qualities. Ground effect. Test to demonstrate ground effect</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using calibrated airplane instruments, an inertial measurement system, and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT/>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="98"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 3 to Appendix A to Part 60—Simulator Subjective Evaluation</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. Except for special use airport models, described as Class III, all airport models required by this part must be representations of real-world, operational airports or representations of fictional airports and must meet the requirements set out in Tables A3B or A3C of this attachment, as appropriate.</P>
          <P>b. If fictional airports are used, the sponsor must ensure that navigational aids and all appropriate maps, charts, and other navigational reference material for the fictional airports (and surrounding areas as necessary) are compatible, complete, and accurate with respect to the visual presentation of the airport model of this fictional airport. An SOC must be submitted that addresses navigation aid installation and performance and other criteria (including obstruction clearance protection) for all instrument approaches to the fictional airports that are available in the simulator. The SOC must reference and account for information in the terminal instrument procedures manual and the construction and availability of the required maps, charts, and other navigational material. This material must be clearly marked “for training purposes only.”</P>
          <P>c. When the simulator is being used by an instructor or evaluator for purposes of training, checking, or testing under this chapter, only airport models classified as Class I, Class II, or Class III may be used by the instructor or evaluator. Detailed descriptions/definitions of these classifications are found in Appendix F of this part.</P>
          <P>d. When a person sponsors an FFS maintained by a person other than a U.S. certificate holder, the sponsor is accountable for that FFS originally meeting, and continuing to meet, the criteria under which it was originally qualified and the appropriate Part 60 criteria, including the airport models that may be used by instructors or evaluators for purposes of training, checking, or testing under this chapter.</P>
          <P>e. Neither Class II nor Class III airport visual models are required to appear on the SOQ, and the method used for keeping instructors and evaluators apprised of the airport models that meet Class II or Class III requirements on any given simulator is at the option of the sponsor, but the method used must be available for review by the TPAA.</P>
          <P>f. When an airport model represents a real world airport and a permanent change is made to that real world airport (e.g., a new runway, an extended taxiway, a new lighting system, a runway closure) without a written extension grant from the NSPM (described in paragraph 1.g. of this section), an update to that airport model must be made in accordance with the following time limits:</P>
          <P>(1) For a new airport runway, a runway extension, a new airport taxiway, a taxiway extension, or a runway/taxiway closure—within 90 days of the opening for use of the new airport runway, runway extension, new airport taxiway, or taxiway extension; or within 90 days of the closure of the runway or taxiway.</P>
          <P>(2) For a new or modified approach light system—within 45 days of the activation of the new or modified approach light system.</P>
          <P>(3) For other facility or structural changes on the airport (e.g., new terminal, relocation of Air Traffic Control Tower)—within 180 days of the opening of the new or changed facility or structure.</P>
          <P>g. If a sponsor desires an extension to the time limit for an update to a visual scene or airport model or has an objection to what must be updated in the specific airport model requirement, the sponsor must provide a written extension request to the NSPM stating the reason for the update delay and a proposed completion date, or explain why the update is not necessary (i.e., why the identified airport change will not have an impact on flight training, testing, or checking). A copy of this request or objection must also be sent to the POI/TCPM. The NSPM will send the official response to the sponsor and a copy to the POI/TCPM. If there is an objection, after consultation with the appropriate POI/TCPM regarding the training, testing, or checking impact, the NSPM will send the official response to the sponsor and a copy to the POI/TCPM.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Discussion</HD>
          <P>a. The subjective tests provide a basis for evaluating the capability of the simulator to perform over a typical utilization period; determining that the simulator accurately simulates each required maneuver, procedure, or task; and verifying correct operation of the simulator controls, instruments, and systems. The items listed in the following Tables are for simulator evaluation purposes only. They may not be used to limit or exceed the authorizations for use of a given level of simulator, as described on the SOQ, or as approved by the TPAA.</P>

          <P>b. The tests in Table A3A, Operations Tasks, in this attachment, address pilot functions, including maneuvers and procedures (called flight tasks), and are divided by <PRTPAGE P="99"/>flight phases. The performance of these tasks by the NSPM includes an operational examination of the visual system and special effects. There are flight tasks included to address some features of advanced technology airplanes and innovative training programs. For example, “high angle-of-attack maneuvering” is included to provide a required alternative to “approach to stalls” for airplanes employing flight envelope protection functions.</P>
          <P>c. The tests in Table A3A, Operations Tasks, and Table A3G, Instructor Operating Station of this attachment, address the overall function and control of the simulator including the various simulated environmental conditions; simulated airplane system operations (normal, abnormal, and emergency); visual system displays; and special effects necessary to meet flight crew training, evaluation, or flight experience requirements.</P>
          <P>d. All simulated airplane systems functions will be assessed for normal and, where appropriate, alternate operations. Normal, abnormal, and emergency operations associated with a flight phase will be assessed during the evaluation of flight tasks or events within that flight phase. Simulated airplane systems are listed separately under “Any Flight Phase” to ensure appropriate attention to systems checks. Operational navigation systems (including inertial navigation systems, global positioning systems, or other long-range systems) and the associated electronic display systems will be evaluated if installed. The NSP pilot will include in his report to the TPAA, the effect of the system operation and any system limitation.</P>
          <P>e. Simulators demonstrating a satisfactory circling approach will be qualified for the circling approach maneuver and may be approved for such use by the TPAA in the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program. To be considered satisfactory, the circling approach will be flown at maximum gross weight for landing, with minimum visibility for the airplane approach category, and must allow proper alignment with a landing runway at least 90° different from the instrument approach course while allowing the pilot to keep an identifiable portion of the airport in sight throughout the maneuver (reference—14 CFR 91.175(e)).</P>
          <P>f. At the request of the TPAA, the NSPM may assess a device to determine if it is capable of simulating certain training activities in a sponsor's training program, such as a portion of a Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) scenario. Unless directly related to a requirement for the qualification level, the results of such an evaluation would not affect the qualification level of the simulator. However, if the NSPM determines that the simulator does not accurately simulate that training activity, the simulator would not be approved for that training activity.</P>

          <P>g. The FAA intends to allow the use of Class III airport models when the sponsor provides the TPAA (or other regulatory authority) an appropriate analysis of the skills, knowledge, and abilities (SKAs) necessary for competent performance of the tasks in which this particular media element is used. The analysis should describe the ability of the FFS/visual media to provide an adequate environment in which the required SKAs are satisfactorily performed and learned. The analysis should also include the specific media element, such as the airport model. Additional sources of information on the conduct of task and capability analysis may be found on the FAA's Advanced Qualification Program (AQP) Web site at: <E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/education_research/training/aqp/.</E>
          </P>
          <P>h. The TPAA may accept Class III airport models without individual observation provided the sponsor provides the TPAA with an acceptable description of the process for determining the acceptability of a specific airport model, outlines the conditions under which such an airport model may be used, and adequately describes what restrictions will be applied to each resulting airport or landing area model. Examples of situations that may warrant Class_III model designation by the TPAA include the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Training, testing, or checking on very low visibility operations, including SMGCS operations.</P>
          <P>(b) Instrument operations training (including instrument takeoff, departure, arrival, approach, and missed approach training, testing, or checking) using—</P>
          <P>(i) A specific model that has been geographically “moved” to a different location and aligned with an instrument procedure for another airport.</P>
          <P>(ii) A model that does not match changes made at the real-world airport (or landing area for helicopters) being modeled.</P>
          <P>(iii) A model generated with an “off-board” or an “on-board” model development tool (by providing proper latitude/longitude reference; correct runway or landing area orientation, length, width, marking, and lighting information; and appropriate adjacent taxiway location) to generate a facsimile of a real world airport or landing area.</P>
          <P>i. Previously qualified simulators with certain early generation Computer Generated Image (CGI) visual systems, are limited by the capability of the Image Generator or the display system used. These systems are:</P>
          <P>(1) Early CGI visual systems that are excepted from the requirement of including runway numbers as a part of the specific runway marking requirements are:</P>
          <P>(a) Link NVS and DNVS.</P>
          <P>(b) Novoview 2500 and 6000.</P>
          <P>(c) FlightSafety VITAL series up to, and including, VITAL III, but not beyond.</P>
          <P>(d) Redifusion SP1, SP1T, and SP2.<PRTPAGE P="100"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) Early CGI visual systems are excepted from the requirement of including runway numbers unless the runways are used for LOFT training sessions. These LOFT airport models require runway numbers but only for the specific runway end (one direction) used in the LOFT session. The systems required to display runway numbers only for LOFT scenes are:</P>
          <P>(a) FlightSafety VITAL IV.</P>
          <P>(b) Redifusion SP3 and SP3T.</P>
          <P>(c) Link-Miles Image II.</P>
          <P>(3) The following list of previously qualified CGI and display systems are incapable of generating blue lights. These systems are not required to have accurate taxi-way edge lighting:</P>
          <P>(a) Redifusion SP1.</P>
          <P>(b) FlightSafety Vital IV.</P>
          <P>(c) Link-Miles Image II and Image IIT</P>
          <P>(d) XKD displays (even though the XKD image generator is capable of generating blue colored lights, the display cannot accommodate that color).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s30,r150,2C,2C,2C,2C" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A3A—Functions and Subjective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Operations tasks</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List or the level of simulator qualification involved. Items not installed or not functional on the simulator and, therefore, not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as exceptions on the SOQ.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Preparation For Flight<LI>Preflight. Accomplish a functions check of all switches, indicators, systems, and equipment at all crewmembers' and instructors' stations and determine that the flight deck design and functions are identical to that of the airplane simulated</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Surface Operations (Pre-Take-Off)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Engine Start</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal start</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alternate start procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal starts and shutdowns (e.g., hot/hung start, tail pipe fire)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pushback/Powerback</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Taxi</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Thrust response</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power lever friction</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground handling</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Nosewheel scuffing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.c.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brake operation (normal and alternate/emergency)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.c.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brake fade (if applicable)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Take-off.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane/engine parameter relationships</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration characteristics (motion)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Nosewheel and rudder steering</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Crosswind (maximum demonstrated)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Special performance (e.g., reduced V<E T="52">1</E>, max de-rate, short field operations)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Low visibility take-off</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing gear, wing flap leading edge device operation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="101"/>
              <ENT I="05">3.a.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Contaminated runway operation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Abnormal/emergency</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Take-off</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected special performance (e.g., reduced V<E T="52">1</E>, max de-rate, short field operations)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.3.</ENT>

              <ENT>Takeoff with a propulsion system malfunction (allowing an analysis of causes, symptoms, recognition, and the effects on aircraft performance and handling) at the following points: .<LI O="oi2">(i) Prior to V<E T="52">1</E> decision speed</LI>
                <LI O="oi2">(ii) Between V<E T="52">1</E> and Vr (rotation speed)</LI>
                <LI O="oi2">(iii) Between Vr and 500 feet above ground level</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>With wind shear</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected takeoff with brake fade</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected, contaminated runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Climb.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>One or more engines inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Cruise</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Performance characteristics (speed vs. power)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>High altitude handling</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>High Mach number handling (Mach tuck, Mach buffet) and recovery (trim change)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Overspeed warning (in excess of V<E T="52">mo</E> or M<E T="52">mo</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>High IAS handling</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Maneuvers</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>High angle of attack, approach to stalls, stall warning, buffet, and g-break (take-off, cruise, approach, and landing configuration)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight envelope protection (high angle of attack, bank limit, overspeed, etc.)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Turns with/without speedbrake/spoilers deployed</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal and steep turns</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>In flight engine shutdown and restart (assisted and windmill)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Maneuvering with one or more engines inoperative, as appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Specific flight characteristics (e.g., direct lift control)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Descent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Maximum rate (clean and with speedbrake, etc.)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>With autopilot</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="102"/>
              <ENT I="03">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Instrument Approaches and Landing. Those instrument approach and landing tests relevant to the simulated airplane type are selected from the following list. Some tests are made with limiting wind velocities, under wind shear conditions, and with relevant system failures, including the failure of the Flight Director. If Standard Operating Procedures allow use autopilot for non-precision approaches, evaluation of the autopilot will be included. Level A simulators are not authorized to credit the landing maneuver</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Precision</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>PAR</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>CAT I/GBAS (ILS/MLS) published approaches</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) Manual approach with/without flight director including landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach and manual landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iii) Manual approach to DH and go-around all engines</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iv) Manual one engine out approach to DH and go-around</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(v) Manual approach controlled with and without flight director to 30 m (100 ft) below CAT I minima</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="oi2">A. With cross-wind (maximum demonstrated)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="oi2">B. With windshear</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(vi) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach, one engine out to DH and go-around</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(vii) Approach and landing with minimum/standby electrical power</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>CAT II/GBAS (ILS/MLS) published approaches</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH and landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH and go-around</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iii) Autocoupled approach to DH and manual go-around</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iv) Category II published approach (autocoupled, autothrottle)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>CAT III/GBAS (ILS/MLS) published approaches</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to land and rollout</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH/Alert Height and go-around</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iii) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to land and rollout with one engine out</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iv) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach to DH/Alert Height and go-around with one engine out</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(v) Autopilot/autothrottle coupled approach (to land or to go around)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="oi2">A. With generator failure</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="oi2">B. With 10 knot tail wind</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="oi2">C. With 10 knot crosswind</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Non-precision</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>NDB</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>VOR, VOR/DME, VOR/TAC</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>RNAV (GNSS/GPS)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>ILS LLZ (LOC), LLZ (LOC)/BC</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>ILS offset localizer</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.b.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Direction finding facility (ADF/SDF)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airport surveillance radar (ASR)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Visual Approaches (Visual Segment) and Landings. Flight simulators with visual systems, which permit completing a special approach procedure in accordance with applicable regulations, may be approved for that particular approach procedure</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Maneuvering, normal approach and landing, all engines operating with and without visual approach aid guidance</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing with one or more engines inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="103"/>
              <ENT I="03">9.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Operation of landing gear, flap/slats and speedbrakes (normal and abnormal)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing with crosswind (max. demonstrated)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach to land with wind shear on approach</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing with flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling (most significant degradation which is probable)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing with trim malfunctions</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">9.g.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal trim malfunction</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">9.g.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Lateral-directional trim malfunction</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing with standby (minimum) electrical/hydraulic power</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing from circling conditions (circling approach)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.j.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing from visual traffic pattern</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.k.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing from non-precision approach</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.l.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach and landing from precision approach</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.m.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach procedures with vertical guidance (APV), e.g., SBAS</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">10.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Missed Approach</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">10.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>All engines</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">10.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>One or more engine(s) out</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">10.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>With flight control system failures, reconfiguration modes, manual reversion and associated handling</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">11.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Surface Operations (Landing roll and taxi).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">11.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spoiler operation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">11.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Reverse thrust operation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">11.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Directional control and ground handling, both with and without reverse thrust</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">11.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Reduction of rudder effectiveness with increased reverse thrust (rear pod-mounted engines)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">11.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brake and anti-skid operation with dry, patchy wet, wet on rubber residue, and patchy icy conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">11.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brake operation, to include auto-braking system where applicable</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">12.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Any Flight Phase.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">12.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane and engine systems operation</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Air conditioning and pressurization (ECS)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>De-icing/anti-icing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Auxiliary power unit (APU)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Communications</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Electrical</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fire and smoke detection and suppression</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight controls (primary and secondary)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="104"/>
              <ENT I="05">12.a.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fuel and oil, hydraulic and pneumatic</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing gear</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.10.</ENT>
              <ENT>Oxygen</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.11.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.12.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airborne radar</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.13.</ENT>
              <ENT>Autopilot and Flight Director</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.14.</ENT>
              <ENT>Collision avoidance systems. (e.g., (E)GPWS, TCAS)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.15.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight control computers including stability and control augmentation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.16.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight display systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.17.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight management computers</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.18.</ENT>
              <ENT>Head-up guidance, head-up displays</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.19.</ENT>
              <ENT>Navigation systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.20.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stall warning/avoidance</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.21.</ENT>
              <ENT>Wind shear avoidance equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.a.22.</ENT>
              <ENT>Automatic landing aids.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">12.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airborne procedures</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Holding</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Air hazard avoidance (traffic, weather)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Wind shear</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Effects of airframe ice</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">12.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Engine shutdown and parking</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">12.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine and systems operation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="05">12.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Parking brake operation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs50,r150,2C,2C,2C,2C" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A3B—Functions and Subjective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">For qualification at the stated level—Class I airport models</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">This table specifies the minimum airport model content and functionality to qualify a simulator at the indicated level. This table applies only to the airport models required for simulator qualification; i.e., one airport model for Level A and Level B simulators; three airport models for Level C and Level D simulators.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Begin QPS Requirements</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Functional test content requirements for Level A and Level B simulators. The following is the minimum airport model content requirement to satisfy visual capability tests, and provides suitable visual cues to allow completion of all functions and subjective tests described in this attachment for simulators at Levels A and B.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>A minimum of one (1) representative airport model. This model identification must be acceptable to the sponsor's TPAA, selectable from the IOS, and listed on the SOQ</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="105"/>
              <ENT I="03">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>The fidelity of the airport model must be sufficient for the aircrew to visually identify the airport; determine the position of the simulated airplane within a night visual scene; successfully accomplish take-offs, approaches, and landings; and maneuver around the airport on the ground as necessary</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runways:</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">1.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visible runway number</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">1.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway threshold elevations and locations must be modeled to provide sufficient correlation with airplane systems (e.g., altimeter)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">1.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway surface and markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">1.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Lighting for the runway in use including runway edge and centerline</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">1.c.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Lighting, visual approach aid and approach lighting of appropriate colors</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">1.c.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative taxiway lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Functional test content requirements for Level C and Level D simulators. The following is the minimum airport model content requirement to satisfy visual capability tests, and provide suitable visual cues to allow completion of all functions and subjective tests described in this attachment for simulators at Levels C and D. Not all of the elements described in this section must be found in a single airport model. However, all of the elements described in this section must be found throughout a combination of the three (3) airport models described in entry 2.a.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>A minimum of three (3) representative airport models. The model identifications must be acceptable to the sponsor's TPAA, selectable from the IOS, and listed on the SOQ</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Night and Twilight (Dusk) scenes required</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Daylight scenes required</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Two parallel runways and one crossing runway, displayed simultaneously; at least two of the runways must be able to be lighted fully and simultaneously<LI>Note: This requirement may be demonstrated at either a fictional airport or a real-world airport. However, if a fictional airport is used, this airport must be listed on the SOQ</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway threshold elevations and locations must be modeled to provide sufficient correlation with airplane systems (e.g., HGS, GPS, altimeter); slopes in runways, taxiways, and ramp areas must not cause distracting or unrealistic effects, including pilot eye-point height variation</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative airport buildings, structures and lighting</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>At least one useable gate, at the appropriate height (required only for those airplanes that typically operate from terminal gates)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative moving and static gate clutter (e.g., other airplane, power carts, tugs, fuel trucks, and additional gates)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative gate/apron markings (e.g., hazard markings, lead-in lines, gate numbering) and lighting</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative runway markings, lighting, and signage, including a windsock that gives appropriate wind cues</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative taxiway markings, lighting, and signage necessary for position identification, and to taxi from parking to a designated runway and return to parking</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.j.</ENT>
              <ENT>A low visibility taxi route (e.g., Surface Movement Guidance Control System, follow-me truck, daylight taxi lights) must also be demonstrated</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.k.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative moving and static ground traffic (e.g., vehicular and airplane), including the capability to present ground hazards (e.g., another airplane crossing the active runway)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="106"/>
              <ENT I="03">2.l.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative moving airborne traffic, including the capability to present air hazards (e.g., airborne traffic on a possible collision course)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.m.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative depiction of terrain and obstacles as well as significant and identifiable natural and cultural features, within 25 NM of the reference airport</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.n.</ENT>
              <ENT>Appropriate approach lighting systems and airfield lighting for a VFR circuit and landing, non-precision approaches and landings, and Category I, II and III precision approaches and landings</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.o.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative gate docking aids or a marshaller</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.p.</ENT>
              <ENT>Portrayal of physical relationships known to cause landing illusions (e.g., short runways, landing approaches over water, uphill or downhill runways, rising terrain on the approach path)<LI>This requirement may be met by a SOC and a demonstration of two landing illusions. The illusions are not required to be beyond the normal operational capabilities of the airplane being simulated. The demonstrated illusions must be available to the instructor or check airman at the IOS for training, testing, checking, or experience activities</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.q.</ENT>
              <ENT>Portrayal of runway surface contaminants, including runway lighting reflections when wet and partially obscured lights when snow is present, or suitable alternative effects</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airport model management. The following is the minimum airport model management requirements for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway and approach lighting must fade into view in accordance with the environmental conditions set in the simulator, and the distance from the object</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>The direction of strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline lights, threshold lights, and touchdown zone lights must be replicated</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Visual feature recognition. The following is the minimum distances at which runway features must be visible for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D. Distances are measured from runway threshold to an airplane aligned with the runway on an extended 3° glide-slope in simulated meteorological conditions that recreate the minimum distances for visibility. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway definition, strobe lights, approach lights, and runway edge white lights from 5 sm (8 km) of the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) of the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) of the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 sm (3 km)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway markings within range of landing lights for night scenes as required by the surface resolution test on day scenes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>For circling approaches, the runway of intended landing and associated lighting must fade into view in a non-distracting manner</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="107"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airport model content. The following sets out the minimum requirements for what must be provided in an airport model and also identifies the other aspects of the airport environment that must correspond with that model for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D. For circling approaches, all tests apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing. If all runways in an airport model used to meet the requirements of this attachment are not designated as “in use,” then the “in use” runways must be listed on the SOQ (e.g., KORD, Rwys 9R, 14L, 22R). Models of airports with more than one runway must have all significant runways not “in-use” visually depicted for airport and runway recognition purposes. The use of white or off white light strings that identify the runway threshold, edges, and ends for twilight and night scenes are acceptable for this requirement. Rectangular surface depictions are acceptable for daylight scenes. A visual system's capabilities must be balanced between providing airport models with an accurate representation of the airport and a realistic representation of the surrounding environment. Airport model detail must be developed using airport pictures, construction drawings and maps, or other similar data, or developed in accordance with published regulatory material; however, this does not require that such models contain details that are beyond the design capability of the currently qualified visual system. Only one “primary” taxi route from parking to the runway end will be required for each “in-use” runway.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The surface and markings for each “in-use” runway must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Threshold markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway numbers</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Touchdown zone markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fixed distance markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Edge markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Centerline stripes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Each runway designated as an “in-use” runway must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The lighting for each “in-use” runway must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) Threshold lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) Edge lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iii) End lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iv) Centerline lights, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(v) Touchdown zone lights, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(vi) Leadoff lights, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(vii) Appropriate visual landing aid(s) for that runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(viii) Appropriate approach lighting system for that runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The taxiway surface and markings associated with each “in-use” runway must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) Edge</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) Centerline</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iii) Runway hold lines</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iv) ILS critical area marking</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The taxiway lighting associated with each “in-use” runway must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) Edge</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) Centerline, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iii) Runway hold and ILS critical area lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="108"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iv) Edge lights of correct color</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airport signage associated with each “in-use” runway must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) Distance remaining signs, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) Signs at intersecting runways and taxiways</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(iii) Signs described in entries 2.h. and 2.i. of this table</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">5.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Required airport model correlation with other aspects of the airport environment simulation:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) The airport model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated with operations at the runway “in-use”</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) The simulation of runway contaminants must be correlated with the displayed runway surface and lighting where applicable</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Correlation with airplane and associated equipment. The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Accurate portrayal of environment relating to flight simulator attitudes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The airport model and the generated visual scene must correlate with integrated airplane systems (e.g., terrain, traffic and weather avoidance systems and Head-up Guidance System (HGS))</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Representative visual effects for each visible, own-ship, airplane external light(s)—taxi and landing light lobes (including independent operation, if appropriate)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>The effect of rain removal devices</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Scene quality. The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Surfaces and textural cues must be free from apparent and distracting quantization (aliasing)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>System capable of portraying full color realistic textural cues</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>The system light points must be free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Demonstration of occulting through each channel of the system in an operational scene</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Demonstration of a minimum of ten levels of occulting through each channel of the system in an operational scene</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>System capable of providing focus effects that simulate rain</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>System capable of providing focus effects that simulate light point perspective growth</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>System capable of six discrete light step controls (0-5)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Environmental effects. The following are the minimum environmental effects that must be available as indicated.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The displayed scene corresponding to the appropriate surface contaminants and include runway lighting reflections for wet, partially obscured lights for snow, or alternative effects</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">8.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Special weather representations which include:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="109"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(i) The sound, motion and visual effects of light, medium and heavy precipitation near a thunderstorm on take-off, approach, and landings at and below an altitude of 2,000 ft (600 m) above the airport surface and within a radius of 10 sm (16 km) from the airport</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(ii) One airport with a snow scene to include terrain snow and snow-covered taxiways and runways</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>In-cloud effects such as variable cloud density, speed cues and ambient changes</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>The effect of multiple cloud layers representing few, scattered, broken and overcast conditions giving partial or complete obstruction of the ground scene</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visibility and RVR measured in terms of distance. Visibility/RVR checked at 2,000 ft (600 m) above the airport and at two heights below 2000 ft with at least 500 ft of separation between the measurements. The measurements must be taken within a radius of 10 sm (16 km) from the airport</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Patchy fog giving the effect of variable RVR</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Effects of fog on airport lighting such as halos and defocus</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Effect of own-ship lighting in reduced visibility, such as reflected glare, including landing lights, strobes, and beacons</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">8.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Wind cues to provide the effect of blowing snow or sand across a dry runway or taxiway selectable from the instructor station</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Instructor control of the following: The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available in simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental effects, e.g., cloud base, cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/kilometers and RVR in feet/meters</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airport selection</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airport lighting, including variable intensity</ENT>
              <ENT>
                <E T="03">X</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>
                <E T="03">X</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>
                <E T="03">X</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">End QPS Requirement</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Begin Information</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">10.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An example of being able to “combine two airport models to achieve two “in-use” runways:<LI>One runway designated as the “in use” runway in the first model of the airport, and the second runway designated as the “in use” runway in the second model of the same airport. For example, the clearance is for the ILS approach to Runway 27, Circle to Land on Runway 18 right. Two airport visual models might be used: the first with Runway 27 designated as the “in use” runway for the approach to runway 27, and the second with Runway 18 Right designated as the “in use” runway. When the pilot breaks off the ILS approach to runway 27, the instructor may change to the second airport visual model in which runway 18 Right is designated as the “in use” runway, and the pilot would make a visual approach and landing. This process is acceptable to the FAA as long as the temporary interruption due to the visual model change is not distracting to the pilot, does not cause changes in navigational radio frequencies, and does not cause undue instructor/evaluator time</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">11.</ENT>
              <ENT>Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway, but the detail that is provided should be correct within the capabilities of the system</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">End Information</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="110"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs40,r150,2C,2C,2C,2C" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A3C—Functions and Subjective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Additional airport models beyond minimum required for qualification—Class II airport models</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">This table specifies the minimum airport model content and functionality necessary to add airport models to a simulator's model library, beyond those necessary for qualification at the stated level, without the necessity of further involvement of the NSPM or TPAA.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Begin QPS Requirements</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airport model management. The following is the minimum airport model management requirements for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The direction of strobe lights, approach lights, runway edge lights, visual landing aids, runway centerline lights, threshold lights, and touchdown zone lights on the “in-use” runway must be replicated</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Visual feature recognition. The following are the minimum distances at which runway features must be visible for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D. Distances are measured from runway threshold to an airplane aligned with the runway on an extended 3° glide-slope in simulated meteorological conditions that recreate the minimum distances for visibility. For circling approaches, all requirements of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway definition, strobe lights, approach lights, and runway edge white lights from 5 sm (8 km) from the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 5 sm (8 km) from the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual Approach Aid lights (VASI or PAPI) from 3 sm (5 km) from the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway centerline lights and taxiway definition from 3 sm (5 km) from the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Threshold lights and touchdown zone lights from 2 sm (3 km) from the runway threshold</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway markings within range of landing lights for night scenes and as required by the surface resolution requirements on day scenes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>For circling approaches, the runway of intended landing and associated lighting must fade into view in a non-distracting manner</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airport model content. The following prescribes the minimum requirements for what must be provided in an airport model and identifies other aspects of the airport environment that must correspond with that model for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D. The detail must be developed using airport pictures, construction drawings and maps, or other similar data, or developed in accordance with published regulatory material; however, this does not require that airport models contain details that are beyond the designed capability of the currently qualified visual system. For circling approaches, all requirements of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing. Only one “primary” taxi route from parking to the runway end will be required for each “in-use” runway.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The surface and markings for each “in-use” runway:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Threshold markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway numbers</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Touchdown zone markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fixed distance markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Edge markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Centerline stripes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The lighting for each “in-use” runway</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Threshold lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Edge lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>End lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Centerline lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="111"/>
              <ENT I="05">3.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Touchdown zone lights, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Leadoff lights, if appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Appropriate visual landing aid(s) for that runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.b.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Appropriate approach lighting system for that runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The taxiway surface and markings associated with each “in-use” runway:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Edge</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Centerline</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway hold lines</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>ILS critical area markings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">The taxiway lighting associated with each “in-use” runway:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Edge</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Centerline</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="05">3.d.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway hold and ILS critical area lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">4.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Required model correlation with other aspects of the airport environment simulation The following are the minimum model correlation tests that must be conducted for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The airport model must be properly aligned with the navigational aids that are associated with operations at the “in-use” runway</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Slopes in runways, taxiways, and ramp areas, if depicted in the visual scene, must not cause distracting or unrealistic effects</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Correlation with airplane and associated equipment. The following are the minimum correlation comparisons that must be made for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="02">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual system compatibility with aerodynamic programming</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Accurate portrayal of environment relating to flight simulator attitudes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual cues to assess sink rate and depth perception during landings</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual effects for each visible, own-ship, airplane external light(s)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Scene quality. The following are the minimum scene quality tests that must be conducted for simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Surfaces and textural cues must be free of apparent and distracting quantization (aliasing)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Correct color and realistic textural cues</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Light points free from distracting jitter, smearing or streaking</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Instructor controls of the following: The following are the minimum instructor controls that must be available in simulators at Levels A, B, C, and D.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental effects, e.g., cloud base (if used), cloud effects, cloud density, visibility in statute miles/kilometers and RVR in feet/meters</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airport selection</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airport lighting including variable intensity</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dynamic effects including ground and flight traffic</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="112"/>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">End QPS Requirements</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Begin Information</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Sponsors are not required to provide every detail of a runway, but the detail that is provided must be correct within the capabilities of the system</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">End Information</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r75,2C,2C,2C,2C,r75" COLS="7" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A3D—Functions and Subjective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry no.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Motion system effects</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="06" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">This table specifies motion effects that are required to indicate when a flight crewmember must be able to recognize an event or situation. Where applicable, flight simulator pitch, side loading and directional control characteristics must be representative of the airplane.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Runway rumble, oleo deflection, ground speed, uneven runway, runway and taxiway centerline light characteristics:<LI>Procedure: After the airplane has been pre-set to the takeoff position and then released, taxi at various speeds with a smooth runway and note the general characteristics of the simulated runway rumble effects of oleo deflections. Repeat the maneuver with a runway roughness of 50%, then with maximum roughness. Note the associated motion vibrations affected by ground speed and runway roughness</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Different gross weights can also be selected, which may also affect the associated vibrations depending on airplane type. The associated motion effects for the above tests should also include an assessment of the effects of rolling over centerline lights, surface discontinuities of uneven runways, and various taxiway characteristics.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Buffets on the ground due to spoiler/speedbrake extension and reverse thrust:<LI>Procedure: Perform a normal landing and use ground spoilers and reverse thrust—either individually or in combination—to decelerate the simulated airplane. Do not use wheel braking so that only the buffet due to the ground spoilers and thrust reversers is felt</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Bumps associated with the landing gear:<LI>Procedure: Perform a normal take-off paying special attention to the bumps that could be perceptible due to maximum oleo extension after lift-off. When the landing gear is extended or retracted, motion bumps can be felt when the gear locks into position</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Buffet during extension and retraction of landing gear:<LI>Procedure: Operate the landing gear. Check that the motion cues of the buffet experienced represent the actual airplane</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="113"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Buffet in the air due to flap and spoiler/speedbrake extension and approach to stall buffet:<LI>Procedure: Perform an approach and extend the flaps and slats with airspeeds deliberately in excess of the normal approach speeds. In cruise configuration, verify the buffets associated with the spoiler/speedbrake extension. The above effects can also be verified with different combinations of spoiler/speedbrake, flap, and landing gear settings to assess the interaction effects</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Approach to stall buffet:<LI>Procedure: Conduct an approach-to-stall with engines at idle and a deceleration of 1 knot/second. Check that the motion cues of the buffet, including the level of buffet increase with decreasing speed, are representative of the actual airplane</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Touchdown cues for main and nose gear:<LI>Procedure: Conduct several normal approaches with various rates of descent. Check that the motion cues for the touchdown bumps for each descent rate are representative of the actual airplane</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Nosewheel scuffing:<LI>Procedure: Taxi at various ground speeds and manipulate the nosewheel steering to cause yaw rates to develop that cause the nosewheel to vibrate against the ground (“scuffing”). Evaluate the speed/nosewheel combination needed to produce scuffing and check that the resultant vibrations are representative of the actual airplane</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Thrust effect with brakes set:<LI>Procedure: Set the brakes on at the take-off point and increase the engine power until buffet is experienced. Evaluate its characteristics. Confirm that the buffet increases appropriately with increasing engine thrust</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This effect is most discernible with wing-mounted engines.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">10.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Mach and maneuver buffet:<LI>Procedure: With the simulated airplane trimmed in 1 g flight while at high altitude, increase the engine power so that the Mach number exceeds the documented value at which Mach buffet is experienced. Check that the buffet begins at the same Mach number as it does in the airplane (for the same configuration) and that buffet levels are representative of the actual airplane. For certain airplanes, maneuver buffet can also be verified for the same effects. Maneuver buffet can occur during turning flight at conditions greater than 1 g, particularly at higher altitudes</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="114"/>
              <ENT I="01">11.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Tire failure dynamics:<LI>Procedure: Simulate a single tire failure and a multiple tire failure</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The pilot may notice some yawing with a multiple tire failure selected on the same side. This should require the use of the rudder to maintain control of the airplane.<LI>Dependent on airplane type, a single tire failure may not be noticed by the pilot and should not have any special motion effect. Sound or vibration may be associated with the actual tire losing pressure.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">12.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Engine malfunction and engine damage:<LI>Procedure: The characteristics of an engine malfunction as stipulated in the malfunction definition document for the particular flight simulator must describe the special motion effects felt by the pilot. Note the associated engine instruments varying according to the nature of the malfunction and note the replication of the effects of the airframe vibration</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">13.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Tail strikes and engine pod strikes:<LI>Procedure: Tail-strikes can be checked by over-rotation of the airplane at a speed below V<E T="52">r</E> while performing a takeoff. The effects can also be verified during a landing</LI>
                <LI>Excessive banking of the airplane during its take-off/landing roll can cause a pod strike</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The motion effect should be felt as a noticeable bump. If the tail strike affects the airplane angular rates, the cueing provided by the motion system should have an associated effect.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r150,2C,2C,2C,2C" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A3E—Functions and Subjective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Sound system</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">The following checks are performed during a normal flight profile with motion system ON.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Precipitation</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rain removal equipment.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Significant airplane noises perceptible to the pilot during normal operations</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal operations for which there are associated sound cues including, engine malfunctions, landing gear/tire malfunctions, tail and engine pod strike and pressurization malfunction</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Sound of a crash when the flight simulator is landed in excess of limitations</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r150,2C,2C,2C,2C" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A3F—Functions and Subjective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Special effects</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">This table specifies the minimum special effects necessary for the specified simulator level.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Braking Dynamics:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Representations of the dynamics of brake failure (flight simulator pitch, side-loading, and directional control characteristics representative of the airplane), including antiskid and decreased brake efficiency due to high brake temperatures (based on airplane related data), sufficient to enable pilot identification of the problem and implementation of appropriate procedures</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Effects of Airframe and Engine Icing:</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="115"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Required only for those airplanes authorized for operations in known icing conditions</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Procedure: With the simulator airborne, in a clean configuration, nominal altitude and cruise airspeed, autopilot on and auto-throttles off, engine and airfoil anti-ice/de-ice systems deactivated; activate icing conditions at a rate that allows monitoring of simulator and systems response. Icing recognition will include an increase in gross weight, airspeed decay, change in simulator pitch attitude, change in engine performance indications (other than due to airspeed changes), and change in data from pitot/static system. Activate heating, anti-ice, or de-ice systems independently. Recognition will include proper effects of these systems, eventually returning the simulated airplane to normal flight</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r150,2C,2C,2C,2C" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table A3G—Functions and Subjective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Special effects</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">A</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">Functions in this table are subject to evaluation only if appropriate for the airplane and/or the system is installed on the specific simulator.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator Power Switch(es)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airplane conditions</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Gross weight, center of gravity, fuel loading and allocation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane systems status</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground crew functions (e.g., ext. power, push back)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Airports</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Number and selection</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway selection</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway surface condition (e.g., rough, smooth, icy, wet)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Preset positions (e.g., ramp, gate, #1 for takeoff, takeoff position, over FAF)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Lighting controls</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Environmental controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.a</ENT>
              <ENT>Visibility (statute miles (kilometers))</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway visual range (in feet (meters))</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Temperature</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Climate conditions (e.g., ice, snow, rain)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Wind speed and direction</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Windshear</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">4.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Clouds (base and tops)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane system malfunctions (Inserting and deleting malfunctions into the simulator)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Problem (all) freeze/release</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Position (geographic) freeze/release</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Repositioning (locations, freezes, and releases)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="116"/>
              <ENT I="03">6.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground speed control</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Remote IOS</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Sound Controls. On/off/adjustment</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">Motion/Control Loading System</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="03">9.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>On/off/emergency stop</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">10.</ENT>
              <ENT>Observer Seats/Stations. Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Introduction</HD>
          <P>a. The following is an example test schedule for an Initial/Upgrade evaluation that covers the majority of the requirements set out in the Functions and Subjective test requirements. It is not intended that the schedule be followed line by line, rather, the example should be used as a guide for preparing a schedule that is tailored to the airplane, sponsor, and training task.</P>
          <P>b. Functions and subjective tests should be planned. This information has been organized as a reference document with the considerations, methods, and evaluation notes for each individual aspect of the simulator task presented as an individual item. In this way the evaluator can design his or her own test plan, using the appropriate sections to provide guidance on method and evaluation criteria. Two aspects should be present in any test plan structure:</P>
          <P>(1) An evaluation of the simulator to determine that it replicates the aircraft and performs reliably for an uninterrupted period equivalent to the length of a typical training session.</P>
          <P>(2) The simulator should be capable of operating reliably after the use of training device functions such as repositions or malfunctions.</P>
          <P>c. A detailed understanding of the training task will naturally lead to a list of objectives that the simulator should meet. This list will form the basis of the test plan. Additionally, once the test plan has been formulated, the initial conditions and the evaluation criteria should be established. The evaluator should consider all factors that may have an influence on the characteristics observed during particular training tasks in order to make the test plan successful.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Events</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">a. Initial Conditions</HD>
          <P>(1) Airport.</P>
          <P>(2) QNH.</P>
          <P>(3) Temperature.</P>
          <P>(4) Wind/Crosswind.</P>
          <P>(5) Zero Fuel Weight /Fuel/Gross Weight /Center of Gravity.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">b. Initial Checks</HD>
          <P>(1) Documentation of Simulator.</P>
          <P>(a) Simulator Acceptance Test Manuals.</P>
          <P>(b) Simulator Approval Test Guide.</P>
          <P>(c) Technical Logbook Open Item List.</P>
          <P>(d) Daily Functional Pre-flight Check.</P>
          <P>(2) Documentation of User/Carrier Flight Logs.</P>
          <P>(a) Simulator Operating/Instructor Manual.</P>
          <P>(b) Difference List (Aircraft/Simulator).</P>
          <P>(c) Flight Crew Operating Manuals.</P>
          <P>(d) Performance Data for Different Fields.</P>
          <P>(e) Crew Training Manual.</P>
          <P>(f) Normal/Abnormal/Emergency Checklists.</P>
          <P>(3) Simulator External Checks.</P>
          <P>(a) Appearance and Cleanliness.</P>
          <P>(b) Stairway/Access Bridge.</P>
          <P>(c) Emergency Rope Ladders.</P>
          <P>(d) “Motion On”/“Flight in Progress” Lights.</P>
          <P>(4) Simulator Internal Checks.</P>
          <P>(a) Cleaning/Disinfecting Towels (for cleaning oxygen masks).</P>
          <P>(b) Flight deck Layout (compare with difference list).</P>
          <P>(5) Equipment.</P>
          <P>(a) Quick Donning Oxygen Masks.</P>
          <P>(b) Head Sets.</P>
          <P>(c) Smoke Goggles.</P>
          <P>(d) Sun Visors.</P>
          <P>(e) Escape Rope.</P>
          <P>(f) Chart Holders.</P>
          <P>(g) Flashlights.</P>
          <P>(h) Fire Extinguisher (inspection date).</P>
          <P>(i) Crash Axe.</P>
          <P>(j) Gear Pins.<PRTPAGE P="117"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">c. Power Supply and APU Start Checks</HD>
          <P>(1) Batteries and Static Inverter.</P>
          <P>(2) APU Start with Battery.</P>
          <P>(3) APU Shutdown using Fire Handle.</P>
          <P>(4) External Power Connection.</P>
          <P>(5) APU Start with External Power.</P>
          <P>(6) Abnormal APU Start/Operation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">d. Flight deck Checks</HD>
          <P>(1) Flight deck Preparation Checks.</P>
          <P>(2) FMC Programming.</P>
          <P>(3) Communications and Navigational Aids Checks.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">e. Engine Start</HD>
          <P>(1) Before Start Checks.</P>
          <P>(2) Battery start with Ground Air Supply Unit.</P>
          <P>(3) Engine Crossbleed Start.</P>
          <P>(4) Normal Engine Start.</P>
          <P>(5) Abnormal Engine Starts.</P>
          <P>(6) Engine Idle Readings.</P>
          <P>(7) After Start Checks.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">f. Taxi Checks</HD>
          <P>(1) Pushback/Powerback.</P>
          <P>(2) Taxi Checks.</P>
          <P>(3) Ground Handling Check:</P>
          <P>(a) Power required to initiate ground roll.</P>
          <P>(b) Thrust response.</P>
          <P>(c) Nosewheel and Pedal Steering.</P>
          <P>(d) Nosewheel Scuffing.</P>
          <P>(e) Perform 180 degree turns.</P>
          <P>(f) Brakes Response and Differential Braking using Normal, Alternate and Emergency.</P>
          <P>(g) Brake Systems.</P>
          <P>(h) Eye height and fore/aft position.</P>
          <P>(4) Runway Roughness.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">g. Visual Scene—Ground Assessment.</E> Select 3 different airport models and perform the following checks with Day, Dusk and Night selected, as appropriate:</P>
          <P>(1) Visual Controls.</P>
          <P>(a) Daylight, Dusk, Night Scene Controls.</P>
          <P>(b) Flight deck “Daylight” ambient lighting.</P>
          <P>(c) Environment Light Controls.</P>
          <P>(d) Runway Light Controls.</P>
          <P>(e) Taxiway Light Controls.</P>
          <P>(2) Airport Model Content.</P>
          <P>(a) Ramp area for buildings, gates, airbridges, maintenance ground equipment, parked aircraft.</P>
          <P>(b) Daylight shadows, night time light pools.</P>
          <P>(c) Taxiways for correct markings, taxiway/runway, marker boards, CAT I and II/III hold points, taxiway shape/grass areas, taxiway light (positions and colors).</P>
          <P>(d) Runways for correct markings, lead-off lights, boards, runway slope, runway light positions, and colors, directionality of runway lights.</P>
          <P>(e) Airport environment for correct terrain and significant features.</P>
          <P>(f) Visual scene quantization (aliasing), color, and occulting levels.</P>
          <P>(3) Ground Traffic Selection.</P>
          <P>(4) Environment Effects.</P>
          <P>(a) Low cloud scene.</P>
          <P>(i) Rain:</P>
          <P>(A) Runway surface scene.</P>
          <P>(B) Windshield wiper—operation and sound.</P>
          <P>(ii) Hail:</P>
          <P>(A) Runway surface scene.</P>
          <P>(B) Windshield wiper—operation and sound.</P>
          <P>(b) Lightning/thunder.</P>
          <P>(c) Snow/ice runway surface scene.</P>
          <P>(d) Fog.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">h. Takeoff.</E> Select one or several of the following test cases:</P>
          <P>(1) T/O Configuration Warnings.</P>
          <P>(2) Engine Takeoff Readings.</P>
          <P>(3) Rejected Takeoff (Dry/Wet/Icy Runway) and check the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Autobrake function.</P>
          <P>(b) Anti-skid operation.</P>
          <P>(c) Motion/visual effects during deceleration.</P>
          <P>(d) Record stopping distance (use runway plot or runway lights remaining).</P>
          <P>Continue taxiing along the runway while applying brakes and check the following:</P>
          <P>(e) Center line lights alternating red/white for 2000 feet/600 meters.</P>
          <P>(f) Center line lights all red for 1000 feet/300 meters.</P>
          <P>(g) Runway end, red stop bars.</P>
          <P>(h) Braking fade effect.</P>
          <P>(i) Brake temperature indications.</P>
          <P>(4) Engine Failure between VI and V2.</P>
          <P>(5) Normal Takeoff:</P>
          <P>(a) During ground roll check the following:</P>
          <P>(i) Runway rumble.</P>
          <P>(ii) Acceleration cues.</P>
          <P>(iii) Groundspeed effects.</P>
          <P>(iv) Engine sounds.</P>
          <P>(v) Nosewheel and rudder pedal steering.</P>
          <P>(b) During and after rotation, check the following:</P>
          <P>(i) Rotation characteristics.</P>
          <P>(ii) Column force during rotation.</P>
          <P>(iii) Gear uplock sounds/bumps.</P>
          <P>(iv) Effect of slat/flap retraction during climbout.</P>
          <P>(6) Crosswind Takeoff (check the following):</P>
          <P>(a) Tendency to turn into or out of the wind.</P>
          <P>(b) Tendency to lift upwind wing as airspeed increases.</P>
          <P>(7) Windshear during Takeoff (check the following):</P>
          <P>(a) Controllable during windshear encounter.</P>
          <P>(b) Performance adequate when using correct techniques.</P>
          <P>(c) Windshear Indications satisfactory.</P>
          <P>(d) Motion cues satisfactory (particularly turbulence).</P>
          <P>(8) Normal Takeoff with Control Malfunction.<PRTPAGE P="118"/>
          </P>
          <P>(9) Low Visibility T/O (check the following):</P>
          <P>(a) Visual cues.</P>
          <P>(b) Flying by reference to instruments.</P>
          <P>(c) SID Guidance on LNAV.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">i. Climb Performance.</E> Select one or several of the following test cases:</P>
          <P>(1) Normal Climb—Climb while maintaining recommended speed profile and note fuel, distance and time.</P>
          <P>(2) Single Engine Climb—Trim aircraft in a zero wheel climb at V2.</P>
          <NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

            <P>Up to 5° bank towards the operating engine(s) is permissible. Climb for 3 minutes and note fuel, distance, and time. Increase speed toward en route climb speed and retract flaps. Climb for 3 minutes and note fuel, distance, and time.
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">j. Systems Operation During Climb.</E>
            </P>
            <P>Check normal operation and malfunctions as appropriate for the following systems:</P>
            <P>(1) Air conditioning/Pressurization/Ventilation.</P>
            <P>(2) Autoflight.</P>
            <P>(3) Communications.</P>
            <P>(4) Electrical.</P>
            <P>(5) Fuel.</P>
            <P>(6) Icing Systems.</P>
            <P>(7) Indicating and Recording Systems.</P>
            <P>(8) Navigation/FMS.</P>
            <P>(9) Pneumatics.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">k. Cruise Checks.</E> Select one or several of the following test cases:</P>
            <P>(1) Cruise Performance.</P>
            <P>(2) High Speed/High Altitude Handling (check the following):</P>
            <P>(a) Overspeed warning.</P>
            <P>(b) High Speed buffet.</P>
            <P>(c) Aircraft control satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(d) Envelope limiting functions on Computer Controlled Aircraft.</P>
            <P>Reduce airspeed to below level flight buffet onset speed, start a turn, and check the following:</P>
            <P>(e) High Speed buffet increases with G loading.</P>
            <P>Reduce throttles to idle and start descent, deploy the speedbrake, and check the following:</P>
            <P>(f) Speedbrake indications.</P>
            <P>(g) Symmetrical deployment.</P>
            <P>(h) Airframe buffet.</P>
            <P>(i) Aircraft response hands off.</P>
            <P>(3) Yaw Damper Operation. Switch off yaw dampers and autopilot. Initiate a Dutch roll and check the following:</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft dynamics.</P>
            <P>(b) Simulator motion effects.</P>
            <P>Switch on yaw dampers, re-initiate a Dutch roll and check the following:</P>
            <P>(c) Damped aircraft dynamics.</P>
            <P>(4) APU Operation.</P>
            <P>(5) Engine Gravity Feed.</P>
            <P>(6) Engine Shutdown and Driftdown Check: FMC operation Aircraft performance.</P>
            <P>(7) Engine Relight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">l. Descent.</E> Select one of the following test cases:</P>
            <P>(1) Normal Descent. Descend while maintaining recommended speed profile and note fuel, distance and time.</P>
            <P>(2) Cabin Depressurization/Emergency Descent.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">m. Medium Altitude Checks.</E> Select one or several of the following test cases:</P>
            <P>(1) High Angle of Attack/Stall. Trim the aircraft at 1.4 Vs, establish 1 kt/sec <SU>2</SU> deceleration rate, and check the following—</P>
            <P>(a) System displays/operation satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(b) Handling characteristics satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(c) Stall and Stick shaker speed.</P>
            <P>(d) Buffet characteristics and onset speed.</P>
            <P>(e) Envelope limiting functions on Computer Controlled Aircraft.</P>
            <P>Recover to straight and level flight and check the following:</P>
            <P>(f) Handling characteristics satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(2) Turning Flight. Roll aircraft to left, establish a 30° to 45° bank angle, and check the following:</P>
            <P>(a) Stick force required, satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(b) Wheel requirement to maintain bank angle.</P>
            <P>(c) Slip ball response, satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(d) Time to turn 180°.</P>
            <P>Roll aircraft from 45° bank one way to 45° bank the opposite direction while maintaining altitude and airspeed—check the following:</P>
            <P>(e) Controllability during maneuver.</P>
            <P>(3) Degraded flight controls.</P>
            <P>(4) Holding Procedure (check the following:)</P>
            <P>(a) FMC operation.</P>
            <P>(b) Autopilot auto thrust performance.</P>
            <P>(5) Storm Selection (check the following:)</P>
            <P>(a) Weather radar controls.</P>
            <P>(b) Weather radar operation.</P>
            <P>(c) Visual scene corresponds with WXR pattern.</P>
            <P>(Fly through storm center, and check the following:)</P>
            <P>(d) Aircraft enters cloud.</P>
            <P>(e) Aircraft encounters representative turbulence.</P>
            <P>(f) Rain/hail sound effects evident.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">As aircraft leaves storm area, check the following:</E>
            </P>
            <P>(g) Storm effects disappear.</P>
            <P>(6) TCAS (check the following:)</P>
            <P>(a) Traffic appears on visual display.</P>
            <P>(b) Traffic appears on TCAS display(s).</P>
            <P>As conflicting traffic approaches, take relevant avoiding action, and check the following:</P>
            <P>(c) Visual and TCAS system displays.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">n. Approach and Landing.</E> Select one or several of the following test cases while monitoring flight control and hydraulic systems for normal operation and with malfunctions selected:</P>

            <P>(1) Flaps/Gear Normal Operation. Check the following:<PRTPAGE P="119"/>
            </P>
            <P>(a) Time for extension/retraction.</P>
            <P>(b) Buffet characteristics.</P>
            <P>(2) Normal Visual Approach and Landing.</P>
            <P>Fly a normal visual approach and landing—check the following:</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(b) Spoiler operation.</P>
            <P>(c) Reverse thrust operation.</P>
            <P>(d) Directional control on the ground.</P>
            <P>(e) Touchdown cues for main and nosewheel.</P>
            <P>(f) Visual cues.</P>
            <P>(g) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(h) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(i) Brake and anti-skid operation.</P>
            <P>(3) Flaps/Gear Abnormal Operation or with hydraulic malfunctions.</P>
            <P>(4) Abnormal Wing Flaps/Slats Landing.</P>
            <P>(5) Manual Landing with Control Malfunction.</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(b) Radio aids and instruments.</P>
            <P>(c) Airport model content and cues.</P>
            <P>(d) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(e) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(6) Non-precision Approach—All Engines Operating.</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(b) Radio Aids and instruments.</P>
            <P>(c) Airport model content and cues.</P>
            <P>(d) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(e) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(7) Circling Approach.</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(c) Radio Aids and instruments.</P>
            <P>(d) Airport model content and cues.</P>
            <P>(e) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(f) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(8) Non-precision Approach—One Engine Inoperative.</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(b) Radio Aids and instruments.</P>
            <P>(c) Airport model content and cues.</P>
            <P>(d) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(e) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(9) One Engine Inoperative Go-around.</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(b) Radio Aids and instruments.</P>
            <P>(c) Airport model content and cues.</P>
            <P>(d) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(e) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(10) CAT I Approach and Landing with raw-data ILS.</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(b) Radio Aids and instruments.</P>
            <P>(c) Airport model content and cues.</P>
            <P>(d) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(e) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(11) CAT I Approach and Landing with Limiting Crosswind.</P>
            <P>(a) Aircraft handling.</P>
            <P>(b) Radio Aids and instruments.</P>
            <P>(c) Airport model content and cues.</P>
            <P>(d) Motion cues.</P>
            <P>(e) Sound cues.</P>
            <P>(12) CAT I Approach with Windshear. Check the following:</P>
            <P>(a) Controllable during windshear encounter.</P>
            <P>(b) Performance adequate when using correct techniques.</P>
            <P>(c) Windshear indications/warnings.</P>
            <P>(d) Motion cues (particularly turbulence).</P>
            <P>(13) CAT II Approach and Automatic Go-Around.</P>
            <P>(14) CAT III Approach and Landing—System Malfunctions.</P>
            <P>(15) CAT III Approach and Landing—1 Engine Inoperative.</P>
            <P>(16) GPWS evaluation.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">o. Visual Scene—In-Flight Assessment.</E>
            </P>
            <P>Select three (3) different visual models and perform the following checks with “day,” “dusk,” and “night” (as appropriate) selected. Reposition the aircraft at or below 2000 feet within 10 nm of the airfield. Fly the aircraft around the airport environment and assess control of the visual system and evaluate the Airport model content as described below:</P>
            <P>(1) Visual Controls.</P>
            <P>(a) Daylight, Dusk, Night Scene Controls.</P>
            <P>(b) Environment Light Controls.</P>
            <P>(c) Runway Light Controls.</P>
            <P>(d) Taxiway Light Controls.</P>
            <P>(e) Approach Light Controls.</P>
            <P>(2) Airport model Content.</P>
            <P>(a) Airport environment for correct terrain and significant features.</P>
            <P>(b) Runways for correct markings, runway slope, directionality of runway lights.</P>
            <P>(c) Visual scene for quantization (aliasing), color, and occulting.</P>
            <P>Reposition the aircraft to a long, final approach for an “ILS runway.” Select flight freeze when the aircraft is 5-statute miles (sm)/8-kilometers (km) out and on the glide slope. Check the following:</P>
            <P>(3) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Airfield features.</P>
            <P>(b) Approach lights.</P>
            <P>(c) Runway definition.</P>
            <P>(d) Runway definition.</P>
            <P>(e) Runway edge lights and VASI lights.</P>
            <P>(f) Strobe lights.</P>
            <P>Release flight freeze. Continue flying the approach with NP engaged. Select flight freeze when aircraft is 3 sm/5 km out and on the glide slope. Check the following:</P>
            <P>(4) Airport model Content.</P>
            <P>(a) Runway centerline light.</P>
            <P>(b) Taxiway definition and lights.</P>
            <P>Release flight freeze and continue flying the approach with A/P engaged. Select flight freeze when aircraft is 2 sm/3 km out and on the glide slope. Check the following:</P>
            <P>(5) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Runway threshold lights.</P>
            <P>(b) Touchdown zone lights.</P>
            <P>At 200 ft radio altitude and still on glide slope, select Flight Freeze. Check the following:</P>
            <P>(6) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Runway markings.<PRTPAGE P="120"/>
            </P>
            <P>Set the weather to Category I conditions and check the following:</P>
            <P>(7) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Visual ground segment.</P>
            <P>Set the weather to Category II conditions, release Flight Freeze, re-select Flight Freeze at 100 feet radio altitude, and check the following:</P>
            <P>(8) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Visual ground segment.</P>
            <P>Select night/dusk (twilight) conditions and check the following:</P>
            <P>(9) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Runway markings visible within landing light lobes.</P>
            <P>Set the weather to Category III conditions, release Flight Freeze, re-select Flight Freeze at 50 feet radio altitude and check the following:</P>
            <P>(10) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Visual ground segment.</P>
            <P>Set WX to a typical “missed approach? weather condition, release Flight Freeze, re-select Flight Freeze at 15 feet radio altitude, and check the following:</P>
            <P>(11) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Visual ground segment.</P>
            <P>When on the ground, stop the aircraft. Set 0 feet RVR, ensure strobe/beacon tights are switched on and check the following:</P>
            <P>(12) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Visual effect of strobe and beacon.</P>
            <P>Reposition to final approach, set weather to “Clear,” continue approach for an automatic landing, and check the following:</P>
            <P>(13) Airport model content.</P>
            <P>(a) Visual cues during flare to assess sink rate.</P>
            <P>(b) Visual cues during flare to assess Depth perception.</P>
            <P>(c) Flight deck height above ground.</P>
            <P>After Landing Operations.</P>
            <P>(1) After Landing Checks.</P>
            <P>(2) Taxi back to gate. Check the following:</P>
            <P>(a) Visual model satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(b) Parking brake operation satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(3) Shutdown Checks.</P>
            <P>q. Crash Function.</P>
            <P>(1) Gear-up Crash.</P>
            <P>(2) Excessive rate of descent Crash.</P>
            <P>(3) Excessive bank angle Crash.</P>
          </NOTE>
          <GPH DEEP="425" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="121"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.005</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="444" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="122"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.006</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="455" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="123"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.008</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="451" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="124"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.009</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="355" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="125"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.010</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="432" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="126"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.011</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="381" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="127"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.012</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="128"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.013</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="456" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="129"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.014</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="447" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="130"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.015</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="349" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="131"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.016</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="317" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="132"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.017</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="133"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.018</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="246" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="134"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.019</GID>
          </GPH>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 5 to Appendix A to Part 60—Simulator Qualification Requirements for Windshear Training Program Use</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Applicability</HD>
          <P>This attachment applies to all simulators, regardless of qualification level, that are used to satisfy the training requirements of an FAA-approved low-altitude windshear flight training program, or any FAA-approved training program that addresses windshear encounters.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Statement of Compliance and Capability (SOC)</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor must submit an SOC confirming that the aerodynamic model is based on flight test data supplied by the airplane manufacturer or other approved data provider. The SOC must also confirm that any change to environmental wind parameters, including variances in those parameters for windshear conditions, once inserted for computation, result in the correct simulated performance. This statement must also include examples of environmental wind parameters currently evaluated in the simulator (such as crosswind takeoffs, crosswind approaches, and crosswind landings).</P>
          <P>b. For simulators without windshear warning, caution, or guidance hardware in the original equipment, the SOC must also state that the simulation of the added hardware and/or software, including associated flight deck displays and annunciations, replicates the system(s) installed in the airplane. The statement must be accompanied by a block diagram depicting the input and output signal flow, and comparing the signal flow to the equipment installed in the airplane.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. Models</HD>
          <P>The windshear models installed in the simulator software used for the qualification evaluation must do the following:</P>
          <P>a. Provide cues necessary for recognizing windshear onset and potential performance degradation requiring a pilot to initiate recovery procedures. The cues must include all of the following, as appropriate for the portion of the flight envelope:</P>
          <P>(1) Rapid airspeed change of at least ±15 knots (kts).</P>
          <P>(2) Stagnation of airspeed during the takeoff roll.</P>
          <P>(3) Rapid vertical speed change of at least ±500 feet per minute (fpm).</P>
          <P>(4) Rapid pitch change of at least ±5°.</P>

          <P>b. Be adjustable in intensity (or other parameter to achieve an intensity effect) to at <PRTPAGE P="135"/>least two (2) levels so that upon encountering the windshear the pilot may identify its presence and apply the recommended procedures for escape from such a windshear.</P>
          <P>(1) If the intensity is lesser, the performance capability of the simulated airplane in the windshear permits the pilot to maintain a satisfactory flightpath; and</P>
          <P>(2) If the intensity is greater, the performance capability of the simulated airplane in the windshear does not permit the pilot to maintain a satisfactory flightpath (crash). Note: The means used to accomplish the “nonsurvivable” scenario of paragraph 3.b.(2) of this attachment, that involve operational elements of the simulated airplane, must reflect the dispatch limitations of the airplane.</P>
          <P>c. Be available for use in the FAA-approved windshear flight training program.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Demonstrations</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor must identify one survivable takeoff windshear training model and one survivable approach windshear training model. The wind components of the survivable models must be presented in graphical format so that all components of the windshear are shown, including initiation point, variance in magnitude, and time or distance correlations. The simulator must be operated at the same gross weight, airplane configuration, and initial airspeed during the takeoff demonstration (through calm air and through the first selected survivable windshear), and at the same gross weight, airplane configuration, and initial airspeed during the approach demonstration (through calm air and through the second selected survivable windshear).</P>
          <P>b. In each of these four situations, at an “initiation point” (i.e., where windshear onset is or should be recognized), the recommended procedures for windshear recovery are applied and the results are recorded as specified in paragraph 5 of this attachment.</P>
          <P>c. These recordings are made without inserting programmed random turbulence. Turbulence that results from the windshear model is to be expected, and no attempt may be made to neutralize turbulence from this source.</P>
          <P>d. The definition of the models and the results of the demonstrations of all four?(4) cases described in paragraph 4.a of this attachment, must be made a part of the MQTG.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Recording Parameters</HD>
          <P>a. In each of the four MQTG cases, an electronic recording (time history) must be made of the following parameters:</P>
          <P>(1) Indicated or calibrated airspeed.</P>
          <P>(2) Indicated vertical speed.</P>
          <P>(3) Pitch attitude.</P>
          <P>(4) Indicated or radio altitude.</P>
          <P>(5) Angle of attack.</P>
          <P>(6) Elevator position.</P>
          <P>(7) Engine data (thrust, N1, or throttle position).</P>
          <P>(8) Wind magnitudes (simple windshear model assumed).</P>
          <P>b. These recordings must be initiated at least 10 seconds prior to the initiation point, and continued until recovery is complete or ground contact is made.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Equipment Installation and Operation</HD>
          <P>All windshear warning, caution, or guidance hardware installed in the simulator must operate as it operates in the airplane. For example, if a rapidly changing wind speed and/or direction would have caused a windshear warning in the airplane, the simulator must respond equivalently without instructor/evaluator intervention.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">7. Qualification Test Guide</HD>
          <P>a. All QTG material must be forwarded to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>b. A simulator windshear evaluation will be scheduled in accordance with normal procedures. Continuing qualification evaluation schedules will be used to the maximum extent possible.</P>
          <P>c. During the on-site evaluation, the evaluator will ask the operator to run the performance tests and record the results. The results of these on-site tests will be compared to those results previously approved and placed in the QTG or MQTG, as appropriate.</P>
          <P>d. QTGs for new (or MQTGs for upgraded) simulators must contain or reference the information described in paragraphs 2, 3, 4, and 5 of this attachment.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">8. Subjective Evaluation</HD>
          <P>The NSPM will fly the simulator in at least two of the available windshear scenarios to subjectively evaluate simulator performance as it encounters the programmed windshear conditions.</P>
          <P>a. One scenario will include parameters that enable the pilot to maintain a satisfactory flightpath.</P>
          <P>b. One scenario will include parameters that will not enable the pilot to maintain a satisfactory flightpath (crash).</P>
          <P>c. Other scenarios may be examined at the NSPM's discretion.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">9. Qualification Basis</HD>

          <P>The addition of windshear programming to a simulator in order to comply with the qualification for required windshear training <PRTPAGE P="136"/>does not change the original qualification basis of the simulator.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">10. Demonstration Repeatability</HD>
          <P>For the purposes of demonstration repeatability, it is recommended that the simulator be flown by means of the simulator's autodrive function (for those simulators that have autodrive capability) during the demonstrations.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 6 to Appendix A to Part 60—FSTD Directives Applicable to Airplane Flight Simulators</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Flight Simulation Training Device (FSTD) Directive</HD>
          <P>FSTD Directive 1. Applicable to all Full Flight Simulators (FFS), regardless of the original qualification basis and qualification date (original or upgrade), having Class II or Class III airport models available.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agency:</E> Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Action:</E> This is a retroactive requirement to have all Class II or Class III airport models meet current requirements.</P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Summary:</E> Notwithstanding the authorization listed in paragraph 13b in Appendices A and C of this part, this FSTD Directive requires each certificate holder to ensure that by May 30, 2009, except for the airport model(s) used to qualify the simulator at the designated level, each airport model used by the certificate holder's instructors or evaluators for training, checking, or testing under this chapter in an FFS, meets the definition of a Class II or Class III airport model as defined in 14CFR part 60. The completion of this requirement will not require a report, and the method used for keeping instructors and evaluators apprised of the airport models that meet Class II or Class III requirements on any given simulator is at the option of the certificate holder whose employees are using the FFS, but the method used must be available for review by the TPAA for that certificate holder.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Dates:</E> FSTD Directive 1 becomes effective on May 30, 2008.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">For Further Information Contact:</E> Ed Cook, Senior Advisor to the Division Manager, Air Transportation Division, AFS-200, 800 Independence Ave, SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone: (404) 832-4701; fax: (404) 761-8906.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Specific Requirements:</HD>
          <P>1. Part 60 requires that each FSTD be:</P>
          <P>a. Sponsored by a person holding or applying for an FAA operating certificate under Part 119, Part 141, or Part 142, or holding or applying for an FAA-approved training program under Part 63, Appendix C, for flight engineers, and</P>
          <P>b. Evaluated and issued an SOQ for a specific FSTD level.</P>
          <P>2. FFSs also require the installation of a visual system that is capable of providing an out-of-the-flight-deck view of airport models. However, historically these airport models were not routinely evaluated or required to meet any standardized criteria. This has led to qualified simulators containing airport models being used to meet FAA-approved training, testing, or checking requirements with potentially incorrect or inappropriate visual references.</P>
          <P>3. To prevent this from occurring in the future, by May 30, 2009, except for the airport model(s) used to qualify the simulator at the designated level, each certificate holder must assure that each airport model used for training, testing, or checking under this chapter in a qualified FFS meets the definition of a Class II or Class III airport model as defined in Appendix F of this part.</P>
          <P>4. These references describe the requirements for visual scene management and the minimum distances from which runway or landing area features must be visible for all levels of simulator. The airport model must provide, for each “in-use runway” or “in-use landing area,” runway or landing area surface and markings, runway or landing area lighting, taxiway surface and markings, and taxiway lighting. Additional requirements include correlation of the v airport models with other aspects of the airport environment, correlation of the aircraft and associated equipment, scene quality assessment features, and the control of these models the instructor must be able to exercise.</P>
          <P>5. For circling approaches, all requirements of this section apply to the runway used for the initial approach and to the runway of intended landing.</P>
          <P>6. The details in these models must be developed using airport pictures, construction drawings and maps, or other similar data, or developed in accordance with published regulatory material. However, this FSTD DIRECTIVE 1 does not require that airport models contain details that are beyond the initially designed capability of the visual system, as currently qualified. The recognized limitations to visual systems are as follows:</P>
          <P>a. Visual systems not required to have runway numbers as a part of the specific runway marking requirements are:</P>
          <P>(1) Link NVS and DNVS.</P>
          <P>(2) Novoview 2500 and 6000.</P>
          <P>(3) FlightSafety VITAL series up to, and including, VITAL III, but not beyond.</P>
          <P>(4) Redifusion SP1, SP1T, and SP2.</P>
          <P>b. Visual systems required to display runway numbers only for LOFT scenes are:</P>
          <P>(1) FlightSafety VITAL IV.</P>
          <P>(2) Redifusion SP3 and SP3T.</P>
          <P>(3) Link-Miles Image II.<PRTPAGE P="137"/>
          </P>
          <P>c. Visual systems not required to have accurate taxiway edge lighting are:</P>
          <P>(1) Redifusion SP1.</P>
          <P>(2) FlightSafety Vital IV.</P>
          <P>(3) Link-Miles Image II and Image IIT</P>
          <P>(4) XKD displays (even though the XKD image generator is capable of generating blue colored lights, the display cannot accommodate that color).</P>
          <P>7. A copy of this Directive must be filed in the MQTG in the designated FSTD Directive Section, and its inclusion must be annotated on the Index of Effective FSTD Directives chart. See Attachment 4, Appendices A through D for a sample MQTG Index of Effective FSTD Directives chart.</P>
          <CITA>[Doc. No. FAA-2002-12461, 73 FR 26490, May 9, 2008]</CITA>
        </APPENDIX>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 60, App. B</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix B to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Airplane Flight Training Devices</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>This appendix establishes the standards for Airplane FTD evaluation and qualification at Level 4, Level 5, or Level 6. The Flight Standards Service, NSPM, is responsible for the development, application, and implementation of the standards contained within this appendix. The procedures and criteria specified in this appendix will be used by the NSPM, or a person or persons assigned by the NSPM when conducting airplane FTD evaluations.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1. Introduction</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3. Definitions (§ 60.3).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4. Qualification Performance Standards (§ 60.4).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements (§ 60.7).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor (§ 60.9).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8. FTD Use (§ 60.11).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9. FTD Objective Data Requirements (§ 60.13).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">10. Special Equipment and Personnel Requirements for Qualification of the FTD (§ 60.14).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements (§ 60.15).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">12. Additional Qualifications for Currently Qualified FTDs (§ 60.16).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">13. Previously Qualified FTDs (§ 60.17).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements (§ 60.19).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">15. Logging FTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">16. Interim Qualification of FTDs for New Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">17. Modifications to FTDs (§ 60.23).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">18. Operations with Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.27).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">20. Other Losses of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.29).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">21. Record Keeping and Reporting (§ 60.31).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">23. [Reserved]</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">24. Levels of FTD.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">25. FTD Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) (§ 60.37).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 1 to Appendix B to Part 60—General FTD Requirements.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 2 to Appendix B to Part 60—Flight Training Device (FTD) Objective Tests.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 3 to Appendix B to Part 60—Flight Training Device (FTD) Subjective Evaluation.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 4 to Appendix B to Part 60—Sample Documents.</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Introduction</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. This appendix contains background information as well as regulatory and informative material as described later in this section. To assist the reader in determining what areas are required and what areas are permissive, the text in this appendix is divided into two sections: “QPS Requirements” and “Information.” The QPS Requirements sections contain details regarding compliance with the part 60 rule language. These details are regulatory, but are found only in this appendix. The Information sections contain material that is advisory in nature, and designed to give the user general information about the regulation.</P>

          <P>b. Questions regarding the contents of this publication should be sent to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Service, National Simulator Program Staff, AFS-205, 100 Hartsfield Centre Parkway, Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia, 30354. Telephone contact numbers for the NSP are: phone, 404-832-4700; fax, 404-761-8906. The general e-mail address for the NSP office is: <E T="03">9-aso-avr-sim-team@faa.gov.</E> The NSP Internet Web Site address is: <E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/aircraft_aviation/nsp/.</E> On this Web Site you will find an NSP personnel list with telephone and e-mail contact information for each NSP staff member, a list of <PRTPAGE P="138"/>qualified flight simulation devices, ACs, a description of the qualification process, NSP policy, and an NSP “In-Works” section. Also linked from this site are additional information sources, handbook bulletins, frequently asked questions, a listing and text of the Federal Aviation Regulations, Flight Standards Inspector's handbooks, and other FAA links.</P>
          <P>c. The NSPM encourages the use of electronic media for all communication, including any record, report, request, test, or statement required by this appendix. The electronic media used must have adequate security provisions and be acceptable to the NSPM. The NSPM recommends inquiries on system compatibility, and minimum system requirements are also included on the NSP Web site.</P>
          <P>d. Related Reading References.</P>
          <P>(1) 14 CFR part 60.</P>
          <P>(2) 14 CFR part 61.</P>
          <P>(3) 14 CFR part 63.</P>
          <P>(4) 14 CFR part 119.</P>
          <P>(5) 14 CFR part 121.</P>
          <P>(6) 14 CFR part 125.</P>
          <P>(7) 14 CFR part 135.</P>
          <P>(8) 14 CFR part 141.</P>
          <P>(9) 14 CFR part 142.</P>
          <P>(10) AC 120-28, as amended, Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing Weather Minima.</P>
          <P>(11) AC 120-29, as amended, Criteria for Approving Category I and Category II Landing Minima for part 121 operators.</P>
          <P>(12) AC 120-35, as amended, Line Operational Simulations: Line-Oriented Flight Training, Special Purpose Operational Training, Line Operational Evaluation.</P>
          <P>(13) AC 120-41, as amended, Criteria for Operational Approval of Airborne Wind Shear Alerting and Flight Guidance Systems.</P>
          <P>(14) AC 120-45, as amended, Airplane Flight Training Device Qualification.</P>
          <P>(14) AC 120-57, as amended, Surface Movement Guidance and Control System (SMGCS).</P>
          <P>(15) AC 150/5300-13, as amended, Airport Design.</P>
          <P>(16) AC 150/5340-1, as amended, Standards for Airport Markings.</P>
          <P>(17) AC 150/5340-4, as amended, Installation Details for Runway Centerline Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems.</P>
          <P>(18) AC 150/5340-19, as amended, Taxiway Centerline Lighting System.</P>
          <P>(19) AC 150/5340-24, as amended, Runway and Taxiway Edge Lighting System.</P>
          <P>(20) AC 150/5345-28, as amended, Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems.</P>
          <P>(21) International Air Transport Association document, “Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements,” as amended.</P>
          <P>(22) AC 25-7, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes.</P>
          <P>(23) AC 23-8A, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes.</P>
          <P>(24) International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Manual of Criteria for the Qualification of Flight Simulators, as amended.</P>
          <P>(25) Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volume I, as amended and Volume II, as amended, The Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK.</P>
          <P>(26) FAA Publication FAA-S-8081 series (Practical Test Standards for Airline Transport Pilot Certificate, Type Ratings, Commercial Pilot, and Instrument Ratings).</P>

          <P>(27) The FAA Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM). An electronic version of the AIM is on the Internet at <E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/atpubs.</E>
          </P>

          <P>(28) Aeronautical Radio, Inc. (ARINC) document number 436, titled <E T="03">Guidelines For Electronic Qualification Test Guide</E> (as amended).</P>

          <P>(29) Aeronautical Radio, Inc. (ARINC) document 610, Guidance for <E T="03">Design and Integration of Aircraft Avionics Equipment in Simulators</E> (as amended).</P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.1, Applicability, or to § 60.2, Applicability of sponsor rules to person who are not sponsors and who are engaged in certain unauthorized activities.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. Definitions (§ 60.3)</HD>
          <P>See Appendix F of this part for a list of definitions and abbreviations from part 1, part 60, and the QPS appendices of part 60.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Qualification Performance Standards (§ 60.4)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.4, Qualification Performance Standards.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5)</HD>
          <P>Additional regulatory material and informational material regarding Quality Management Systems for FTDs may be found in Appendix E of this part.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements. (§ 60.7).</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="139"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. The intent of the language in § 60.7(b) is to have a specific FTD, identified by the sponsor, used at least once in an FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated during the 12-month period described. The identification of the specific FTD may change from one 12-month period to the next 12-month period as long as that sponsor sponsors and uses at least one FTD at least once during the prescribed period. There is no minimum number of hours or minimum FTD periods required.</P>
          <P>b. The following examples describe acceptable operational practices:</P>
          <P>(1) Example One.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor is sponsoring a single, specific FTD for its own use, in its own facility or elsewhere— this single FTD forms the basis for the sponsorship. The sponsor uses that FTD at least once in each 12-month period in that sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated. This 12-month period is established according to the following schedule:</P>
          <P>(i) If the FTD was qualified prior to May 30, 2008, the 12-month period begins on the date of the first continuing qualification evaluation conducted in accordance with § 60.19 after May 30, 2008, and continues for each subsequent 12-month period;</P>
          <P>(ii) A device qualified on or after May 30, 2008, will be required to undergo an initial or upgrade evaluation in accordance with § 60.15. Once the initial or upgrade evaluation is complete, the first continuing qualification evaluation will be conducted within 6 months. The 12 month continuing qualification evaluation cycle begins on that date and continues for each subsequent 12-month period.</P>
          <P>(b) There is no minimum number of hours of FTD use required.</P>
          <P>(c) The identification of the specific FTD may change from one 12-month period to the next 12-month period as long as that sponsor sponsors and uses at least one FTD at least once during the prescribed period.</P>
          <P>(2) Example Two.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor sponsors an additional number of FTDs, in its facility or elsewhere. Each additionally sponsored FTD must be—</P>
          <P>(i) Used by the sponsor in the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)); or</P>
          <P>(ii) Used by another FAA certificate holder in that other certificate holder's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane simulated (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)). This 12-month period is established in the same manner as in example one; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Provided a statement each year from a qualified pilot, (after having flown the airplane, not the subject FTD or another FTD, during the preceding 12-month period) stating that the subject FTD's performance and handling qualities represent the airplane (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)). This statement is provided at least once in each 12-month period established in the same manner as in example one.</P>
          <P>(b) There is no minimum number of hours of FTD use required.</P>
          <P>(3) Example Three.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor in New York (in this example, a Part 142 certificate holder) establishes “satellite” training centers in Chicago and Moscow.</P>
          <P>(b) The satellite function means that the Chicago and Moscow centers must operate under the New York center's certificate (in accordance with all of the New York center's practices, procedures, and policies; e.g., instructor and/or technician training/checking requirements, record keeping, QMS program).</P>
          <P>(c) All of the FTDs in the Chicago and Moscow centers could be dry-leased (i.e., the certificate holder does not have and use FAA-approved flight training programs for the FTDs in the Chicago and Moscow centers) because—</P>
          <P>(i) Each FTD in the Chicago center and each FTD in the Moscow center is used at least once each 12-month period by another FAA certificate holder in that other certificate holder's FAA-approved flight training program for the airplane (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)); or</P>
          <P>(ii) A statement is obtained from a qualified pilot (having flown the airplane, not the subject FTD or another FTD during the preceding 12-month period) stating that the performance and handling qualities of each FTD in the Chicago and Moscow centers represents the airplane (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor (§ 60.9)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>The phrase “as soon as practicable” in § 60.9(a) means without unnecessarily disrupting or delaying beyond a reasonable time the training, evaluation, or experience being conducted in the FTD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">8. FTD Use (§ 60.11)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.11, FTD use.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <P>9. FTD Objective Data Requirements (§ 60.13)<PRTPAGE P="140"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. Flight test data used to validate FTD performance and handling qualities must have been gathered in accordance with a flight test program containing the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A flight test plan consisting of:</P>
          <P>(a) The maneuvers and procedures required for aircraft certification and simulation programming and validation.</P>
          <P>(b) For each maneuver or procedure—</P>
          <P>(i) The procedures and control input the flight test pilot and/or engineer used.</P>
          <P>(ii) The atmospheric and environmental conditions.</P>
          <P>(iii) The initial flight conditions.</P>
          <P>(iv) The airplane configuration, including weight and center of gravity.</P>
          <P>(v) The data to be gathered.</P>
          <P>(vi) All other information necessary to recreate the flight test conditions in the FTD.</P>
          <P>(2) Appropriately qualified flight test personnel.</P>
          <P>(3) An understanding of the accuracy of the data to be gathered using appropriate alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation that is traceable to a recognized standard as described in Attachment 2, Table B2F of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(4) Appropriate and sufficient data acquisition equipment or system(s), including appropriate data reduction and analysis methods and techniques, acceptable to the FAA's Aircraft Certification Service.</P>
          <P>b. The data, regardless of source, must be presented:</P>
          <P>(1) In a format that supports the FTD validation process;</P>
          <P>(2) In a manner that is clearly readable and annotated correctly and completely;</P>
          <P>(3) With resolution sufficient to determine compliance with the tolerances set forth in Attachment 2, Table B2A, Appendix B;</P>
          <P>(4) With any necessary guidance information provided; and</P>
          <P>(5) Without alteration, adjustments, or bias. Data may be corrected to address known data calibration errors provided that an explanation of the methods used to correct the errors appears in the QTG. The corrected data may be re-scaled, digitized, or otherwise manipulated to fit the desired presentation.</P>
          <P>c. After completion of any additional flight test, a flight test report must be submitted in support of the validation data. The report must contain sufficient data and rationale to support qualification of the FTD at the level requested.</P>
          <P>d. As required by § 60.13(f), the sponsor must notify the NSPM when it becomes aware that an addition to or a revision of the flight related data or airplane systems related data is available if this data is used to program and operate a qualified FTD. The data referred to in this sub-section are those data that are used to validate the performance, handling qualities, or other characteristics of the aircraft, including data related to any relevant changes occurring after the type certification is issued. The sponsor must—</P>
          <P>(1) Within 10 calendar days, notify the NSPM of the existence of this data; and</P>
          <P>(2) Within 45 calendar days, notify the NSPM of—</P>
          <P>(i) The schedule to incorporate this data into the FTD; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The reason for not incorporating this data into the FTD.</P>
          <P>e. In those cases where the objective test results authorize a “snapshot test” or a “series of snapshot test results” in lieu of a time-history result, the sponsor or other data provider must ensure that a steady state condition exists at the instant of time captured by the “snapshot.” The steady state condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, through 1 second following, the instant of time captured by the snap shot.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>f. The FTD sponsor is encouraged to maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of the aircraft being simulated (or with the holder of the aircraft type certificate for the aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer is no longer in business), and if appropriate, with the person having supplied the aircraft data package for the FTD in order to facilitate the notification described in this paragraph.</P>
          <P>g. It is the intent of the NSPM that for new aircraft entering service, at a point well in advance of preparation of the QTG, the sponsor should submit to the NSPM for approval, a descriptive document (see Appendix A, Table A2C, Sample Validation Data Roadmap for Airplanes) containing the plan for acquiring the validation data, including data sources. This document should clearly identify sources of data for all required tests, a description of the validity of these data for a specific engine type and thrust rating configuration, and the revision levels of all avionics affecting the performance or flying qualities of the aircraft. Additionally, this document should provide other information such as the rationale or explanation for cases where data or data parameters are missing, instances where engineering simulation data are used, or where flight test methods require further explanations. It should also provide a brief narrative describing the cause and effect of any deviation from data requirements. The aircraft manufacturer may provide this document.</P>

          <P>h. There is no requirement for any flight test data supplier to submit a flight test <PRTPAGE P="141"/>plan or program prior to gathering flight test data. However, the NSPM notes that inexperienced data gatherers often provide data that is irrelevant, improperly marked, or lacking adequate justification for selection. Other problems include inadequate information regarding initial conditions or test maneuvers. The NSPM has been forced to refuse these data submissions as validation data for an FTD evaluation. It is for this reason that the NSPM recommends that any data supplier not previously experienced in this area review the data necessary for programming and for validating the performance of the FTD and discuss the flight test plan anticipated for acquiring such data with the NSPM well in advance of commencing the flight tests.</P>
          <P>i. The NSPM will consider, on a case-by-case basis, whether to approve supplemental validation data derived from flight data recording systems such as a Quick Access Recorder or Flight Data Recorder.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">10. Special Equipment and Personnel Requirements for Qualification of the FTD (§&amp; 60.14).</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. In the event that the NSPM determines that special equipment or specifically qualified persons will be required to conduct an evaluation, the NSPM will make every attempt to notify the sponsor at least one (1) week, but in no case less than 72 hours, in advance of the evaluation. Examples of special equipment include flight control measurement devices, accelerometers, or oscilloscopes. Examples of specially qualified personnel include individuals specifically qualified to install or use any special equipment when its use is required.</P>
          <P>b. Examples of a special evaluation include an evaluation conducted after: An FTD is moved; at the request of the TPAA; or as a result of comments received from users of the FTD that raise questions about the continued qualification or use of the FTD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements (§ 60.15).</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <P>a. In order to be qualified at a particular qualification level, the FTD must:</P>
          <P>(1) Meet the general requirements listed in Attachment 1 of this appendix;</P>
          <P>(2) Meet the objective testing requirements listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix (Level 4 FTDs do not require objective tests); and</P>
          <P>(3) Satisfactorily accomplish the subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix.</P>
          <P>b. The request described in § 60.15(a) must include all of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement that the FTD meets all of the applicable provisions of this part and all applicable provisions of the QPS.</P>
          <P>(2) A confirmation that the sponsor will forward to the NSPM the statement described in § 60.15(b) in such time as to be received no later than 5 business days prior to the scheduled evaluation and may be forwarded to the NSPM via traditional or electronic means.</P>
          <P>(3) Except for a Level 4 FTD, a QTG, acceptable to the NSPM, that includes all of the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Objective data obtained from aircraft testing or another approved source.</P>
          <P>(b) Correlating objective test results obtained from the performance of the FTD as prescribed in the appropriate QPS.</P>
          <P>(c) The result of FTD subjective tests prescribed in the appropriate QPS.</P>
          <P>(d) A description of the equipment necessary to perform the evaluation for initial qualification and the continuing qualification evaluations.</P>
          <P>c. The QTG described in paragraph a(3) of this section, must provide the documented proof of compliance with the FTD objective tests in Attachment 2, Table B2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>d. The QTG is prepared and submitted by the sponsor, or the sponsor?s agent on behalf of the sponsor, to the NSPM for review and approval, and must include, for each objective test:</P>
          <P>(1) Parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions;</P>
          <P>(2) Pertinent and complete instructions for conducting automatic and manual tests;</P>
          <P>(3) A means of comparing the FTD test results to the objective data;</P>
          <P>(4) Any other information as necessary to assist in the evaluation of the test results;</P>
          <P>(5) Other information appropriate to the qualification level of the FTD.</P>
          <P>e. The QTG described in paragraphs (a)(3) and (b) of this section, must include the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A QTG cover page with sponsor and FAA approval signature blocks (see Attachment 4, Figure B4C, of this appendix, for a sample QTG cover page).</P>

          <P>(2) A continuing qualification evaluation requirements page. This page will be used by the NSPM to establish and record the frequency with which continuing qualification evaluations must be conducted and any subsequent changes that may be determined by <PRTPAGE P="142"/>the NSPM in accordance with § 60.19. See Attachment 4, Figure B4G, of this appendix, for a sample Continuing Qualification Evaluation Requirements page.</P>
          <P>(3) An FTD information page that provides the information listed in this paragraph, if applicable (see Attachment 4, Figure B4B, of this appendix, for a sample FTD information page). For convertible FTDs, the sponsor must submit a separate page for each configuration of the FTD.</P>
          <P>(a) The sponsor's FTD identification number or code.</P>
          <P>(b) The airplane model and series being simulated.</P>
          <P>(c) The aerodynamic data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(d) The source of the basic aerodynamic model and the aerodynamic coefficient data used to modify the basic model.</P>
          <P>(e) The engine model(s) and its data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(f) The flight control data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(g) The flight management system identification and revision level.</P>
          <P>(h) The FTD model and manufacturer.</P>
          <P>(i) The date of FTD manufacture.</P>
          <P>(j) The FTD computer identification.</P>
          <P>(k) The visual system model and manufacturer, including display type.</P>
          <P>(l) The motion system type and manufacturer, including degrees of freedom.</P>
          <P>(4) A Table of Contents.</P>
          <P>(5) A log of revisions and a list of effective pages.</P>
          <P>(6) List of all relevant data references.</P>
          <P>(7) A glossary of terms and symbols used (including sign conventions and units).</P>
          <P>(8) Statements of compliance and capability (SOCs) with certain requirements.</P>
          <P>(9) Recording procedures or equipment required to accomplish the objective tests.</P>
          <P>(10) The following information for each objective test designated in Attachment 2 of this appendix, as applicable to the qualification level sought:</P>
          <P>(a) Name of the test.</P>
          <P>(b) Objective of the test.</P>
          <P>(c) Initial conditions.</P>
          <P>(d) Manual test procedures.</P>
          <P>(e) Automatic test procedures (if applicable).</P>
          <P>(f) Method for evaluating FTD objective test results.</P>
          <P>(g) List of all relevant parameters driven or constrained during the automatic test(s).</P>
          <P>(h) List of all relevant parameters driven or constrained during the manual test(s).</P>
          <P>(i) Tolerances for relevant parameters.</P>
          <P>(j) Source of Validation Data (document and page number).</P>
          <P>(k) Copy of the Validation Data (if located in a separate binder, a cross reference for the identification and page number for pertinent data location must be provided).</P>
          <P>(l) FTD Objective Test Results as obtained by the sponsor. Each test result must reflect the date completed and must be clearly labeled as a product of the device being tested.</P>
          <P>f. A convertible FTD is addressed as a separate FTD for each model and series airplane to which it will be converted and for the FAA qualification level sought. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation for each configuration. If a sponsor seeks qualification for two or more models of an airplane type using a convertible FTD, the sponsor must provide a QTG for each airplane model, or a QTG for the first airplane model and a supplement to that QTG for each additional airplane model. The NSPM will conduct evaluations for each airplane model.</P>
          <P>g. The form and manner of presentation of objective test results in the QTG must include the following:</P>
          <P>(1) The sponsor's FTD test results must be recorded in a manner acceptable to the NSPM, that allows easy comparison of the FTD test results to the validation data (e.g., use of a multi-channel recorder, line printer, cross plotting, overlays, transparencies).</P>
          <P>(2) FTD results must be labeled using terminology common to airplane parameters as opposed to computer software identifications.</P>
          <P>(3) Validation data documents included in a QTG may be photographically reduced only if such reduction will not alter the graphic scaling or cause difficulties in scale interpretation or resolution.</P>
          <P>(4) Scaling on graphical presentations must provide the resolution necessary to evaluate the parameters shown in Attachment 2, Table B2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(5) Tests involving time histories, data sheets (or transparencies thereof) and FTD test results must be clearly marked with appropriate reference points to ensure an accurate comparison between FTD and airplane with respect to time. Time histories recorded via a line printer are to be clearly identified for cross-plotting on the airplane data. Over-plots may not obscure the reference data.</P>
          <P>h. The sponsor may elect to complete the QTG objective and subjective tests at the manufacturer's facility or at the sponsor's training facility. If the tests are conducted at the manufacturer's facility, the sponsor must repeat at least one-third of the tests at the sponsor's training facility in order to substantiate FTD performance. The QTG must be clearly annotated to indicate when and where each test was accomplished. Tests conducted at the manufacturer's facility and at the sponsor's training facility must be conducted after the FTD is assembled with systems and sub-systems functional and operating in an interactive manner. The test results must be submitted to the NSPM.</P>

          <P>i. The sponsor must maintain a copy of the MQTG at the FTD location.<PRTPAGE P="143"/>
          </P>
          <P>j. All FTDs for which the initial qualification is conducted after May 30, 2014, must have an electronic MQTG (eMQTG) including all objective data obtained from airplane testing, or another approved source (reformatted or digitized), together with correlating objective test results obtained from the performance of the FTD (reformatted or digitized) as prescribed in this appendix. The eMQTG must also contain the general FTD performance or demonstration results (reformatted or digitized) prescribed in this appendix, and a description of the equipment necessary to perform the initial qualification evaluation and the continuing qualification evaluations. The eMQTG must include the original validation data used to validate FTD performance and handling qualities in either the original digitized format from the data supplier or an electronic scan of the original time-history plots that were provided by the data supplier. A copy of the eMQTG must be provided to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>k. All other FTDs (not covered in subparagraph “j”) must have an electronic copy of the MQTG by and after May 30, 2014. An electronic copy of the copy of the MQTG must be provided to the NSPM. This may be provided by an electronic scan presented in a Portable Document File (PDF), or similar format acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>l. During the initial (or upgrade) qualification evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a person knowledgeable about the operation of the aircraft and the operation of the FTD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>m. Only those FTDs that are sponsored by a certificate holder as defined in Appendix F will be evaluated by the NSPM. However, other FTD evaluations may be conducted on a case-by-case basis as the Administrator deems appropriate, but only in accordance with applicable agreements.</P>
          <P>n. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation for each configuration, and each FTD must be evaluated as completely as possible. To ensure a thorough and uniform evaluation, each FTD is subjected to the general FTD requirements in Attachment 1 of this appendix, the objective tests listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix, and the subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix. The evaluations described herein will include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Airplane responses, including longitudinal and lateral-directional control responses (see Attachment 2 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(2) Performance in authorized portions of the simulated airplane's operating envelope, to include tasks evaluated by the NSPM in the areas of surface operations, takeoff, climb, cruise, descent, approach and landing, as well as abnormal and emergency operations (see Attachment 2 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(3) Control checks (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(4) Flight deck configuration (see Attachment 1 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(5) Pilot, flight engineer, and instructor station functions checks (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 3 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(6) Airplane systems and sub-systems (as appropriate) as compared to the airplane simulated (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 3 of this appendix);</P>
          <P>(7) FTD systems and sub-systems, including force cueing (motion), visual, and aural (sound) systems, as appropriate (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this appendix); and</P>
          <P>(8) Certain additional requirements, depending upon the qualification level sought, including equipment or circumstances that may become hazardous to the occupants. The sponsor may be subject to Occupational Safety and Health Administration requirements.</P>
          <P>o. The NSPM administers the objective and subjective tests, which includes an examination of functions. The tests include a qualitative assessment of the FTD by an NSP pilot. The NSP evaluation team leader may assign other qualified personnel to assist in accomplishing the functions examination and/or the objective and subjective tests performed during an evaluation when required.</P>
          <P>(1) Objective tests provide a basis for measuring and evaluating FTD performance and determining compliance with the requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>(2) Subjective tests provide a basis for:</P>
          <P>(a) Evaluating the capability of the FTD to perform over a typical utilization period;</P>
          <P>(b) Determining that the FTD satisfactorily simulates each required task;</P>
          <P>(c) Verifying correct operation of the FTD controls, instruments, and systems; and</P>
          <P>(d) Demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>p. The tolerances for the test parameters listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix reflect the range of tolerances acceptable to the NSPM for FTD validation and are not to be confused with design tolerances specified for FTD manufacture. In making decisions regarding tests and test results, the NSPM relies on the use of operational and engineering judgment in the application of data (including consideration of the way in which the flight test was flown and way the data was gathered and applied), data presentations, and the applicable tolerances for each test.</P>

          <P>q. In addition to the scheduled continuing qualification evaluation, each FTD is subject to evaluations conducted by the NSPM at any time without prior notification to the <PRTPAGE P="144"/>sponsor. Such evaluations would be accomplished in a normal manner (i.e., requiring exclusive use of the FTD for the conduct of objective and subjective tests and an examination of functions) if the FTD is not being used for flight crewmember training, testing, or checking. However, if the FTD were being used, the evaluation would be conducted in a non-exclusive manner. This non-exclusive evaluation will be conducted by the FTD evaluator accompanying the check airman, instructor, Aircrew Program Designee (APD), or FAA inspector aboard the FTD along with the student(s) and observing the operation of the FTD during the training, testing, or checking activities.</P>
          <P>r. Problems with objective test results are handled as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) If a problem with an objective test result is detected by the NSP evaluation team during an evaluation, the test may be repeated or the QTG may be amended.</P>
          <P>(2) If it is determined that the results of an objective test do not support the qualification level requested but do support a lower level, the NSPM may qualify the FTD at a lower level. For example, if a Level 6 evaluation is requested, but the FTD fails to meet the spiral stability test tolerances, it could be qualified at Level 5.</P>
          <P>s. After an FTD is successfully evaluated, the NSPM issues an SOQ to the sponsor, the NSPM recommends the FTD to the TPAA, who will approve the FTD for use in a flight training program. The SOQ will be issued at the satisfactory conclusion of the initial or continuing qualification evaluation and will list the tasks for which the FTD is qualified, referencing the tasks described in Table B1B in Attachment 1 of this appendix. However, it is the sponsor's responsibility to obtain TPAA approval prior to using the FTD in an FAA-approved flight training program.</P>
          <P>t. Under normal circumstances, the NSPM establishes a date for the initial or upgrade evaluation within ten (10) working days after determining that a complete QTG is acceptable. Unusual circumstances may warrant establishing an evaluation date before this determination is made. A sponsor may schedule an evaluation date as early as 6 months in advance. However, there may be a delay of 45 days or more in rescheduling and completing the evaluation if the sponsor is unable to meet the scheduled date. See Attachment 4, Figure B4A, Sample Request for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Evaluation, of this appendix.</P>
          <P>u. The numbering system used for objective test results in the QTG should closely follow the numbering system set out in Attachment 2, FTD Objective Tests, Table B2A, of this appendix.</P>
          <P>v. Contact the NSPM or visit the NSPM Web site for additional information regarding the preferred qualifications of pilots used to meet the requirements of § 60.15(d).</P>
          <P>w. Examples of the exclusions for which the FTD might not have been subjectively tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for which qualification might not be sought or granted, as described in § 60.15(g)(6), include engine out maneuvers or circling approaches.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">12. Additional Qualifications for Currently Qualified FTDs (§ 60.16).</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.16, Additional Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FTD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">13. Previously Qualified FTDs (§ 60.17).</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. In instances where a sponsor plans to remove an FTD from active status for a period of less than two years, the following procedures apply:</P>
          <P>(1) The NSPM must be notified in writing and the notification must include an estimate of the period that the FTD will be inactive;</P>
          <P>(2) Continuing Qualification evaluations will not be scheduled during the inactive period;</P>
          <P>(3) The NSPM will remove the FTD from the list of qualified FTDs on a mutually established date not later than the date on which the first missed continuing qualification evaluation would have been scheduled;</P>
          <P>(4) Before the FTD is restored to qualified status, it must be evaluated by the NSPM. The evaluation content and the time required to accomplish the evaluation is based on the number of continuing qualification evaluations and sponsor-conducted quarterly inspections missed during the period of inactivity.</P>
          <P>(5) The sponsor must notify the NSPM of any changes to the original scheduled time out of service;</P>
          <P>b. FTDs qualified prior to May 30, 2008, and replacement FTD systems, are not required to meet the general FTD requirements, the objective test requirements, and the subjective test requirements of Attachments 1, 2, and 3 of this appendix as long as the FTD continues to meet the test requirements contained in the MQTG developed under the original qualification basis.</P>
          <P>c. [Reserved]</P>

          <P>d. FTDs qualified prior to May 30, 2008, may be updated. If an evaluation is deemed appropriate or necessary by the NSPM after such an update, the evaluation will not require an evaluation to standards beyond those against which the FTD was originally qualified.<PRTPAGE P="145"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>e. Other certificate holders or persons desiring to use an FTD may contract with FTD sponsors to use FTDs previously qualified at a particular level for an airplane type and approved for use within an FAA-approved flight training program. Such FTDs are not required to undergo an additional qualification process, except as described in § 60.16.</P>
          <P>f. Each FTD user must obtain approval from the appropriate TPAA to use any FTD in an FAA-approved flight training program.</P>
          <P>g. The intent of the requirement listed in § 60.17(b), for each FTD to have an SOQ within 6 years, is to have the availability of that statement (including the configuration list and the limitations to authorizations) to provide a complete picture of the FTD inventory regulated by the FAA. The issuance of the statement will not require any additional evaluation or require any adjustment to the evaluation basis for the FTD.</P>
          <P>h. Downgrading of an FTD is a permanent change in qualification level and will necessitate the issuance of a revised SOQ to reflect the revised qualification level, as appropriate. If a temporary restriction is placed on an FTD because of a missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative component or on-going repairs, the restriction is not a permanent change in qualification level. Instead, the restriction is temporary and is removed when the reason for the restriction has been resolved.</P>
          <P>i. The NSPM will determine the evaluation criteria for an FTD that has been removed from active status for a prolonged period. The criteria will be based on the number of continuing qualification evaluations and quarterly inspections missed during the period of inactivity. For example, if the FTD were out of service for a 1 year period, it would be necessary to complete the entire QTG, since all of the quarterly evaluations would have been missed. The NSPM will also consider how the FTD was stored, whether parts were removed from the FTD and whether the FTD was disassembled.</P>
          <P>j. The FTD will normally be requalified using the FAA-approved MQTG and the criteria that was in effect prior to its removal from qualification. However, inactive periods of 2 years or more will require re-qualification under the standards in effect and current at the time of requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification, Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements (§ 60.19).</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor must conduct a minimum of four evenly spaced inspections throughout the year. The objective test sequence and content of each inspection in this sequence must be developed by the sponsor and must be acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>b. The description of the functional preflight check must be contained in the sponsor's QMS.</P>
          <P>c. Record “functional preflight” in the FTD discrepancy log book or other acceptable location, including any item found to be missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative.</P>
          <P>d. During the continuing qualification evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a person knowledgeable about the operation of the aircraft and the operation of the FTD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>e. The sponsor's test sequence and the content of each quarterly inspection required in § 60.19(a)(1) should include a balance and a mix from the objective test requirement areas listed as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Performance.</P>
          <P>(2) Handling qualities.</P>
          <P>(3) Motion system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(4) Visual system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(5) Sound system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(6) Other FTD systems.</P>
          <P>f. If the NSP evaluator plans to accomplish specific tests during a normal continuing qualification evaluation that requires the use of special equipment or technicians, the sponsor will be notified as far in advance of the evaluation as practical; but not less than 72 hours. Examples of such tests include latencies, control sweeps, or motion or visual system tests.</P>
          <P>g. The continuing qualification evaluations described in § 60.19(b) will normally require 4 hours of FTD time. However, flexibility is necessary to address abnormal situations or situations involving aircraft with additional levels of complexity (e.g., computer controlled aircraft). The sponsor should anticipate that some tests may require additional time. The continuing qualification evaluations will consist of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Review of the results of the quarterly inspections conducted by the sponsor since the last scheduled continuing qualification evaluation.</P>

          <P>(2) A selection of approximately 8 to 15 objective tests from the MQTG that provide an adequate opportunity to evaluate the performance of the FTD. The tests chosen will <PRTPAGE P="146"/>be performed either automatically or manually and should be able to be conducted within approximately one-third (1/3) of the allotted FTD time.</P>
          <P>(3) A subjective evaluation of the FTD to perform a representative sampling of the tasks set out in attachment 3 of this appendix. This portion of the evaluation should take approximately two-thirds (2/3) of the allotted FTD time.</P>
          <P>(4) An examination of the functions of the FTD may include the motion system, visual system, sound system as applicable, instructor operating station, and the normal functions and simulated malfunctions of the airplane systems. This examination is normally accomplished simultaneously with the subjective evaluation requirements.</P>
          <P>h. The requirement established in § 60.19(b)(4) regarding the frequency of NSPM-conducted continuing qualification evaluations for each FTD is typically 12 months. However, the establishment and satisfactory implementation of an approved QMS for a sponsor will provide a basis for adjusting the frequency of evaluations to exceed 12-month intervals.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">15. Logging FTD Discrepancies (§ 60.20)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.20. Logging FTD Discrepancies.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">16. Interim Qualification of FTDs for New Airplane Types or Models (§ 60.21)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.21, Interim Qualification of FTDs for New Airplane Types or Models.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">17. Modifications to FTDs (§ 60.23)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. The notification described in § 60.23(c)(2) must include a complete description of the planned modification, with a description of the operational and engineering effect the proposed modification will have on the operation of the FTD and the results that are expected with the modification incorporated.</P>
          <P>b. Prior to using the modified FTD:</P>
          <P>(1) All the applicable objective tests completed with the modification incorporated, including any necessary updates to the MQTG (e.g., accomplishment of FSTD Directives) must be acceptable to the NSPM; and</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor must provide the NSPM with a statement signed by the MR that the factors listed in § 60.15(b) are addressed by the appropriate personnel as described in that section.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>c. FSTD Directives are considered modification of an FTD. See Attachment 4 of this appendix for a sample index of effective FSTD Directives.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">18. Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor's responsibility with respect to § 60.25(a) is satisfied when the sponsor fairly and accurately advises the user of the current status of an FTD, including any missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative (MMI) component(s).</P>
          <P>b. It is the responsibility of the instructor, check airman, or representative of the administrator conducting training, testing, or checking to exercise reasonable and prudent judgment to determine if any MMI component is necessary for the satisfactory completion of a specific maneuver, procedure, or task.</P>
          <P>c. If the 29th or 30th day of the 30-day period described in 60.25(b) is on a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday, the FAA will extend the deadline until the next business day.</P>
          <P>d. In accordance with the authorization described in § 60.25(b), the sponsor may develop a discrepancy prioritizing system to accomplish repairs based on the level of impact on the capability of the FTD. Repairs having a larger impact on the FTD's ability to provide the required training, evaluation, or flight experience will have a higher priority for repair or replacement.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.27)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>

          <P>If the sponsor provides a plan for how the FTD will be maintained during its out-of-service period (e.g., periodic exercise of mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical systems; routine replacement of hydraulic fluid; control of the environmental factors in which the FTD is to be maintained) there is a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be able to determine the amount of testing that required for requalification.<PRTPAGE P="147"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">20. Other Losses of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.29)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>If the sponsor provides a plan for how the FTD will be maintained during its out-of-service period (e.g., periodic exercise of mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical systems; routine replacement of hydraulic fluid; control of the environmental factors in which the FTD is to be maintained) there is a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be able to determine the amount of testing that required for requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">21. Recordkeeping and Reporting (§ 60.31)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. FTD modifications can include hardware or software changes. For FTD modifications involving software programming changes, the record required by § 60.31(a)(2) must consist of the name of the aircraft system software, aerodynamic model, or engine model change, the date of the change, a summary of the change, and the reason for the change.</P>
          <P>b. If a coded form for record keeping is used, it must provide for the preservation and retrieval of information with appropriate security or controls to prevent the inappropriate alteration of such records after the fact.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.33, Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">23. [Reserved]</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">24. Levels of FTD.</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. The following is a general description of each level of FTD. Detailed standards and tests for the various levels of FTDs are fully defined in Attachments 1 through 3 of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(1) Level 4. A device that may have an open airplane-specific flight deck area, or an enclosed airplane-specific flight deck and at least one operating system. Air/ground logic is required (no aerodynamic programming required). All displays may be flat/LCD panel representations or actual representations of displays in the aircraft. All controls, switches, and knobs may be touch sensitive activation (not capable of manual manipulation of the flight controls) or may physically replicate the aircraft in control operation.</P>
          <P>(2) Level 5. A device that may have an open airplane-specific flight deck area, or an enclosed airplane-specific flight deck; generic aerodynamic programming; at least one operating system; and control loading that is representative of the simulated airplane only at an approach speed and configuration. All displays may be flat/LCD panel representations or actual representations of displays in the aircraft. Primary and secondary flight controls (e.g., rudder, aileron, elevator, flaps, spoilers/speed brakes, engine controls, landing gear, nosewheel steering, trim, brakes) must be physical controls. All other controls, switches, and knobs may be touch sensitive activation.</P>
          <P>(3) Level 6. A device that has an enclosed airplane-specific flight deck; airplane-specific aerodynamic programming; all applicable airplane systems operating; control loading that is representative of the simulated airplane throughout its ground and flight envelope; and significant sound representation. All displays may be flat/LCD panel representations or actual representations of displays in the aircraft, but all controls, switches, and knobs must physically replicate the aircraft in control operation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">25. FTD Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) (§ 60.37)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.37, FTD Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="148"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 1 to Appendix B to Part 60—General FTD REQUIREMENTS</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. Certain requirements included in this appendix must be supported with an SOC as defined in Appendix F, which may include objective and subjective tests. The requirements for SOCs are indicated in the “General FTD Requirements” column in Table B1A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>b. Table B1A describes the requirements for the indicated level of FTD. Many devices include operational systems or functions that exceed the requirements outlined in this section. In any event, all systems will be tested and evaluated in accordance with this appendix to ensure proper operation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Discussion</HD>
          <P>a. This attachment describes the general requirements for qualifying Level 4 through Level 6 FTDs. The sponsor should also consult the objectives tests in Attachment 2 of this appendix and the examination of functions and subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix to determine the complete requirements for a specific level FTD.</P>
          <P>b. The material contained in this attachment is divided into the following categories:</P>
          <P>(1) General Flight deck Configuration.</P>
          <P>(2) Programming.</P>
          <P>(3) Equipment Operation.</P>
          <P>(4) Equipment and facilities for instructor/evaluator functions.</P>
          <P>(5) Motion System.</P>
          <P>(6) Visual System.</P>
          <P>(7) Sound System.</P>
          <P>c. Table B1A provides the standards for the General FTD Requirements.</P>
          <P>d. Table B1B provides the tasks that the sponsor will examine to determine whether the FTD satisfactorily meets the requirements for flight crew training, testing, and experience, and provides the tasks for which the simulator may be qualified.</P>
          <P>e. Table B1C provides the functions that an instructor/check airman must be able to control in the simulator.</P>
          <P>f. It is not required that all of the tasks that appear on the List of Qualified Tasks (part of the SOQ) be accomplished during the initial or continuing qualification evaluation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,2C,2C,2C,r100" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B1A—Minimum FTD Requirements</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">General FTD requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">FTD level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">4</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">5</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">6</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. General Flight Deck Configuration</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD must have a flight deck that is a replica of the airplane simulated with controls, equipment, observable flight deck indicators, circuit breakers, and bulkheads properly located, functionally accurate and replicating the airplane. The direction of movement of controls and switches must be identical to that in the airplane. Pilot seat(s) must afford the capability for the occupant to be able to achieve the design “eye position.” Equipment for the operation of the flight deck windows must be included, but the actual windows need not be operable. Fire axes, extinguishers, and spare light bulbs must be available in the flight simulator, but may be relocated to a suitable location as near as practical to the original position. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in silhouette</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For FTD purposes, the flight deck consists of all that space forward of a cross section of the fuselage at the most extreme aft setting of the pilots' seats including additional, required flight crewmember duty stations and those required bulkheads aft of the pilot seats. For clarification, bulkheads containing only items such as landing gear pin storage compartments, fire axes and extinguishers, spare light bulbs, aircraft documents pouches are not considered essential and may be omitted.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="149"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD must have equipment (e.g., instruments, panels, systems, circuit breakers, and controls) simulated sufficiently for the authorized training/checking events to be accomplished. The installed equipment must be located in a spatially correct location and may be in a flight deck or an open flight deck area. Additional equipment required for the authorized training/checking events must be available in the FTD, but may be located in a suitable location as near as practical to the spatially correct position. Actuation of equipment must replicate the appropriate function in the airplane. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in silhouette</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Programming</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD must provide the proper effect of aerodynamic changes for the combinations of drag and thrust normally encountered in flight. This must include the effect of change in airplane attitude, thrust, drag, altitude, temperature, and configuration</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Level 6 additionally requires the effects of changes in gross weight and center of gravity</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Level 5 requires only generic aerodynamic programming</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>An SOC is required</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>The FTD must have the computer (analog or digital) capability (i.e., capacity, accuracy, resolution, and dynamic response) needed to meet the qualification level sought<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Relative responses of the flight deck instruments must be measured by latency tests, or transport delay tests, and may not exceed 300 milliseconds. The instruments must respond to abrupt input at the pilot's position within the allotted time, but not before the time when the airplane responds under the same conditions</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The intent is to verify that the FTD provides instrument cues that are, within the stated time delays, like the airplane responses. For airplane response, acceleration in the appropriate, corresponding rotational axis is preferred. Additional information regarding Latency and Transport Delay testing may be found in Appendix A, Attachment 2, paragraph 15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>• Latency: The FTD instrument and, if applicable, the motion system and the visual system response must not be prior to that time when the airplane responds and may respond up to 300 milliseconds after that time under the same conditions</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>• Transport Delay: As an alternative to the Latency requirement, a transport delay objective test may be used to demonstrate that the FTD system does not exceed the specified limit. The sponsor must measure all the delay encountered by a step signal migrating from the pilot's control through all the simulation software modules in the correct order, using a handshaking protocol, finally through the normal output interfaces to the instrument display and, if applicable, the motion system, and the visual system</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. Equipment Operation</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="150"/>
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>All relevant instrument indications involved in the simulation of the airplane must automatically respond to control movement or external disturbances to the simulated airplane; e.g., turbulence or winds</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Navigation equipment must be installed and operate within the tolerances applicable for the airplane</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Level 6 must also include communication equipment (inter-phone and air/ground) like that in the airplane and, if appropriate to the operation being conducted, an oxygen mask microphone system</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Level 5 need have only that navigation equipment necessary to fly an instrument approach</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Installed systems must simulate the applicable airplane system operation, both on the ground and in flight. Installed systems must be operative to the extent that applicable normal, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures included in the sponsor's training programs can be accomplished</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Level 6 must simulate all applicable airplane flight, navigation, and systems operation</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Level 5 must have at least functional flight and navigational controls, displays, and instrumentation</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Level 4 must have at least one airplane system installed and functional</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The lighting environment for panels and instruments must be sufficient for the operation being conducted</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Back-lighted panels and instruments may be installed but are not required.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD must provide control forces and control travel that correspond to the airplane being simulated. Control forces must react in the same manner as in the airplane under the same flight conditions</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD must provide control forces and control travel of sufficient precision to manually fly an instrument approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. Instructor or Evaluator Facilities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>In addition to the flight crewmember stations, suitable seating arrangements for an instructor/check airman and FAA Inspector must be available. These seats must provide adequate view of crewmember's panel(s)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>These seats need not be a replica of an aircraft seat and may be as simple as an office chair placed in an appropriate position.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD must have instructor controls that permit activation of normal, abnormal, and emergency conditions as appropriate. Once activated, proper system operation must result from system management by the crew and not require input from the instructor controls</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Motion System (not required)</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="151"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD may have a motion system, if desired, although it is not required. If a motion system is installed and additional training, testing, or checking credits are being sought on the basis of having a motion system, the motion system operation may not be distracting and must be coupled closely to provide integrated sensory cues. The motion system must also respond to abrupt input at the pilot's position within the allotted time, but not before the time when the airplane responds under the same conditions</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The motion system standards set out in part 60, Appendix A for at least Level A simulators is acceptable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>If a motion system is installed, it must be measured by latency tests or transport delay tests and may not exceed 300 milliseconds. Instrument response may not occur prior to motion onset</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The motion system standards set out in part 60, Appendix A for at least Level A simulators is acceptable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. Visual System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The FTD may have a visual system, if desired, although it is not required. If a visual system is installed, it must meet the following criteria:</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.1.</ENT>

              <ENT>The visual system must respond to abrupt input at the pilot's position<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.2.</ENT>

              <ENT>The visual system must be at least a single channel, non-collimated display<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.3.</ENT>

              <ENT>The visual system must provide at least a field-of-view of 18° vertical / 24° horizontal for the pilot flying<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.4.</ENT>

              <ENT>The visual system must provide for a maximum parallax of 10° per pilot<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>The visual scene content may not be distracting<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.6.</ENT>

              <ENT>The minimum distance from the pilot's eye position to the surface of a direct view display may not be less than the distance to any front panel instrument<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.7.</ENT>

              <ENT>The visual system must provide for a minimum resolution of 5 arc-minutes for both computed and displayed pixel size<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="152"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>If a visual system is installed and additional training, testing, or checking credits are being sought on the basis of having a visual system, a visual system meeting the standards set out for at least a Level A FFS (see Appendix A of this part) will be required. A “direct-view,” non-collimated visual system (with the other requirements for a Level A visual system met) may be considered satisfactory for those installations where the visual system design “eye point” is appropriately adjusted for each pilot's position such that the parallax error is at or less than 10° simultaneously for each pilot<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Directly projected, non-collimated visual displays may prove to be unacceptable for dual pilot applications.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">7. Sound System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The FTD must simulate significant flight deck sounds resulting from pilot actions that correspond to those heard in the airplane</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,2C,2C,2C,r100" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B1B—Table of Tasks vs. FTD Level</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Subjective Requirements—In order to be qualified at the FTD qualification level indicated, the FTD must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with that level of qualification. See Notes 1 and 2 at the end of the Table</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">FTD level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">4</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">5</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">6</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Preflight Procedures.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Preflight Inspection (flight deck only)</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Start</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pre-takeoff Checks</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Takeoff and Departure Phase.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Takeoff (requires visual system)</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Departure Procedure</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. In-flight Maneuvers.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>a. Steep Turns</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>b. Approaches to Stalls</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>c. Engine Failure (procedures only)—Multiengine Airplane</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>d. Engine Failure (procedures only)—Single-Engine Airplane</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>e. Specific Flight Characteristics incorporated into the user's FAA approved flight training program</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. Instrument Procedures.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Terminal Arrival/Flight Management System Arrival</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Holding</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="153"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Precision Instrument, all engines operating</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Autopilot, Manual (Flt. Dir. Assisted), Manual (Raw Data).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Non-precision Instrument, all engines operating</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., NDB, VOR, VOR/DME, VOR/TAC, RNAV, LOC, LOC/BC, ADF, and SDF.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Circling Approach (requires visual system)</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Missed Approach</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Normal and Abnormal Procedures.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine (including shutdown and restart—procedures only)</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fuel System</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Electrical System</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Hydraulic System</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental and Pressurization Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fire Detection and Extinguisher Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Navigation and Avionics Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Automatic Flight Control System, Electronic Flight Instrument System, and Related Subsystems</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight Control Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.j.</ENT>
              <ENT>Anti-ice and Deice Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.k.</ENT>
              <ENT>Aircraft and Personal Emergency Equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. Emergency Procedures.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Emergency Descent (maximum rate)</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Inflight Fire and Smoke Removal</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rapid Decompression</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Emergency Evacuation</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">7. Postflight Procedures.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>After-Landing Procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Parking and Securing</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <E T="02">Note 1:</E> An “A” in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure, although not required to be present, may be examined if the appropriate airplane system is simulated in the FTD and is working properly.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <E T="02">Note 2:</E> Items not installed or not functional on the FTD and not appearing on the SOQ Configuration List, are not required to be listed as exceptions on the SOQ.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,2C,2C,2C,r100" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B1C—Table of FTD System Tasks QPS requirements</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Subjective Requirements<LI>In order to be qualified at the FTD qualification level indicated, the FTD must be able to perform at least the tasks associated with that level of qualification.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">FTD level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">4</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">5</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">6</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Instructor Operating Station (IOS).</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="154"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power switch(es)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., GW, CG, Fuel loading, Systems, Ground Crew.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airports/Runways</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Selection and Presets; Surface and Lighting controls if equipped with a visual system.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental controls</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Temp, Wind.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane system malfunctions (Insertion/deletion)</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Sound Controls. (On/off/adjustment)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Motion/Control Loading System, as appropriate. On/off/emergency stop</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Observer Seats/Stations.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <E T="02">Note 1:</E> An “A” in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure, although not required to be present, may be examined if the appropriate system is in the FTD and is working properly.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 2 to Appendix B to Part 60—Flight Training Device (FTD) Objective Tests</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Discussion</HD>
          <P>a. For the purposes of this attachment, the flight conditions specified in the Flight Conditions Column of Table B2A, are defined as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Ground—on ground, independent of airplane configuration;</P>
          <P>(2) Take-off—gear down with flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position;</P>
          <P>(3) First segment climb—gear down with flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position (normally not above 50 ft AGL);</P>
          <P>(4) Second segment climb—gear up with flaps/slats in any certified takeoff position (normally between 50 ft and 400 ft AGL);</P>
          <P>(5) Clean—flaps/slats retracted and gear up;</P>
          <P>(6) Cruise—clean configuration at cruise altitude and airspeed;</P>
          <P>(7) Approach—gear up or down with flaps/slats at any normal approach position as recommended by the airplane manufacturer; and</P>
          <P>(8) Landing—gear down with flaps/slats in any certified landing position.</P>
          <P>b. The format for numbering the objective tests in Appendix A, Attachment 2, Table A2A, and the objective tests in Appendix B, Attachment 2, Table B2A, is identical. However, each test required for FFSs is not necessarily required for FTDs. Also, each test required for FTDs is not necessarily required for FFSs. Therefore, when a test number (or series of numbers) is not required, the term “Reserved” is used in the table at that location. Following this numbering format provides a degree of commonality between the two tables and substantially reduces the potential for confusion when referring to objective test numbers for either FFSs or FTDs.</P>
          <P>c. The reader is encouraged to review the Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, and FAA AC 25-7, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, and AC 23-8, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes, for references and examples regarding flight testing requirements and techniques.</P>
          <P>d. If relevant winds are present in the objective data, the wind vector should be clearly noted as part of the data presentation, expressed in conventional terminology, and related to the runway being used for the test.</P>
          <P>e. A Level 4 FTD does not require objective tests and therefore, Level 4 is not addressed in the following table.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="155"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Test Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. The ground and flight tests required for qualification are listed in Table B2A Objective Tests. Computer generated FTD test results must be provided for each test except where an alternate test is specifically authorized by the NSPM. If a flight condition or operating condition is required for the test but does not apply to the airplane being simulated or to the qualification level sought, it may be disregarded (e.g., an engine out missed approach for a single-engine airplane; a maneuver using reverse thrust for an airplane without reverse thrust capability). Each test result is compared against the validation data described in § 60.13, and in Appendix B. The results must be produced on an appropriate recording device acceptable to the NSPM and must include FTD number, date, time, conditions, tolerances, and appropriate dependent variables portrayed in comparison to the validation data. Time histories are required unless otherwise indicated in Table B2A. All results must be labeled using the tolerances and units given.</P>
          <P>b. Table B2A in this attachment sets out the test results required, including the parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions for FTD validation. Tolerances are provided for the listed tests because mathematical modeling and acquisition and development of reference data are often inexact. All tolerances listed in the following tables are applied to FTD performance. When two tolerance values are given for a parameter, the less restrictive may be used unless otherwise indicated. In those cases where a tolerance is expressed only as a percentage, the tolerance percentage applies to the maximum value of that parameter within its normal operating range as measured from the neutral or zero position unless otherwise indicated.</P>
          <P>c. Certain tests included in this attachment must be supported with a SOC. In Table B2A, requirements for SOCs are indicated in the “Test Details” column.</P>
          <P>d. When operational or engineering judgment is used in making assessments for flight test data applications for FTD validity, such judgment may not be limited to a single parameter. For example, data that exhibit rapid variations of the measured parameters may require interpolations or a “best fit” data section. All relevant parameters related to a given maneuver or flight condition must be provided to allow overall interpretation. When it is difficult or impossible to match FTD to airplane data throughout a time history, differences must be justified by providing a comparison of other related variables for the condition being assessed.</P>
          <P>e. It is not acceptable to program the FTD so that the mathematical modeling is correct only at the validation test points. Unless noted otherwise, tests must represent airplane performance and handling qualities at operating weights and centers of gravity (CG) typical of normal operation. If a test is supported by aircraft data at one extreme weight or CG, another test supported by aircraft data at mid-conditions or as close as possible to the other extreme is necessary. Certain tests that are relevant only at one extreme CG or weight condition need not be repeated at the other extreme. The results of the tests for Level 6 are expected to be indicative of the device's performance and handling qualities throughout all of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) The airplane weight and CG envelope;</P>
          <P>(2) The operational envelope; and</P>
          <P>(3) Varying atmospheric ambient and environmental conditions—including the extremes authorized for the respective airplane or set of airplanes.</P>
          <P>f. When comparing the parameters listed to those of the airplane, sufficient data must also be provided to verify the correct flight condition and airplane configuration changes. For example, to show that control force is within the parameters for a static stability test, data to show the correct airspeed, power, thrust or torque, airplane configuration, altitude, and other appropriate datum identification parameters must also be given. If comparing short period dynamics, normal acceleration may be used to establish a match to the airplane, but airspeed, altitude, control input, airplane configuration, and other appropriate data must also be given. If comparing landing gear change dynamics, pitch, airspeed, and altitude may be used to establish a match to the airplane, but landing gear position must also be provided. All airspeed values must be properly annotated (e.g., indicated versus calibrated). In addition, the same variables must be used for comparison (e.g., compare inches to inches rather than inches to centimeters).</P>
          <P>g. The QTG provided by the sponsor must clearly describe how the FTD will be set up and operated for each test. Each FTD subsystem may be tested independently, but overall integrated testing of the FTD must be accomplished to assure that the total FTD system meets the prescribed standards. A manual test procedure with explicit and detailed steps for completing each test must also be provided.</P>
          <P>h. For previously qualified FTDs, the tests and tolerances of this attachment may be used in subsequent continuing qualification evaluations for any given test if the sponsor has submitted a proposed MQTG revision to the NSPM and has received NSPM approval.</P>

          <P>i. FTDs are evaluated and qualified with an engine model simulating the airplane data supplier's flight test engine. For qualification of alternative engine models (either variations of the flight test engines or other manufacturer's engines) additional tests <PRTPAGE P="156"/>with the alternative engine models may be required. This attachment contains guidelines for alternative engines.</P>
          <P>j. Testing Computer Controlled Aircraft (CCA) simulators, or other highly augmented airplane simulators, flight test data is required for the Normal (N) and/or Non-normal (NN) control states, as indicated in this attachment. Where test results are independent of control state, Normal or Non-normal control data may be used. All tests in Table B2A require test results in the Normal control state unless specifically noted otherwise in the Test Details section following the CCA designation. The NSPM will determine what tests are appropriate for airplane simulation data. When making this determination, the NSPM may require other levels of control state degradation for specific airplane tests. Where Non-normal control states are required, test data must be provided for one or more Non-normal control states, and must include the least augmented state. Where applicable, flight test data must record Normal and Non-normal states for:</P>
          <P>(1) Pilot controller deflections or electronically generated inputs, including location of input; and</P>
          <P>(2) Flight control surface positions unless test results are not affected by, or are independent of, surface positions.</P>
          <P>k. Tests of handling qualities must include validation of augmentation devices. FTDs for highly augmented airplanes will be validated both in the unaugmented configuration (or failure state with the maximum permitted degradation in handling qualities) and the augmented configuration. Where various levels of handling qualities result from failure states, validation of the effect of the failure is necessary. Requirements for testing will be mutually agreed to between the sponsor and the NSPM on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          <P>l. Some tests will not be required for airplanes using airplane hardware in the FTD flight deck (e.g., “side stick controller”). These exceptions are noted in Section 2 “Handling Qualities” in Table B2A of this attachment. However, in these cases, the sponsor must provide a statement that the airplane hardware meets the appropriate manufacturer's specifications and the sponsor must have supporting information to that fact available for NSPM review.</P>
          <P>m. For objective test purposes, see Appendix F of this part for the definitions of “Near maximum,” “Light,” and “Medium” gross weight.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>n. In those cases where the objective test results authorize a “snapshot test” or a “series of snapshot test results” in lieu of a time-history result, the sponsor or other data provider must ensure that a steady state condition exists at the instant of time captured by the “snapshot.” The steady state condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, through 1 second following, the instant of time captured by the snap shot.</P>
          <P>o. Refer to AC 120-27, “Aircraft Weight and Balance” and FAA-H-8083-1, “Aircraft Weight and Balance Handbook” for more information.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="157"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r50,r50,r50,r75,2C,2C,r50" COLS="8" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B2A—Flight Training Device (FTD) Objective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Test</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Title</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Tolerances</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Flight conditions</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Test details</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">FTD level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">5</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">6</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="07" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Performance</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">Takeoff</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground Acceleration Time</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% time or ±1 sec</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record acceleration time for a minimum of 80% of the segment from brake release to V<E T="52">R</E>.<LI>Preliminary aircraft certification data may be used</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">This test is required only if RTO training credit is sought.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01" O="xl">1.b.2.<LI O="xl">through 1.b.6.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% time or ±1.5 sec</ENT>
              <ENT>Dry Runway</ENT>
              <ENT>Record time for at least 80% of the segment from initiation of the Rejected Takeoff to full stop</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">This test is required only if RTO training credit is sought.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.8.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">Climb</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal Climb all engines operating</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kt airspeed, ±5% or ±100 ft/min (0.5 m/sec) climb rate</ENT>
              <ENT>Clean</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight test data or airplane performance manual data may be used. Record at nominal climb speed and at nominal altitude. May be a snapshot test result. FTD performance must be recorded over an interval of at least 1,000 ft (300 m)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01" O="xl">1.c.2.<LI O="xl">through 1.c.4.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">Engines</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="158"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Level 6: ±10% T<E T="52">t</E>, or ±0.25 sec.<LI>Level 5: ±1 sec</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record engine power (N<E T="52">1</E>, N<E T="52">2</E>, EPR, Torque, Manifold Pressure) from idle to maximum takeoff power for a rapid (slam) throttle movement</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Appendix F of this part for definitions of T<E T="52">i</E> and T<E T="52">t</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Deceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>Level 6: ±10% T<E T="52">t</E>, or ±0.25 sec<LI>Level 5: ±1 sec</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record engine power (N<E T="52">1</E>, N<E T="52">2</E>, EPR, Torque, Manifold Pressure) from maximum takeoff power to idle for a rapid (slam) throttle movement</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Appendix F of this part for definitions of T<E T="52">i</E> and T<E T="52">t</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="07" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Handling Qualities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L03">For FTDs requiring Static tests at the controls (i.e., column, wheel, rudder pedal), special test fixtures will not be required during initial or upgrade evaluations if the sponsor's QTG/MQTG shows both test fixture results and the results of an alternative approach, such as computer plots produced concurrently, that show satisfactory agreement. Repeat of the alternative method during the initial or upgrade evaluation would then satisfy this test requirement.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Testing of position versus force is not applicable if forces are generated solely by use of airplane hardware in the FTD.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">Static Control Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Controller Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) force, ±2° elevator</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Controller Position vs. Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) force</ENT>
              <ENT>As determined by sponsor</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results during initial qualification evaluation for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops. The recorded tolerances apply to subsequent comparisons on continuing qualification evaluations</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Applicable only on continuing qualification evaluations. The intent is to design the control feel for Level 5 to be able to manually fly an instrument approach; and not to compare results to flight test or other such data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Controller Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) force, ±2° aileron, ±3° spoiler angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="159"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Controller Position vs. Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) force</ENT>
              <ENT>As determined by sponsor</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results during initial qualification evaluation for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops. The recorded tolerances apply to subsequent comparisons on continuing qualification evaluations</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Applicable only on continuing qualification evaluations. The intent is to design the control feel for Level 5 to be able to manually fly an instrument approach; and not to compare results to flight test or other such data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Pedal Position vs. Force and Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) force, ±2° rudder angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Pedal Position vs. Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±5 lb (2.2 daN) force</ENT>
              <ENT>As determined by sponsor</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results during initial qualification evaluation for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops. The recorded tolerances apply to subsequent comparisons on continuing qualification evaluations</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Applicable only on continuing qualification evaluations. The intent is to design the control feel for Level 5 to be able to manually fly an instrument approach; and not to compare results to flight test or other such data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Nosewheel Steering Controller Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±2 lb (0.9 daN) breakout, ±10% or ±3 lb (1.3 daN) force</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results of an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Pedal Steering Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±2° nosewheel angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results of an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Trim Indicator vs. Surface Position Calibration</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.5° of computed trim surface angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The purpose of the test is to compare the FTD against design data or equivalent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.7.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alignment of Flight deck Throttle Lever vs. Selected Engine Parameter</ENT>
              <ENT>±5° of throttle lever angle or ±0.8 in (2 cm) for power control without angular travel, or ±3% N1, or ±0.03 EPR, or ±3% maximum rated manifold pressure, or ±3% torque</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Requires simultaneous recording for all engines. The tolerances apply against airplane data and between engines. In the case of propeller powered airplanes, if a propeller lever is present, it must also be checked. For airplanes with throttle “detents,” all detents must be presented. May be a series of snapshot test results</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="160"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brake Pedal Position vs. Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) or 10% force</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>Two data points are required: Zero and maximum deflection. Computer output results may be used to show compliance</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Test not required unless RTO credit is sought.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">Longitudinal Control Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="07" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22" O="xl">Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power Change Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) or, ±20% pitch conrol force</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>May be a series of snapshot test results. Power change dynamics test as described in test 2.c.1 of Table A2A of this part will be accepted. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flap/Slat Change Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) or, ±20% pitch conrol force</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff through initial flap retraction, and approach to landing</ENT>
              <ENT>May be a series of snapshot test results. Flap/Slat change dynamics test as described in test 2.c.2 of Table A2A of this part will be accepted. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Gear Change Force</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (2.2 daN) or, ±20% pitch conrol force</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff (retraction) and Approach (extension)</ENT>
              <ENT>May be a series of snapshot test results. Gear change dynamics test as described in test 2.c.4 of Table A2A of this part will be accepted. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal Trim</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.5° trim surface angle ±1° elevator ±1° pitch angle ±5% net thrust or equivalent</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, Approach, and Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record steady-state condition with wings level and thrust set for level flight. May be a series of snapshot tests Level 5 may use equivalent stick and trim controllers in lieu of elevator and trim surface. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="161"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal Maneuvering Stability (Stick Force/g)</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or ±10% pitch controller force Alternative method: ±1° or ±10% change of elevator</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, Approach, and Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuous time history data or a series of snapshot tests may be used. Record results up to 30° of bank for approach and landing configurations. Record results for up to 45° of bank for the cruise configuration. The force tolerance is not applicable if forces are generated solely by the use of airplane hardware in the FTD. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not exhibit “stick-force-per-g” characteristics. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal Static Stability</ENT>
              <ENT>±5 lb (±2.2 daN) or ±10% pitch controller force<LI>Alternative method: ±1° or ±10% change of elevator</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>May be a series of snapshot test results. Record results for at least 2 speeds above and 2 speeds below trim speed. The force tolerance is not applicable if forces are generated solely by the use of airplane hardware in the FTD. The alternative method applies to airplanes that do not exhibit speed stability characteristics. Level 5 must exhibit positive static stability, but need not comply with the numerical tolerance. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stall Warning (actuation of stall warning device.)</ENT>
              <ENT>±3 kts. airspeed, ±2° bank for speeds greater than actuation of stall warning device or initial buffet</ENT>
              <ENT>Second Segment Climb, and Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>The stall maneuver must be entered with thrust at or near idle power and wings level (1g). Record the stall warning signal and initial buffet if applicable. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.9.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Phugoid Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% period, ±10% of time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude or ±.02 of damping ratio</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>The test must include whichever is less of the following: Three full cycles (six overshoots after the input is completed), or the number of cycles sufficient to determine time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude. CCA: Test in Non-normal control state</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.9.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Phugoid Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% period, Representative damping</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>The test must include whichever is less of the following: Three full cycles (six overshoots after the input is completed), or the number of cycles sufficient to determine representative damping. CCA: Test in Non-normal control state</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="162"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.10.</ENT>
              <ENT>Short Period Dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>±1.5° pitch angle or ±2°/sec pitch rate, ±0.10g acceleration.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">CCA: Test in Non-normal control state.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06">Lateral Directional Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="07" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">Power setting is that required for level flight unless otherwise specified.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Response (Rate)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% or ±2°/sec roll rate</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, and Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for normal roll controller deflection (one-third of maximum roll controller travel). May be combined with step input of flight deck roll controller test (see 2.d.3.)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll Response to Flight deck Roll Controller Step Input</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% or ±2° bank angle</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record from initiation of roll through 10 seconds after control is returned to neutral and released. May be combined with roll response (rate) test (see 2.d.2.). CCA: Test in Non-normal control state</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spiral Stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Correct trend and ±3° or ±10% bank angle in 30 seconds</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for both directions. As an alternate test, demonstrate the lateral control required to maintain a steady turn with a bank angle of 30°. CCA: Test in Non-normal control state</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane data averaged from multiple tests in same direction may be used.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spiral Stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Correct trend</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">CCA: Test in Non-normal control state.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Airplane data averaged from multiple tests in same direction may be used.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="163"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Response</ENT>
              <ENT>±2°/sec or ±10% yaw rate</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>A rudder step input of 20%-30% rudder pedal throw must be used. Not required if rudder input and response is shown in Dutch Roll test (test 2.d.7.). CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder Response</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll rate ±2°/sec, bank angle ±3°</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>May be roll response to a given rudder deflection. CCA: Test in Normal and Non-normal control states</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">May be accomplished as a yaw response test, in which case the procedures and requirements of test 2.d.6.a. will apply.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dutch Roll (Yaw Damper OFF)</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.5 sec. or ±10% of period, ±10% of time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude or ±.02 of damping ratio</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise, and Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Record results for at least 6 complete cycles with stability augmentation OFF, or the number of cycles sufficient to determine time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude. CCA: Test in Non-normal control state</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steady State Sideslip</ENT>
              <ENT>For given rudder position ±2° bank angle, ±1° sideslip angle, ±10% or ±2° aileron, ±10% or ±5° spoiler or equivalent roll, controller position or force</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach or Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>Use at least two rudder positions, one of which must be near maximum allowable rudder. Propeller driven airplanes must test in each direction. May be a series of snapshot test results. Sideslip angle is matched only for repeatability and only on continuing qualification evaluations</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01" O="xl">2.e.<LI O="xl">through 2.h.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L06">(Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="07" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">3. (Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">4. (Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">5. (Reserved)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">6. FTD System Response Time</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L06" O="xl">Latency.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>300 ms (or less) after airplane response</ENT>
              <ENT>Take-off, cruise, and approach or landing</ENT>
              <ENT>One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and approach or landing)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L03">Transport Delay</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="164"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>300 ms (or less) after controller movement</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>A separate test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">If Transport Delay is the chosen method to demonstrate relative responses, the sponsor and the NSPM will use the latency values to ensure proper simulator response when reviewing those existing tests where latency can be identified (e.g., short period, roll response, rudder response).</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="165"/>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. For additional information on the following topics, please refer to Appendix A, Attachment 2, and the indicated paragraph within that attachment</HD>
          <P>• Control Dynamics, paragraph 4.</P>
          <P>• Motion System, paragraph 6.</P>
          <P>• Sound System, paragraph 7.</P>
          <P>• Engineering Simulator Validation Data, paragraph 9.</P>
          <P>• Validation Test Tolerances, paragraph 11.</P>
          <P>• Validation Data Road Map, paragraph 12.</P>
          <P>• Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Engines Data, paragraph 13.</P>
          <P>• Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Avionics, paragraph 14.</P>
          <P>• Transport Delay Testing, paragraph 15.</P>
          <P>• Continuing Qualification Evaluation Validation Data Presentation, paragraph 16.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Alternative Objective Data for FTD Level 5</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. This paragraph (including the following tables) is relevant only to FTD Level 5. It is provided because this level is required to simulate the performance and handling characteristics of a set of airplanes with similar characteristics, such as normal airspeed/altitude operating envelope and the same number and type of propulsion systems (engines).</P>
          <P>b. Tables B2B through B2E reflect FTD performance standards that are acceptable to the FAA. A sponsor must demonstrate that a device performs within these parameters, as applicable. If a device does not meet the established performance parameters for some or for all of the applicable tests listed in Tables B2B through B2E, the sponsor may use NSP accepted flight test data for comparison purposes for those tests.</P>
          <P>c. Sponsors using the data from Tables B2B through B2E must comply with the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Submit a complete QTG, including results from all of the objective tests appropriate for the level of qualification sought as set out in Table B2A. The QTG must highlight those results that demonstrate the performance of the FTD is within the allowable performance ranges indicated in Tables B2B through B2E, as appropriate.</P>

          <P>(2) The QTG test results must include all relevant information concerning the conditions under which the test was conducted; <E T="03">e.g.</E>, gross weight, center of gravity, airspeed, power setting, altitude (climbing, descending, or level), temperature, configuration, and any other parameter that impacts the conduct of the test.</P>
          <P>(3) The test results become the validation data against which the initial and all subsequent continuing qualification evaluations are compared. These subsequent evaluations will use the tolerances listed in Table B2A.</P>
          <P>(4) Subjective testing of the device must be performed to determine that the device performs and handles like an airplane within the appropriate set of airplanes.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>d. The reader is encouraged to consult the Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, and AC 25-7, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, and AC 23-8A, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes, as amended, for references and examples regarding flight testing requirements and techniques.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,r100" COLS="03" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B2B—Alternative Data Source for FTD Level 5 Small, Single Engine (Reciprocating) Airplane</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirement<LI>The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Applicable test</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Title and procedure</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Authorized performance range</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">1.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">
                <E T="02">Performance.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Climb</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb rate = 500-1200 fpm (2.5-6 m/sec).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Engines.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="166"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration; idle to takeoff power</ENT>
              <ENT>2-4 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Deceleration; takeoff power to idle</ENT>
              <ENT>2-4 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">2.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">
                <E T="02">Handling Qualities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Longitudinal Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Power change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed.</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Flap/slat change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Gear change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal trim</ENT>
              <ENT>Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to “zero” in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal static stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Must exhibit positive static stability.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="167"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Landing configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>40-60 knots; ± 5° of bank.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Clean configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing configuration speed + 10-20%.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.9.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Phugoid dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a phugoid with a period of 30-60 seconds. May not reach <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Lateral Directional Tests.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll response (rate). Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected <FR>1/3</FR> (33.3 percent) of maximum travel</ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a roll rate of 40°-25°/second.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spiral stability. Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°-30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn</ENT>
              <ENT>Initial bank angle (± 5°) after 20 seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder response. Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach or landing configuration.)</ENT>
              <ENT>2°-6°/second yaw rate.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dutch roll, yaw damper off. (Applicable to cruise and approach configurations.)</ENT>
              <ENT>A period of 2-5 seconds; and <FR>1/2</FR>-2 cycles.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steady state sideslip. Use 50 percent rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach and landing configurations.)</ENT>
              <ENT>2°-10° of bank; 4°-10° of sideslip; and 2°-10° of aileron.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">6.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">
                <E T="02">FTD System Response Time</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Latency. Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot controller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw)</ENT>
              <ENT>300 milliseconds or less.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,r100" COLS="03" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B2C—Alternative Data Source for FTD Level 5 Small, Multi-Engine (Reciprocating) Airplane</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirement<LI>The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Applicable test</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Title and procedure</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Authorized performance range</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Performance</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Climb</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb airspeed = 95-115 knots.<LI>Climb rate = 500-1500 fpm (2.5-7.5 m/sec)</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Engines</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration; idle to takeoff power</ENT>
              <ENT>2-5 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Deceleration; takeoff power to idle</ENT>
              <ENT>2-5 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Handling Qualities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="168"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>10-25 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flap/slat change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Gear change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal trim</ENT>
              <ENT>Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to “zero” in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal static stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Must exhibit positive static stability.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Landing configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>60-90 knots; ± 5° of bank.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Clean configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing configuration speed + 10-20%.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="169"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.9.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Phugoid dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a phugoid with a period of 30-60 seconds.<LI>May not reach <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Lateral Directional Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll response<LI>Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected <FR>1/3</FR> (33.3 percent) of maximum travel</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a roll rate of 4<FR>1/2</FR>-25<FR>1/2</FR>/second.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spiral stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Initial bank angle (± 5°) after 20 seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°-30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder response</ENT>
              <ENT>3°-6°/second yaw rate.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach landing configuration.)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dutch roll, yaw damper off. (Applicable to cruise and approach configurations.)</ENT>
              <ENT>A period of 2-5 seconds; and <FR>1/2</FR>-2 cycles.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steady state sideslip</ENT>
              <ENT>2°-10° of bank; 4-10 degrees of sideslip; and 2°-10° of aileron.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Use 50 percent rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach and landing configurations.)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. FTD System Response Time</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot controller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw)</ENT>
              <ENT>300 milliseconds or less.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B2D—Alternative Data Source for FTD Level 5 Small, Single Engine (Turbo-Propeller) Airplane</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirement<LI>The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Applicable Test</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Title and procedure</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Authorized performance range</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Performance</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Climb.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb airspeed = 95-115 knots.<LI>Climb rate = 800-1800 fpm (4-9 m/sec).</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Engines</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration; idle to takeoff power</ENT>
              <ENT>4-8 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Deceleration; takeoff power to idle</ENT>
              <ENT>3-7 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Handling Qualities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Longitudinal Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Power change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="170"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Push force—8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Pull force.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>12-22 lbs (5.3-9.7 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Flap/slat change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed.</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Gear change force.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed.</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal trim</ENT>
              <ENT>Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to “zero” in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal static stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Must exhibit positive static stability.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Landing configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>60-90 knots; ± 5° of bank.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Clean configuration.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing configuration speed + 10-20%.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="171"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Phugoid dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a phugoid with a period of 30-60 seconds. May not reach <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Lateral Directional Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll response<LI>Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected <FR>1/3</FR> (33.3 percent) of maximum travel</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a roll rate of 4°-25°/second.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spiral stability<LI>Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°-30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Initial bank angle (±5°) after 20 seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder response<LI>Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach or landing configuration.)</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>3°-6°/second yaw rate.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dutch roll, yaw damper off<LI O="xl">(Applicable to cruise and approach configurations.)</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>A period of 2-5 seconds; and <FR>1/2</FR>-3 cycles.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steady state sideslip<LI O="xl">Use 50 percent rudder deflection.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(Applicable to approach and landing configurations.)</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>2°-10° of bank; 4°-10° of sideslip; and 2°-10° of aileron.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. FTD System Response Time</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot controller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw)</ENT>
              <ENT>300 milliseconds or less.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,r100" COLS="03" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B2E—Alternative Data Source for FTD Level 5 Multi-Engine (Turbo-Propeller) Airplane</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirement<LI>The performance parameters in this table must be used to program the FTD if flight test data is not used to program the FTD.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Applicable test</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Title and procedure</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Authorized performance range</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Performance</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal climb with nominal gross weight, at best rate-of-climb airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb airspeed = 120-140 knots.<LI>Climb rate = 1000-3000 fpm (5-15 m/sec).</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Engines</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration; idle to takeoff power</ENT>
              <ENT>2-6 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Deceleration; takeoff power to idle</ENT>
              <ENT>1-5 Seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Handling Qualities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Longitudinal Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Power change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="172"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Reduce power to flight idle. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Push force to 8 lbs (3.5 daN) of Pull force.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight at 80% of normal cruise airspeed with necessary power. Add power to maximum setting. Do not change trim or configuration. After stabilized, record column force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>12-22 lbs (5.3-9.7 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Flap/slat change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps fully retracted at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the flaps to 50% of full flap travel. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with flaps extended to 50% of full flap travel, at a constant airspeed within the flaps-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the flaps to zero. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>5-15 lbs (2.2-6.6 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Gear change force</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear retracted at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Extend the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Pull).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">OR</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Trim for straight and level flight with landing gear extended, at a constant airspeed within the landing gear-extended airspeed range. Do not adjust trim or power. Retract the landing gear. After stabilized, record stick force necessary to maintain original airspeed</ENT>
              <ENT>2-12 lbs (0.88-5.3 daN) of force (Push).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal trim</ENT>
              <ENT>Must be able to trim longitudinal stick force to “zero” in each of the following configurations: cruise; approach; and landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal static stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Must exhibit positive static stability.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stall warning (actuation of stall warning device) with nominal gross weight; wings level; and a deceleration rate of not more than three (3) knots per second</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(a) Landing configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>80-100 knots; # 5° of bank.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(b) Clean configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing configuration speed + 10-20%.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="173"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Phugoid dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a phugoid with a period of 30-60 seconds. May not reach <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude in less than 2 cycles.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01" O="xl">Lateral Directional Tests</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Roll response<LI O="xl">Roll rate must be measured through at least 30° of roll. Aileron control must be deflected 1/3 (33.3 percent) of maximum travel.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Must have a roll rate of 4-25 degrees/second.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Spiral stability<LI O="xl">Cruise configuration and normal cruise airspeed. Establish a 20°-30° bank. When stabilized, neutralize the aileron control and release. Must be completed in both directions of turn.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Initial bank angle (± 5°) after 20 seconds.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rudder response<LI O="xl">Use 25 percent of maximum rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach or landing configuration.)</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>3°-6° /second yaw rate.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Dutch roll, yaw damper off<LI O="xl">(Applicable to cruise and approach configurations.)</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>A period of 2-5 seconds; and <FR>1/2</FR>-2 cycles.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steady state sideslip<LI O="xl">Use 50 percent rudder deflection. (Applicable to approach and landing configurations.)</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>2°-10° of bank;<LI>4°-10° of sideslip; and</LI>
                <LI>2°-10° of aileron.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. FTD System Response Time</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight deck instrument systems response to an abrupt pilot controller input. One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, yaw)</ENT>
              <ENT>300 milliseconds or less.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation: Level 6 FTD Only</HD>
          <P>a. Sponsors are not required to use the alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation. However, a sponsor may choose to use one or more of the alternative sources, procedures, and instrumentation described in Table B2F.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>b. It has become standard practice for experienced FTD manufacturers to use such techniques as a means of establishing data bases for new FTD configurations while awaiting the availability of actual flight test data; and then comparing this new data with the newly available flight test data. The results of such comparisons have, as reported by some recognized and experienced simulation experts, become increasingly consistent and indicate that these techniques, applied with appropriate experience, are becoming dependably accurate for the development of aerodynamic models for use in Level 6 FTDs.</P>
          <P>c. In reviewing this history, the NSPM has concluded that, with proper care, those who are experienced in the development of aerodynamic models for FTD application can successfully use these modeling techniques to acceptably alter the method by which flight test data may be acquired and, when applied to Level 6 FTDs, does not compromise the quality of that simulation.</P>

          <P>d. The information in the table that follows (Table of Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Information: Level 6 FTD Only) is presented to describe an acceptable alternative to data sources for Level 6 FTD modeling and validation, and an acceptable alternative to the procedures and instrumentation found in the flight test methods traditionally accepted for gathering modeling and validation data.<PRTPAGE P="174"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) Alternative data sources that may be used for part or all of a data requirement are the Airplane Maintenance Manual, the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), Airplane Design Data, the Type Inspection Report (TIR), Certification Data or acceptable supplemental flight test data.</P>
          <P>(2) The NSPM recommends that use of the alternative instrumentation noted in Table B2F be coordinated with the NSPM prior to employment in a flight test or data gathering effort.</P>
          <P>e. The NSPM position regarding the use of these alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation is based on three primary preconditions and presumptions regarding the objective data and FTD aerodynamic program modeling.</P>
          <P>(1) Data gathered through the alternative means does not require angle of attack (AOA) measurements or control surface position measurements for any flight test. AOA can be sufficiently derived if the flight test program insures the collection of acceptable level, unaccelerated, trimmed flight data. Angle of attack may be validated by conducting the three basic “fly-by” trim tests. The FTD time history tests should begin in level, unaccelerated, and trimmed flight, and the results should be compared with the flight test pitch angle.</P>
          <P>(2) A simulation controls system model should be rigorously defined and fully mature. It should also include accurate gearing and cable stretch characteristics (where applicable) that are determined from actual aircraft measurements. Such a model does not require control surface position measurements in the flight test objective data for Level 6 FTD applications.</P>
          <P>f. Table B2F is not applicable to Computer Controlled Aircraft FTDs.</P>
          <P>g. Utilization of these alternate data sources, procedures, and instrumentation does not relieve the sponsor from compliance with the balance of the information contained in this document relative to Level 6 FTDs.</P>
          <P>h. The term “inertial measurement system” allows the use of a functional global positioning system (GPS).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,r150,r35" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B2F—Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation Level 6 FTD</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS Requirements<LI>The standards in this table are required if the data gathering methods described in paragraph 9 of Appendix B are not used.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Objective test reference number and title</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information<LI/>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1.<LI O="xl">Performance.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Takeoff.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Ground acceleration time.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through a synchronized video recording of a stop watch and the calibrated airplane airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions and airplane configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>This test is required only if RTO is sought.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.7.<LI O="xl">Performance.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Takeoff.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Rejected takeoff.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through a synchronized video recording of a stop watch and the calibrated airplane airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions and airplane configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>This test is required only if RTO is sought.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.1.<LI O="xl">Performance.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Climb.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Normal climb all engines operating.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments and engine power throughout the climb range</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.1.<LI O="xl">Performance.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Engines.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Acceleration</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video recording of engine instruments and throttle position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.2.<LI O="xl">Performance.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Engines.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Deceleration</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired with a synchronized video recording of engine instruments and throttle position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <PRTPAGE P="175"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.a.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Pitch controller position vs. force and surface position calibration.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Surface position data may be acquired from flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at selected, significant column positions (encompassing significant column position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same column position data points</ENT>
              <ENT>For airplanes with reversible control systems, surface position data acquisition should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.a.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Wheel position vs. force and surface position calibration.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Surface position data may be acquired from flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at selected, significant wheel positions (encompassing significant wheel position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same wheel position data points</ENT>
              <ENT>For airplanes with reversible control systems, surface position data acquisition should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.a.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Rudder pedal position vs. force and surface position calibration.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Surface position data may be acquired from flight data recorder (FDR) sensor or, if no FDR sensor, at selected, significant rudder pedal positions (encompassing significant rudder pedal position data points), acceptable to the NSPM, using a control surface protractor on the ground. Force data may be acquired by using a hand held force gauge at the same rudder pedal position data points</ENT>
              <ENT>For airplanes with reversible control systems, surface position data acquisition should be accomplished with winds less than 5 kts.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.4.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Nosewheel steering force.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Breakout data may be acquired with a hand held force gauge. The remainder of the force to the stops may be calculated if the force gauge and a protractor are used to measure force after breakout for at least 25% of the total displacement capability</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.5.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Rudder pedal steering calibration.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of force pads on the rudder pedals and a pedal position measurement device, together with design data for nosewheel position</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.6.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Pitch trim indicator vs. surface position calibration.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through calculations</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.8.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Alignment of power lever angle vs. selected engine parameter (e.g., EPR, N<E T="52">1</E>, Torque, Manifold pressure).</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of a temporary throttle quadrant scale to document throttle position. Use a synchronized video to record steady state instrument readings or hand-record steady state engine performance readings</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.9.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Static control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Brake pedal position vs. force.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Use of design or predicted data is acceptable. Data may be acquired by measuring deflection at “zero” and at “maximum.”</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <PRTPAGE P="176"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Power change force.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments, throttle position, and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT>Power change dynamics test is acceptable using the same data acquisition methodology.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Flap/slat change force.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of calibrated airplane instruments, flap/slat position, and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT>Flap/slat change dynamics test is acceptable using the same data acquisition methodology.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Gear change force.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments, gear position, and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
              <ENT>Gear change dynamics test is acceptable using the same data acquisition methodology.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.5.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal trim.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through use of an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of flight deck controls position (previously calibrated to show related surface position) and engine instrument readings</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.6.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal maneuvering stability (stick force/g).</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments; a temporary, high resolution bank angle scale affixed to the attitude indicator; and a wheel and column force measurement indication</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.7.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal static stability</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through the use of a synchronized video of the airplane flight instruments and a hand held force gauge</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.8.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Stall Warning (activation of stall warning device).</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired through a synchronized video recording of a stop watch and the calibrated airplane airspeed indicator. Hand-record the flight conditions and airplane configuration</ENT>
              <ENT>Airspeeds may be cross checked with those in the TIR and AFM.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.9.a.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Phugoid dynamics.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.10.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Short period dynamics.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.11.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Longitudinal control tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Gear and flap/slat operating times.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>May use design data, production flight test schedule, or maintenance specification, together with an SOC</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Lateral directional tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Roll response (rate).</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck lateral controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <PRTPAGE P="177"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Lateral directional tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(a) Roll overshoot.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">OR</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(b) Roll response to flight deck roll controller step input.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck lateral controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.4.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Lateral directional tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Spiral stability.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments; the force/position measurements of flight deck controls; and a stop watch</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.6.a.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Lateral directional tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Rudder response.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments; the force/position measurements of rudder pedals</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="rs">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.7.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Lateral directional tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Dutch roll, (yaw damper OFF).</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.8.<LI O="xl">Handling qualities.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Lateral directional tests.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Steady state sideslip.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>Data may be acquired by using an inertial measurement system and a synchronized video of the calibrated airplane instruments and the force/position measurements of flight deck controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 3 to Appendix B to Part 60—Flight Training Device (FTD) Subjective Evaluation</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Discussion</HD>
          <P>a. The subjective tests provide a basis for evaluating the capability of the FTD to perform over a typical utilization period. The items listed in the Table of Functions and Subjective Tests are used to determine whether the FTD competently simulates each required maneuver, procedure, or task; and verifying correct operation of the FTD controls, instruments, and systems. The tasks do not limit or exceed the authorizations for use of a given level of FTD as described on the SOQ or as approved by the TPAA. All items in the following paragraphs are subject to examination.</P>
          <P>b. All simulated airplane systems functions will be assessed for normal and, where appropriate, alternate operations. Simulated airplane systems are listed separately under “Any Flight Phase” to ensure appropriate attention to systems checks. Operational navigation systems (including inertial navigation systems, global positioning systems, or other long-range systems) and the associated electronic display systems will be evaluated if installed. The NSP pilot will include in his report to the TPAA, the effect of the system operation and any system limitation.</P>
          <P>c. At the request of the TPAA, the NSP Pilot may assess the FTD for a special aspect of a sponsor's training program during the functions and subjective portion of an evaluation. Such an assessment may include a portion of a specific operation (e.g., a Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) scenario) or special emphasis items in the sponsor's training program. Unless directly related to a requirement for the qualification level, the results of such an evaluation would not affect the qualification of the FTD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="178"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B3A—Table of Functions and Subjective Tests Level 6 FTD</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Operations tasks</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane system or systems simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List as defined in Appendix B, Attachment 2 of this part.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Preflight</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Accomplish a functions check of all installed switches, indicators, systems, and equipment at all crewmembers' and instructors' stations, and determine that the flight deck (or flight deck area) design and functions replicate the appropriate airplane.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Surface Operations (pre-takeoff)</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine start:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal start.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alternative procedures start.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal procedures start/shut down.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pushback/Powerback (powerback requires visual system).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. Takeoff (requires appropriate visual system as set out in Table B1A, item 6; Appendix B, Attachment 1.)</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Instrument takeoff:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine checks (e.g., engine parameter relationships, propeller/mixture controls).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration characteristics.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Nosewheel/rudder steering.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing gear, wing flap, leading edge device operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected takeoff:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Deceleration characteristics.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brakes/engine reverser/ground spoiler operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Nosewheel/rudder steering.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. In-Flight Operations</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal climb.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Demonstration of performance characteristics (speed vs. power).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal turns.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Demonstration of high altitude handling.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Demonstration of high airspeed handling/overspeed warning.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Demonstration of Mach effects on control and trim.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steep turns.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.7.</ENT>
              <ENT>In-Flight engine shutdown (procedures only).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.8.</ENT>
              <ENT>In-Flight engine restart (procedures only).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Specific flight characteristics.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.10.</ENT>
              <ENT>Response to loss of flight control power.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.11.</ENT>
              <ENT>Response to other flight control system failure modes.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.12.</ENT>
              <ENT>Operations during icing conditions.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="179"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.b.13.</ENT>
              <ENT>Effects of airframe/engine icing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Other flight phase:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach to stalls in the following configurations:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff or approach.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>High angle of attack maneuvers in the following configurations:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Takeoff or approach.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Slow flight.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Holding.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Approaches</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01" O="xl">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Non-precision Instrument Approaches:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>With use of autopilot and autothrottle, as applicable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Without use of autopilot and autothrottle, as applicable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>With 10 knot tail wind.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>With 10 knot crosswind.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Precision Instrument Approaches:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>With use of autopilot, autothrottle, and autoland, as applicable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Without use of autopilot, autothrottle, and autoland, as applicable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>With 10 knot tail wind.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>With 10 knot crosswind.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. Missed Approach</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Manually controlled.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Automatically controlled (if applicable).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">7. Any Flight Phase, as appropriate</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal system operation (installed systems).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal/Emergency system operation (installed systems).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flap operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing gear operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Shutdown and Parking.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Systems operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Parking brake operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">8. Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate.</E> Functions in this section are subject to evaluation only if appropriate for the airplane and/or installed on the specific FTD involved</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="180"/>
              <ENT I="01">8.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power Switch(es).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane conditions.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Gross weight, center of gravity, and fuel loading and allocation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane systems status.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground crew functions (e.g., external power, push back).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airports.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Selection.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Runway selection.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Preset positions (e.g., ramp, over FAF).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental controls.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Temperature.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Climate conditions (e.g., ice, rain).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.d.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Wind speed and direction.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane system malfunctions.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Insertion/deletion.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Problem clear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Problem (all) freeze/release.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Position (geographic) freeze/release.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.f.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Repositioning (locations, freezes, and releases).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.f.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground speed control.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.f.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Remote IOS, if installed.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">9. Sound Controls. On/off/adjustment</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">10. Control Loading System (as applicable) On/off/emergency stop.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">11. Observer Stations.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">11.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Position.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">11.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Adjustments.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">End QPS Requirements</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B3B—Table of Functions and Subjective Tests Level 5 FTD</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Operations tasks<LI>Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane system or systems simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List as defined in Appendix B, Attachment 2 of this part.</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Preflight</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Accomplish a functions check of all installed switches, indicators, systems, and equipment at all crewmembers' and instructors' stations, and determine that the flight deck (or flight deck area) design and functions replicate the appropriate airplane.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Surface Operations (pre-takeoff)</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="181"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine start (if installed):</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal start.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alternative procedures start.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal/Emergency procedures start/shut down.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. In-Flight Operations</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal climb.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Performance characteristics (speed vs. power).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal turns.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal descent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. Approaches</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Coupled instrument approach maneuvers (as applicable for the systems installed).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Any Flight Phase</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal system operation (Installed systems).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal/Emergency system operation (Installed systems).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flap operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing gear operation</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine Shutdown and Parking (if installed).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Systems operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Parking brake operation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. Instructor Operating Station (IOS)</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power Switch(es).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Preset positions—ground, air.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airplane system malfunctions (Installed systems).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Insertion/deletion.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Problem clear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table B3C—Table of Functions and Subjective Tests Level 4 FTD</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Operations tasks<LI>Tasks in this table are subject to evaluation if appropriate for the airplane system or systems simulated as indicated in the SOQ Configuration List as defined in Appendix B, Attachment 2 of this part.</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Level 4 FTDs are required to have at least one operational system. The NSPM will accomplish a functions check of all installed systems, switches, indicators, and equipment at all crewmembers' and instructors' stations, and determine that the flight deck (or flight deck area) design and functions replicate the appropriate airplane.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="182"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 4 to Appendix B to Part 60—Sample Documents</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">Title of Sample</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4ASample Letter, Request for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Evaluation</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4BAttachment: FTD Information Form</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4CSample Letter of Compliance</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4DSample Qualification Test Guide Cover Page</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4ESample Statement of Qualification—Certificate</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4FSample Statement of Qualification—Configuration List</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4GSample Statement of Qualification—List of Qualified Tasks</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4HSample Continuing Qualification Evaluation Requirements Page</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure B4ISample MQTG Index of Effective FTD Directives</FP>
          <GPH DEEP="437" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="183"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.020</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="447" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="184"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.021</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="452" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="185"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.022</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="331" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="186"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.023</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="441" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="187"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.024</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="386" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="188"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.025</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="485" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="189"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.026</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="455" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="190"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.028</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="449" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="191"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.029</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="348" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="192"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.030</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="304" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="193"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.031</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="478" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="194"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.032</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="224" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="195"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.033</GID>
          </GPH>
          <CITA>[Doc. No. FAA-2002-12461, 73 FR 26490, May 9, 2008]</CITA>
        </APPENDIX>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 60, App. C</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix C to Part 60—Qualification Performance Standards for Helicopter Full Flight Simulators</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>This appendix establishes the standards for Helicopter FFS evaluation and qualification. The NSPM is responsible for the development, application, and implementation of the standards contained within this appendix. The procedures and criteria specified in this appendix will be used by the NSPM, or a person assigned by the NSPM, when conducting helicopter FFS evaluations.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1. Introduction.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2. Applicability (§ 60.1) and (§ 60.2).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3. Definitions (§ 60.3).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4. Qualification Performance Standards (§ 60.4).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements (§ 60.7).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor (§ 60.9).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8. FFS Use (§ 60.11).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9. FFS Objective Data Requirements (§ 60.13).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">10. Special Equipment and Personnel Requirements for Qualification of the FFS (§ 60.14).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements (§ 60.15).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS (§ 60.16).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">13. Previously Qualified FFSs (§ 60.17).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements (§ 60.19).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">15. Logging FFS Discrepancies (§ 60.20).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">16. Interim Qualification of FFSs for New Helicopter Types or Models (§ 60.21).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">17. Modifications to FFSs (§ 60.23).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">18. Operations with Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.27).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">20. Other Losses of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.29).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">21. Record Keeping and Reporting (§ 60.31).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">23. [Reserved]</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">24. [Reserved]</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">25. FFS Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) (§ 60.37).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 1 to Appendix C to Part 60—General Simulator Requirements.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 2 to Appendix C to Part 60—FFS Objective Tests.<PRTPAGE P="196"/>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 3 to Appendix C to Part 60—Simulator Subjective Evaluation.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 4 to Appendix C to Part 60—Sample Documents.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Attachment 5 to Appendix C to Part 60—FSTD Directives Applicable to Helicopter FFSs</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Introduction</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. This appendix contains background information as well as regulatory and informative material as described later in this section. To assist the reader in determining what areas are required and what areas are permissive, the text in this appendix is divided into two sections: “QPS Requirements” and “Information.” The QPS Requirements sections contain details regarding compliance with the part 60 rule language. These details are regulatory, but are found only in this appendix. The Information sections contain material that is advisory in nature, and designed to give the user general information about the regulation.</P>

          <P>b. Questions regarding the contents of this publication should be sent to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Service, National Simulator Program Staff, AFS-205, 100 Hartsfield Centre Parkway, Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia, 30354. Telephone contact numbers for the NSP are: phone, 404-832-4700; fax, 404-761-8906. The general e-mail address for the NSP office is: <E T="03">9-aso-avr-sim-team@faa.gov.</E> The NSP Internet Web site address is: <E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/aircraft_aviation/nsp/.</E> On this Web Site you will find an NSP personnel list with telephone and e-mail contact information for each NSP staff member, a list of qualified flight simulation devices, ACs, a description of the qualification process, NSP policy, and an NSP “In-Works” section. Also linked from this site are additional information sources, handbook bulletins, frequently asked questions, a listing and text of the Federal Aviation Regulations, Flight Standards Inspector's handbooks, and other FAA links.</P>
          <P>c. The NSPM encourages the use of electronic media for all communication, including any record, report, request, test, or statement required by this appendix. The electronic media used must have adequate security provisions and be acceptable to the NSPM. The NSPM recommends inquiries on system compatibility, and minimum system requirements are also included on the NSP Web site.</P>
          <P>d. Related Reading References.</P>
          <P>(1) 14 CFR part 60.</P>
          <P>(2) 14 CFR part 61.</P>
          <P>(3) 14 CFR part 63.</P>
          <P>(4) 14 CFR part 119.</P>
          <P>(5) 14 CFR part 121.</P>
          <P>(6) 14 CFR part 125.</P>
          <P>(7) 14 CFR part 135.</P>
          <P>(8) 14 CFR part 141.</P>
          <P>(9) 14 CFR part 142.</P>
          <P>(10) AC 120-35, as amended, Line Operational Simulations: Line-Oriented Flight Training, Special Purpose Operational Training, Line Operational Evaluation.</P>
          <P>(11) AC 120-57, as amended, Surface Movement Guidance and Control System (SMGCS).</P>
          <P>(12) AC 120-63, as amended, Helicopter Simulator Qualification.</P>
          <P>(13) AC 150/5300-13, as amended, Airport Design.</P>
          <P>(14) AC 150/5340-1, as amended, Standards for Airport Markings.</P>
          <P>(15) AC 150/5340-4, as amended, Installation Details for Runway Centerline Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems.</P>
          <P>(16) AC 150/5340-19, as amended, Taxiway Centerline Lighting System.</P>
          <P>(17) AC 150/5340-24, as amended, Runway and Taxiway Edge Lighting System.</P>
          <P>(18) AC 150/5345-28, as amended, Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems</P>
          <P>(19) AC 150/5390-2, as amended, Heliport Design</P>
          <P>(20) International Air Transport Association document, “Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements,” as amended.</P>
          <P>(21) AC 29-2, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Rotorcraft.</P>
          <P>(22) AC 27-1, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Normal Category Rotorcraft.</P>
          <P>(23) International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Manual of Criteria for the Qualification of Flight Simulators, as amended.</P>
          <P>(24) Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volume I, as amended and Volume II, as amended, The Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK.</P>
          <P>(25) FAA Publication FAA-S-8081 series (Practical Test Standards for Airline Transport Pilot Certificate, Type Ratings, Commercial Pilot, and Instrument Ratings).</P>

          <P>(26) The FAA Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM). An electronic version of the AIM is on the Internet at <E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/atpubs.</E>
          </P>

          <P>(27) Aeronautical Radio, Inc. (ARINC) document number 436, titled <E T="03">Guidelines For Electronic Qualification Test Guide</E> (as amended).</P>
          <P>(28) Aeronautical Radio, Inc. (ARINC) document 610, <E T="03">Guidance for Design and Integration of Aircraft Avionics Equipment in Simulators</E> (as amended).<PRTPAGE P="197"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Applicability (§§ 60.1 and 60.2)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.1, Applicability, or to § 60.2, Applicability of sponsor rules to person who are not sponsors and who are engaged in certain unauthorized activities.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. Definitions (§ 60.3)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>See Appendix F of this part for a list of definitions and abbreviations from part 1 and part 60, including the appropriate appendices of part 60.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Qualification Performance Standards (§ 60.4)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.4, Qualification Performance Standards.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Quality Management System (§ 60.5)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>See Appendix E of this part for additional regulatory and informational material regarding Quality Management Systems.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Sponsor Qualification Requirements (§ 60.7)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. The intent of the language in § 60.7(b) is to have a specific FFS, identified by the sponsor, used at least once in an FAA-approved flight training program for the helicopter simulated during the 12-month period described. The identification of the specific FFS may change from one 12-month period to the next 12-month period as long as that sponsor sponsors and uses at least one FFS at least once during the prescribed period. There is no minimum number of hours or minimum FFS periods required.</P>
          <P>b. The following examples describe acceptable operational practices:</P>
          <P>(1) Example One.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor is sponsoring a single, specific FFS for its own use, in its own facility or elsewhere—this single FFS forms the basis for the sponsorship. The sponsor uses that FFS at least once in each 12-month period in that sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the helicopter simulated. This 12-month period is established according to the following schedule:</P>
          <P>(i) If the FFS was qualified prior to May 30, 2008, the 12-month period begins on the date of the first continuing qualification evaluation conducted in accordance with § 60.19 after May 30, 2008, and continues for each subsequent 12-month period;</P>
          <P>(ii) A device qualified on or after May 30, 2008, will be required to undergo an initial or upgrade evaluation in accordance with § 60.15. Once the initial or upgrade evaluation is complete, the first continuing qualification evaluation will be conducted within 6 months. The 12 month continuing qualification evaluation cycle begins on that date and continues for each subsequent 12-month period.</P>
          <P>(b) There is no minimum number of hours of FFS use required.</P>
          <P>(c) The identification of the specific FFS may change from one 12-month period to the next 12-month period as long as that sponsor sponsors and uses at least one FFS at least once during the prescribed period.</P>
          <P>(2) Example Two.</P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor sponsors an additional number of FFSs, in its facility or elsewhere. Each additionally sponsored FFS must be—</P>
          <P>(i) Used by the sponsor in the sponsor's FAA-approved flight training program for the helicopter simulated (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)); or</P>
          <P>(ii) Used by another FAA certificate holder in that other certificate holder's FAA-approved flight training program for the helicopter simulated (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)). This 12-month period is established in the same manner as in example one; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Provided a statement each year from a qualified pilot, (after having flown the helicopter, not the subject FFS or another FFS, during the preceding 12-month period) stating that the subject FFS's performance and handling qualities represent the helicopter (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)). This statement is provided at least once in each 12-month period established in the same manner as in example one.</P>
          <P>(b) There is no minimum number of hours of FFS use required.</P>
          <P>(3) Example Three.<PRTPAGE P="198"/>
          </P>
          <P>(a) A sponsor in New York (in this example, a Part 142 certificate holder) establishes “satellite” training centers in Chicago and Moscow.</P>

          <P>(b) The satellite function means that the Chicago and Moscow centers must operate under the New York center's certificate (in accordance with all of the New York center's practices, procedures, and policies; <E T="03">e.g.</E>, instructor and/or technician training/checking requirements, record keeping, QMS program).</P>

          <P>(c) All of the FFSs in the Chicago and Moscow centers could be dry-leased (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, the certificate holder does not have and use FAA-approved flight training programs for the FFSs in the Chicago and Moscow centers) because—</P>
          <P>(i) Each FFS in the Chicago center and each FFS in the Moscow center is used at least once each 12-month period by another FAA certificate holder in that other certificate holder's FAA-approved flight training program for the helicopter (as described in § 60.7(d)(1)); OR</P>
          <P>(ii) A statement is obtained from a qualified pilot (having flown the helicopter, not the subject FFS or another FFS during the preceding 12-month period) stating that the performance and handling qualities of each FFS in the Chicago and Moscow centers represents the helicopter (as described in § 60.7(d)(2)).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <P>7. Additional Responsibilities of the Sponsor (§ 60.9).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>The phrase “as soon as practicable” in § 60.9(a) means without unnecessarily disrupting or delaying beyond a reasonable time the training, evaluation, or experience being conducted in the FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">8. FFS Use (§ 60.11)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.11, FFS Use.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">9. FFS Objective Data Requirements (§ 60.13)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. Flight test data used to validate FFS performance and handling qualities must have been gathered in accordance with a flight test program containing the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A flight test plan consisting of:</P>
          <P>(a) The maneuvers and procedures required for aircraft certification and simulation programming and validation</P>
          <P>(b) For each maneuver or procedure—</P>
          <P>(i) The procedures and control input the flight test pilot and/or engineer used.</P>
          <P>(ii) The atmospheric and environmental conditions.</P>
          <P>(iii) The initial flight conditions.</P>
          <P>(iv) The helicopter configuration, including weight and center of gravity.</P>
          <P>(v) The data to be gathered.</P>
          <P>(vi) All other information necessary to recreate the flight test conditions in the FFS.</P>
          <P>(2) Appropriately qualified flight test personnel.</P>
          <P>(3) An understanding of the accuracy of the data to be gathered using appropriate alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation that is traceable to a recognized standard as described in Attachment 2, Table C2D of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(4) Appropriate and sufficient data acquisition equipment or system(s), including appropriate data reduction and analysis methods and techniques, acceptable to the FAA's Aircraft Certification Service.</P>
          <P>b. The data, regardless of source, must be presented:</P>
          <P>(1) In a format that supports the FFS validation process;</P>
          <P>(2) In a manner that is clearly readable and annotated correctly and completely;</P>
          <P>(3) With resolution sufficient to determine compliance with the tolerances set forth in Attachment 2, Table C2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(4) With any necessary instructions or other details provided, such as Stability Augmentation System (SAS) or throttle position; and</P>
          <P>(5) Without alteration, adjustments, or bias. Data may be corrected to address known data calibration errors provided that an explanation of the methods used to correct the errors appears in the QTG. The corrected data may be re-scaled, digitized, or otherwise manipulated to fit the desired presentation.</P>
          <P>c. After completion of any additional flight test, a flight test report must be submitted in support of the validation data. The report must contain sufficient data and rationale to support qualification of the FFS at the level requested.</P>

          <P>d. As required by § 60.13(f), the sponsor must notify the NSPM when it becomes aware that an addition to, an amendment to, or a revision of data that may relate to FFS performance or handling characteristics is <PRTPAGE P="199"/>available. The data referred to in this paragraph is data used to validate the performance, handling qualities, or other characteristics of the aircraft, including data related to any relevant changes occurring after the type certificate was issued. The sponsor must—</P>
          <P>(1) Within 10 calendar days, notify the NSPM of the existence of this data; and</P>
          <P>(2) Within 45 calendar days, notify the NSPM of—</P>
          <P>(a) The schedule to incorporate this data into the FFS; or</P>
          <P>(b) The reason for not incorporating this data into the FFS.</P>
          <P>e. In those cases where the objective test results authorize a “snapshot test” or a “series of snapshot test results” in lieu of a time-history result, the sponsor or other data provider must ensure that a steady state condition exists at the instant of time captured by the “snapshot.” The steady state condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, through 1 second following, the instant of time captured by the snap shot.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>f. The FFS sponsor is encouraged to maintain a liaison with the manufacturer of the aircraft being simulated (or with the holder of the aircraft type certificate for the aircraft being simulated if the manufacturer is no longer in business), and, if appropriate, with the person who supplied the aircraft data package for the FFS in order to facilitate the notification required by § 60.13(f).</P>
          <P>g. It is the intent of the NSPM that for new aircraft entering service, at a point well in advance of preparation of the QTG, the sponsor should submit to the NSPM for approval, a descriptive document (see Table C2D, Sample Validation Data Roadmap for Helicopters) containing the plan for acquiring the validation data, including data sources. This document should clearly identify sources of data for all required tests, a description of the validity of these data for a specific engine type and thrust rating configuration, and the revision levels of all avionics affecting the performance or flying qualities of the aircraft. Additionally, this document should provide other information, such as the rationale or explanation for cases where data or data parameters are missing, instances where engineering simulation data are used or where flight test methods require further explanations. It should also provide a brief narrative describing the cause and effect of any deviation from data requirements. The aircraft manufacturer may provide this document.</P>
          <P>h. There is no requirement for any flight test data supplier to submit a flight test plan or program prior to gathering flight test data. However, the NSPM notes that inexperienced data gatherers often provide data that is irrelevant, improperly marked, or lacking adequate justification for selection. Other problems include inadequate information regarding initial conditions or test maneuvers. The NSPM has been forced to refuse these data submissions as validation data for an FFS evaluation. It is for this reason that the NSPM recommends that any data supplier not previously experienced in this area review the data necessary for programming and for validating the performance of the FFS, and discuss the flight test plan anticipated for acquiring such data with the NSPM well in advance of commencing the flight tests.</P>
          <P>i. The NSPM will consider, on a case-by-case basis, whether to approve supplemental validation data derived from flight data recording systems such as a Quick Access Recorder or Flight Data Recorder.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">10. Special Equipment and Personnel Requirements for Qualification of the FFS (§ 60.14)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. In the event that the NSPM determines that special equipment or specifically qualified persons will be required to conduct an evaluation, the NSPM will make every attempt to notify the sponsor at least one (1) week, but in no case less than 72 hours, in advance of the evaluation. Examples of special equipment include spot photometers, flight control measurement devices, and sound analyzers. Examples of specially qualified personnel include individuals specifically qualified to install or use any special equipment when its use is required.</P>
          <P>b. Examples of a special evaluation include an evaluation conducted after an FFS is moved, at the request of the TPAA, or as a result of comments received from users of the FFS that raise questions about the continued qualification or use of the FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">11. Initial (and Upgrade) Qualification Requirements (§ 60.15)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. In order to be qualified at a particular qualification level, the FFS must:</P>
          <P>(1) Meet the general requirements listed in Attachment 1 of this appendix;</P>

          <P>(2) Meet the objective testing requirements listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix; and<PRTPAGE P="200"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Satisfactorily accomplish the subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix.</P>
          <P>b. The request described in § 60.15(a) must include all of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement that the FFS meets all of the applicable provisions of this part and all applicable provisions of the QPS.</P>
          <P>(2) A confirmation that the sponsor will forward to the NSPM the statement described in § 60.15(b) in such time as to be received no later than 5 business days prior to the scheduled evaluation and may be forwarded to the NSPM via traditional or electronic means.</P>
          <P>(3) A QTG, acceptable to the NSPM, that includes all of the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Objective data obtained from aircraft testing or another approved source.</P>
          <P>(b) Correlating objective test results obtained from the performance of the FFS as prescribed in the appropriate QPS.</P>
          <P>(c) The result of FFS subjective tests prescribed in the appropriate QPS.</P>
          <P>(d) A description of the equipment necessary to perform the evaluation for initial qualification and the continuing qualification evaluations.</P>
          <P>c. The QTG described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, must provide the documented proof of compliance with the simulator objective tests in Attachment 2, Table C2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>d. The QTG is prepared and submitted by the sponsor, or the sponsor's agent on behalf of the sponsor, to the NSPM for review and approval, and must include, for each objective test:</P>
          <P>(1) Parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions.</P>
          <P>(2) Pertinent and complete instructions for the conduct of automatic and manual tests.</P>
          <P>(3) A means of comparing the FFS test results to the objective data.</P>
          <P>(4) Any other information as necessary, to assist in the evaluation of the test results.</P>
          <P>(5) Other information appropriate to the qualification level of the FFS.</P>
          <P>e. The QTG described in paragraphs (a)(3) and (b) of this section, must include the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A QTG cover page with sponsor and FAA approval signature blocks (see Attachment 4, Figure C4C, of this appendix, for a sample QTG cover page).</P>
          <P>(2) A continuing qualification evaluation schedule requirements page. This page will be used by the NSPM to establish and record the frequency with which continuing qualification evaluations must be conducted and any subsequent changes that may be determined by the NSPM in accordance with § 60.19. See Attachment 4 of this appendix, Figure C4G, for a sample Continuing Qualification Evaluation Requirements page.</P>
          <P>(3) An FFS information page that provides the information listed in this paragraph (see Attachment 4, Figure C4B, of this appendix for a sample FFS information page). For convertible FFSs, the sponsor must submit a separate page for each configuration of the FFS.</P>
          <P>(a) The sponsor's FFS identification number or code.</P>
          <P>(b) The helicopter model and series being simulated.</P>
          <P>(c) The aerodynamic data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(d) The source of the basic aerodynamic model and the aerodynamic coefficient data used to modify the basic model.</P>
          <P>(e) The engine model(s) and its data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(f) The flight control data revision number or reference.</P>
          <P>(g) The flight management system identification and revision level.</P>
          <P>(h) The FFS model and manufacturer.</P>
          <P>(i) The date of FFS manufacture.</P>
          <P>(j) The FFS computer identification.</P>
          <P>(k) The visual system model and manufacturer, including display type.</P>
          <P>(l) The motion system type and manufacturer, including degrees of freedom.</P>
          <P>(4) A Table of Contents.</P>
          <P>(5) A log of revisions and a list of effective pages.</P>
          <P>(6) List of all relevant data references.</P>
          <P>(7) A glossary of terms and symbols used (including sign conventions and units).</P>
          <P>(8) Statements of compliance and capability (SOCs) with certain requirements.</P>
          <P>(9) Recording procedures or equipment required to accomplish the objective tests.</P>
          <P>(10) The following information for each objective test designated in Attachment 2 of this appendix, Table C2A, as applicable to the qualification level sought:</P>
          <P>(a) Name of the test.</P>
          <P>(b) Objective of the test.</P>
          <P>(c) Initial conditions.</P>
          <P>(d) Manual test procedures.</P>
          <P>(e) Automatic test procedures (if applicable).</P>
          <P>(f) Method for evaluating FFS objective test results.</P>
          <P>(g) List of all relevant parameters driven or constrained during the automatically conducted test(s).</P>
          <P>(h) List of all relevant parameters driven or constrained during the manually conducted test(s).</P>
          <P>(i) Tolerances for relevant parameters.</P>
          <P>(j) Source of Validation Data (document and page number).</P>
          <P>(k) Copy of the Validation Data (if located in a separate binder, a cross reference for the identification and page number for pertinent data location must be provided).</P>

          <P>(l) Simulator Objective Test Results as obtained by the sponsor. Each test result must reflect the date completed and must be clearly labeled as a product of the device being tested.<PRTPAGE P="201"/>
          </P>
          <P>f. A convertible FFS is addressed as a separate FFS for each model and series helicopter to which it will be converted and for the FAA qualification level sought. If a sponsor seeks qualification for two or more models of a helicopter type using a convertible FFS, the sponsor must submit a QTG for each helicopter model, or a QTG for the first helicopter model and a supplement to that QTG for each additional helicopter model. The NSPM will conduct evaluations for each helicopter model.</P>
          <P>g. Form and manner of presentation of objective test results in the QTG:</P>
          <P>(1) The sponsor's FFS test results must be recorded in a manner acceptable to the NSPM, that allows easy comparison of the FFS test results to the validation data (e.g., use of a multi-channel recorder, line printer, cross plotting, overlays, transparencies).</P>
          <P>(2) FFS results must be labeled using terminology common to helicopter parameters as opposed to computer software identifications.</P>
          <P>(3) Validation data documents included in a QTG may be photographically reduced only if such reduction will not alter the graphic scaling or cause difficulties in scale interpretation or resolution.</P>
          <P>(4) Scaling on graphical presentations must provide the resolution necessary to evaluate the parameters shown in Attachment 2, Table C2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(5) Tests involving time histories, data sheets (or transparencies thereof) and FFS test results must be clearly marked with appropriate reference points to ensure an accurate comparison between the FFS and the helicopter with respect to time. Time histories recorded via a line printer are to be clearly identified for cross plotting on the helicopter data. Over-plots must not obscure the reference data.</P>
          <P>h. The sponsor may elect to complete the QTG objective and subjective tests at the manufacturer's facility or at the sponsor's training facility. If the tests are conducted at the manufacturer's facility, the sponsor must repeat at least one-third of the tests at the sponsor's training facility in order to substantiate FFS performance. The QTG must be clearly annotated to indicate when and where each test was accomplished. Tests conducted at the manufacturer's facility and at the sponsor's training facility must be conducted after the FFS is assembled with systems and sub-systems functional and operating in an interactive manner. The test results must be submitted to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>i. The sponsor must maintain a copy of the MQTG at the FFS location.</P>
          <P>j. All FFSs for which the initial qualification is conducted after May 30, 2014, must have an electronic MQTG (eMQTG) including all objective data obtained from helicopter testing, or another approved source (reformatted or digitized), together with correlating objective test results obtained from the performance of the FFS (reformatted or digitized) as prescribed in this appendix. The eMQTG must also contain the general FFS performance or demonstration results (reformatted or digitized) prescribed in this appendix, and a description of the equipment necessary to perform the initial qualification evaluation and the continuing qualification evaluations. The eMQTG must include the original validation data used to validate FFS performance and handling qualities in either the original digitized format from the data supplier or an electronic scan of the original time-history plots that were provided by the data supplier. A copy of the eMQTG must be provided to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>k. All other FFSs not covered in subparagraph “j” must have an electronic copy of the MQTG by May 30, 2014. An electronic copy of the MQTG must be provided to the NSPM. This may be provided by an electronic scan presented in a Portable Document File (PDF), or similar format acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>l. During the initial (or upgrade) qualification evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a person who is a user of the device (e.g., a qualified pilot or instructor pilot with flight time experience in that aircraft) and knowledgeable about the operation of the aircraft and the operation of the FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>m. Only those FFSs that are sponsored by a certificate holder as defined in Appendix F of this part will be evaluated by the NSPM. However, other FFS evaluations may be conducted on a case-by-case basis as the Administrator deems appropriate, but only in accordance with applicable agreements.</P>
          <P>n. The NSPM will conduct an evaluation for each configuration, and each FFS must be evaluated as completely as possible. To ensure a thorough and uniform evaluation, each FFS is subjected to the general simulator requirements in Attachment 1 of this appendix, the objective tests listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix, and the subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix. The evaluations described herein will include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Helicopter responses, including longitudinal and lateral-directional control responses (see Attachment 2 of this appendix).</P>

          <P>(2) Performance in authorized portions of the simulated helicopter's operating envelope, to include tasks evaluated by the NSPM in the areas of surface operations, takeoff, climb, cruise, descent, approach, and landing as well as abnormal and emergency <PRTPAGE P="202"/>operations (see Attachment 2 of this appendix).</P>
          <P>(3) Control checks (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this appendix).</P>
          <P>(4) Flight deck configuration (see Attachment 1 of this appendix).</P>
          <P>(5) Pilot, flight engineer, and instructor station functions checks (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 3 of this appendix).</P>
          <P>(6) Helicopter systems and sub-systems (as appropriate) as compared to the helicopter simulated (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 3 of this appendix).</P>
          <P>(7) FFS systems and sub-systems, including force cueing (motion), visual, and aural (sound) systems, as appropriate (see Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 of this appendix).</P>
          <P>(8) Certain additional requirements, depending upon the qualification level sought, including equipment or circumstances that may become hazardous to the occupants. The sponsor may be subject to Occupational Safety and Health Administration requirements.</P>
          <P>o. The NSPM administers the objective and subjective tests, which includes an examination of functions. The tests include a qualitative assessment of the FFS by an NSP pilot. The NSP evaluation team leader may assign other qualified personnel to assist in accomplishing the functions examination and/or the objective and subjective tests performed during an evaluation when required.</P>
          <P>(1) Objective tests provide a basis for measuring and evaluating FFS performance and determining compliance with the requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>(2) Subjective tests provide a basis for:</P>
          <P>(a) Evaluating the capability of the FFS to perform over a typical utilization period;</P>
          <P>(b) Determining that the FFS satisfactorily simulates each required task;</P>
          <P>(c) Verifying correct operation of the FFS controls, instruments, and systems; and</P>
          <P>(d) Demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>p. The tolerances for the test parameters listed in Attachment 2 of this appendix reflect the range of tolerances acceptable to the NSPM for FFS validation and are not to be confused with design tolerances specified for FFS manufacture. In making decisions regarding tests and test results, the NSPM relies on the use of operational and engineering judgment in the application of data (including consideration of the way in which the flight test was flown and way the data was gathered and applied), data presentations, and the applicable tolerances for each test.</P>
          <P>q. In addition to the scheduled continuing qualification evaluation, each FFS is subject to evaluations conducted by the NSPM at any time without prior notification to the sponsor. Such evaluations would be accomplished in a normal manner (i.e., requiring exclusive use of the FFS for the conduct of objective and subjective tests and an examination of functions) if the FFS is not being used for flight crewmember training, testing, or checking. However, if the FFS were being used, the evaluation would be conducted in a non-exclusive manner. This non-exclusive evaluation will be conducted by the FFS evaluator accompanying the check airman, instructor, Aircrew Program Designee (APD), or FAA inspector aboard the FFS along with the student(s) and observing the operation of the FFS during the training, testing, or checking activities.</P>
          <P>r. Problems with objective test results are handled as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) If a problem with an objective test result is detected by the NSP evaluation team during an evaluation, the test may be repeated or the QTG may be amended.</P>
          <P>(2) If it is determined that the results of an objective test do not support the level requested but do support a lower level, the NSPM may qualify the FFS at that lower level. For example, if a Level D evaluation is requested and the FFS fails to meet sound test tolerances, it could be qualified at Level C.</P>
          <P>s. After an FFS is successfully evaluated, the NSPM issues a certificate of qualification (COQ) to the sponsor. The NSPM recommends the FFS to the TPAA, who will approve the FFS for use in a flight training program. The COQ will be issued at the satisfactory conclusion of the initial or continuing qualification evaluation and will list the tasks for which the FFS is qualified, referencing the tasks described in Table C1B in Attachment 1 of this appendix. However, it is the sponsor's responsibility to obtain TPAA approval prior to using the FFS in an FAA-approved flight training program.</P>
          <P>t. Under normal circumstances, the NSPM establishes a date for the initial or upgrade evaluation within ten (10) working days after determining that a complete QTG is acceptable. Unusual circumstances may warrant establishing an evaluation date before this determination is made. A sponsor may schedule an evaluation date as early as 6 months in advance. However, there may be a delay of 45 days or more in rescheduling and completing the evaluation if the sponsor is unable to meet the scheduled date. See Attachment 4, of this appendix, Figure C4A, Sample Request for Initial, Upgrade, or Reinstatement Evaluation.</P>
          <P>u. The numbering system used for objective test results in the QTG should closely follow the numbering system set out in Attachment 2, FFS Objective Tests, Table C2A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>v. Contact the NSPM or visit the NSPM Web site for additional information regarding the preferred qualifications of pilots used to meet the requirements of § 60.15(d).</P>

          <P>w. Examples of the exclusions for which the FFS might not have been subjectively <PRTPAGE P="203"/>tested by the sponsor or the NSPM and for which qualification might not be sought or granted, as described in § 60.15(g)(6), include takeoffs and landing from slopes and pinnacles.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">12. Additional Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS (§ 60.16)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.16, Additional Qualifications for a Currently Qualified FFS.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">13. Previously Qualified FFSs (§ 60.17)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. In instances where a sponsor plans to remove an FFS from active status for a period of less than two years, the following procedures apply:</P>
          <P>(1) The NSPM must be notified in writing and the notification must include an estimate of the period that the FFS will be inactive.</P>
          <P>(2) Continuing Qualification evaluations will not be scheduled during the inactive period.</P>
          <P>(3) The NSPM will remove the FFS from the list of qualified FSTDs on a mutually established date not later than the date on which the first missed continuing qualification evaluation would have been scheduled.</P>
          <P>(4) Before the FFS is restored to qualified status, it must be evaluated by the NSPM. The evaluation content and the time required to accomplish the evaluation is based on the number of continuing qualification evaluations and sponsor-conducted quarterly inspections missed during the period of inactivity.</P>
          <P>(5) The sponsor must notify the NSPM of any changes to the original scheduled time out of service.</P>
          <P>b. Simulators qualified prior to May 30, 2008, are not required to meet the general simulation requirements, the objective test requirements, and the subjective test requirements of attachments 1, 2, and 3, of this appendix as long as the simulator continues to meet the test requirements contained in the MQTG developed under the original qualification basis.</P>
          <P>c. After May 30, 2009, each visual scene or airport model beyond the minimum required for the FFS qualification level that is installed in and available for use in a qualified FFS must meet the requirements described in Attachment 3 of this appendix.</P>
          <P>d. Simulators qualified prior to May 30, 2008, may be updated. If an evaluation is deemed appropriate or necessary by the NSPM after such an update, the evaluation will not require an evaluation to standards beyond those against which the simulator was originally qualified.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>e. Other certificate holders or persons desiring to use an FFS may contract with FFS sponsors to use FFSs previously qualified at a particular level for a helicopter type and approved for use within an FAA-approved flight training program. Such FFSs are not required to undergo an additional qualification process, except as described in § 60.16.</P>
          <P>f. Each FFS user must obtain approval from the appropriate TPAA to use any FFS in an FAA-approved flight training program.</P>
          <P>g. The intent of the requirement listed in § 60.17(b), for each FFS to have an SOQ within 6 years, is to have the availability of that statement (including the configuration list and the limitations to authorizations) to provide a complete picture of the FFS inventory regulated by the FAA. The issuance of the statement will not require any additional evaluation or require any adjustment to the evaluation basis for the FFS.</P>
          <P>h. Downgrading of an FFS is a permanent change in qualification level and will necessitate the issuance of a revised SOQ to reflect the revised qualification level, as appropriate. If a temporary restriction is placed on an FFS because of a missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative component or on-going repairs, the restriction is not a permanent change in qualification level. Instead, the restriction is temporary and is removed when the reason for the restriction has been resolved.</P>
          <P>i. The NSPM will determine the evaluation criteria for an FFS that has been removed from active status. The criteria will be based on the number of continuing qualification evaluations and quarterly inspections missed during the period of inactivity. For example, if the FFS were out of service for a 1 year period, it would be necessary to complete the entire QTG, since all of the quarterly evaluations would have been missed. The NSPM will also consider how the FFS was stored, whether parts were removed from the FFS and whether the FFS was disassembled.</P>
          <P>j. The FFS will normally be requalified using the FAA-approved MQTG and the criteria that was in effect prior to its removal from qualification. However, inactive periods of 2 years or more will require requalification under the standards in effect and current at the time of requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="204"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">14. Inspection, Continuing Qualification Evaluation, and Maintenance Requirements (§ 60.19)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor must conduct a minimum of four evenly spaced inspections throughout the year. The objective test sequence and content of each inspection must be developed by the sponsor and must be acceptable to the NSPM.</P>
          <P>b. The description of the functional preflight check must be contained in the sponsor's QMS.</P>
          <P>c. Record “functional preflight” in the FFS discrepancy log book or other acceptable location, including any item found to be missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative.</P>
          <P>d. During the continuing qualification evaluation conducted by the NSPM, the sponsor must also provide a person knowledgeable about the operation of the aircraft and the operation of the FFS.</P>
          <P>e. The NSPM will conduct continuing qualification evaluations every 12 months unless:</P>
          <P>(1) The NSPM becomes aware of discrepancies or performance problems with the device that warrants more frequent evaluations; or</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor implements a QMS that justifies less frequent evaluations. However, in no case shall the frequency of a continuing qualification evaluation exceed 36 months.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>f. The sponsor's test sequence and the content of each quarterly inspection required in § 60.19(a)(1) should include a balance and a mix from the objective test requirement areas listed as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Performance.</P>
          <P>(2) Handling qualities.</P>
          <P>(3) Motion system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(4) Visual system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(5) Sound system (where appropriate).</P>
          <P>(6) Other FFS systems.</P>
          <P>g. If the NSP evaluator plans to accomplish specific tests during a normal continuing qualification evaluation that requires the use of special equipment or technicians, the sponsor will be notified as far in advance of the evaluation as practical; but not less than 72 hours. Examples of such tests include latencies, control dynamics, sounds and vibrations, motion, and/or some visual system tests.</P>

          <P>h. The continuing qualification evaluations, described in § 60.19(b), will normally require 4 hours of FFS time. However, flexibility is necessary to address abnormal situations or situations involving aircraft with additional levels of complexity (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, computer controlled aircraft). The sponsor should anticipate that some tests may require additional time. The continuing qualification evaluations will consist of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Review of the results of the quarterly inspections conducted by the sponsor since the last scheduled continuing qualification evaluation.</P>
          <P>(2) A selection of approximately 8 to 15 objective tests from the MQTG that provide an adequate opportunity to evaluate the performance of the FFS. The tests chosen will be performed either automatically or manually and should be able to be conducted within approximately one-third (1/3) of the allotted FFS time.</P>
          <P>(3) A subjective evaluation of the FFS to perform a representative sampling of the tasks set out in attachment 3 of this appendix. This portion of the evaluation should take approximately two-thirds (2/3) of the allotted FFS time.</P>
          <P>(4) An examination of the functions of the FFS may include the motion system, visual system, sound system, instructor operating station, and the normal functions and simulated malfunctions of the simulated helicopter systems. This examination is normally accomplished simultaneously with the subjective evaluation requirements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">15. Logging FFS Discrepancies (§ 60.20)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.20. Logging FFS Discrepancies.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">16. Interim Qualification of FFSs for New Helicopter Types or Models (§ 60.21)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.21, Interim Qualification of FFSs for New Helicopter Types or Models.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">17. Modifications to FFSs (§ 60.23)</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="205"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. The notification described in § 60.23(c)(2) must include a complete description of the planned modification, with a description of the operational and engineering effect the proposed modification will have on the operation of the FFS and the results that are expected with the modification incorporated.</P>
          <P>b. Prior to using the modified FFS:</P>

          <P>(1) All the applicable objective tests completed with the modification incorporated, including any necessary updates to the MQTG (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, accomplishment of FSTD Directives) must be acceptable to the NSPM; and</P>
          <P>(2) The sponsor must provide the NSPM with a statement signed by the MR that the factors listed in § 60.15(b) are addressed by the appropriate personnel as described in that section.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>(3) FSTD Directives are considered modifications of an FFS. See Attachment 4 of this appendix for a sample index of effective FSTD Directives. See Attachment 6 of this appendix for a list of all effective FSTD Directives applicable to Helicopter FFSs.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">18. Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components (§ 60.25)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. The sponsor's responsibility with respect to § 60.25(a) is satisfied when the sponsor fairly and accurately advises the user of the current status of an FFS, including any missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative (MMI) component(s).</P>
          <P>b. It is the responsibility of the instructor, check airman, or representative of the administrator conducting training, testing, or checking to exercise reasonable and prudent judgment to determine if any MMI component is necessary for the satisfactory completion of a specific maneuver, procedure, or task.</P>
          <P>c. If the 29th or 30th day of the 30-day period described in § 60.25(b) is on a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday, the FAA will extend the deadline until the next business day.</P>
          <P>d. In accordance with the authorization described in § 60.25(b), the sponsor may develop a discrepancy prioritizing system to accomplish repairs based on the level of impact on the capability of the FFS. Repairs having a larger impact on FFS capability to provide the required training, evaluation, or flight experience will have a higher priority for repair or replacement.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">19. Automatic Loss of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.27)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>If the sponsor provides a plan for how the FFS will be maintained during its out-of-service period (e.g., periodic exercise of mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical systems; routine replacement of hydraulic fluid; control of the environmental factors in which the FFS is to be maintained) there is a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be able to determine the amount of testing required for requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">20. Other Losses of Qualification and Procedures for Restoration of Qualification (§ 60.29)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>If the sponsor provides a plan for how the FFS will be maintained during its out-of-service period (e.g., periodic exercise of mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical systems; routine replacement of hydraulic fluid; control of the environmental factors in which the FFS is to be maintained) there is a greater likelihood that the NSPM will be able to determine the amount of testing required for requalification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">21. Record Keeping and Reporting (§ 60.31)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. FFS modifications can include hardware or software changes. For FFS modifications involving software programming changes, the record required by § 60.31(a)(2) must consist of the name of the aircraft system software, aerodynamic model, or engine model change, the date of the change, a summary of the change, and the reason for the change.</P>

          <P>b. If a coded form for record keeping is used, it must provide for the preservation and retrieval of information with appropriate security or controls to prevent the inappropriate alteration of such records after the fact.<PRTPAGE P="206"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">22. Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements (§ 60.33)</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.33, Applications, Logbooks, Reports, and Records: Fraud, Falsification, or Incorrect Statements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">23. [Reserved]</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">24. [Reserved]</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">25. FFS Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) (§ 60.37)</HD>
          <P>No additional regulatory or informational material applies to § 60.37, FFS Qualification on the Basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 1 to Appendix C to Part 60—GENERAL SIMULATOR REQUIREMENTS</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Requirements</HD>
          <P>a. Certain requirements included in this appendix must be supported with an SOC as defined in Appendix F of this part, which may include objective and subjective tests. The requirements for SOCs are indicated in the “General Simulator Requirements” column in Table C1A of this appendix.</P>
          <P>b. Table C1A describes the requirements for the indicated level of FFS. Many devices include operational systems or functions that exceed the requirements outlined in this section. However, all systems will be tested and evaluated in accordance with this appendix to ensure proper operation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Discussion</HD>
          <P>a. This attachment describes the general simulator requirements for qualifying a helicopter FFS. The sponsor should also consult the objective tests in Attachment 2 of this appendix and the examination of functions and subjective tests listed in Attachment 3 of this appendix to determine the complete requirements for a specific level simulator.</P>
          <P>b. The material contained in this attachment is divided into the following categories:</P>
          <P>(1) General flight deck configuration.</P>
          <P>(2) Simulator programming.</P>
          <P>(3) Equipment operation.</P>
          <P>(4) Equipment and facilities for instructor/evaluator functions.</P>
          <P>(5) Motion system.</P>
          <P>(6) Visual system.</P>
          <P>(7) Sound system.</P>
          <P>c. Table C1A provides the standards for the General Simulator Requirements.</P>
          <P>d. Table C1B provides the tasks that the sponsor will examine to determine whether the FFS satisfactorily meets the requirements for flight crew training, testing, and experience, and provides the tasks for which the simulator may be qualified.</P>
          <P>e. Table C1C provides the functions that an instructor/check airman must be able to control in the simulator.</P>
          <P>f. It is not required that all of the tasks that appear on the List of Qualified Tasks (part of the SOQ) be accomplished during the initial or continuing qualification evaluation.</P>
          <P>g. Table C1A addresses only Levels B, C, and D helicopter simulators because there are no Level A Helicopter simulators.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r75,3C,3C,3C,r75" COLS="06" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table C1A—Minimum Simulator Requirements</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">General simulator requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Simulator levels</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">1.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">General Flight Deck Configuration</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="207"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have a flight deck that is a replica of the helicopter being simulated<LI>The simulator must have controls, equipment, observable flight deck indicators, circuit breakers, and bulkheads properly located, functionally accurate and replicating the helicopter. The direction of movement of controls and switches must be identical to that in the helicopter. Pilot seats must afford the capability for the occupant to be able to achieve the design “eye position” established for the helicopter being simulated. Equipment for the operation of the flight deck windows must be included, but the actual windows need not be operable. Fire axes, extinguishers, and spare light bulbs must be available in the FFS but may be relocated to a suitable location as near as practical to the original position. Fire axes, landing gear pins, and any similar purpose instruments need only be represented in silhouette</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For simulator purposes, the flight deck consists of all that space forward of a cross section of the fuselage at the most extreme aft setting of the pilots' seats including additional, required flight crewmember duty stations and those required bulkheads aft of the pilot seats. For clarification, bulkheads containing only items such as landing gear pin storage compartments, fire axes and extinguishers, spare light bulbs, and aircraft documents pouches are not considered essential and may be omitted.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Those circuit breakers that affect procedures or result in observable flight deck indications must be properly located and functionally accurate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">2.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Programming</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>

              <ENT>A flight dynamics model that accounts for various combinations of air speed and power normally encountered in flight must correspond to actual flight conditions, including the effect of change in helicopter attitude, aerodynamic and propulsive forces and moments, altitude, temperature, mass, center of gravity location, and configuration<LI O="xl">An SOC is required</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must have the computer capacity, accuracy, resolution, and dynamic response needed to meet the qualification level sought<LI O="xl">An SOC is required</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground handling (where appropriate) and aerodynamic programming must include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground effect<LI O="xl"> Level B does not require hover programming</LI>
                <LI O="xl">An SOC is required</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Applicable areas include flare and touch down from a running landing as well as for in-ground-effect (IGE) hover. A reasonable simulation of ground effect includes modeling of lift, drag, pitching moment, trim, and power while in ground effect.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground reaction<LI O="xl">Level B does not require hover programming</LI>
                <LI O="xl">An SOC is required</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaction of the helicopter upon contact with the landing surface during landing (e.g., strut deflection, tire or skid friction, side forces) may differ with changes in gross weight, airspeed, rate of descent on touchdown, and slide slip.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="208"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide for manual and automatic testing of simulator hardware and software programming to determine compliance with simulator objective tests as prescribed in Attachment 2 of this appendix <LI O="xl">An SOC is required</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This may include an automated system, which could be used for conducting at least a portion of the QTG tests. Automatic “flagging” of out-of-tolerance situations is encouraged.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The relative responses of the motion system, visual system, and flight deck instruments must be measured by latency tests or transport delay tests. Motion onset must occur before the end of the scan of that video field. Instrument response may not occur prior to motion onset. Test results must be within the following limits:</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>The intent is to verify that the simulator provides instrument, motion, and visual cues that are like the helicopter responses within the stated time delays. It is preferable motion onset occur before the start of the visual scene change (the start of the scan of the first video field containing different information). For helicopter response, acceleration in the appropriate corresponding rotational axis is preferred.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Response must be within 150 milliseconds of the helicopter response</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Response must be within 100 milliseconds of the helicopter response</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must simulate brake and tire failure dynamics (including antiskid failure, if appropriate)<LI>An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator should represent the motion (in the appropriate axes) and the directional control characteristics of the helicopter when experiencing simulated brake or tire failures.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.g.</ENT>

              <ENT>The aerodynamic modeling in the simulator must include:<LI O="xl">(1) Ground effect,</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) Effects of airframe and rotor icing (if applicable),</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(3) Aerodynamic interference effects between the rotor wake and fuselage,</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(4) Influence of the rotor on control and stabilization systems,</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(5) Representations of settling with power, and</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(6) Retreating blade stall.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Attachment 2 of this appendix for further information on ground effect.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.h.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide for realistic mass properties, including gross weight, center of gravity, and moments of inertia as a function of payload and fuel loading<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">3.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Equipment Operation</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>All relevant instrument indications involved in the simulation of the helicopter must automatically respond to control movement or external disturbances to the simulated helicopter; e.g., turbulence or windshear. Numerical values must be presented in the appropriate units</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Communications, navigation, caution, and warning equipment must be installed and operate within the tolerances applicable for the helicopter being simulated</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>See Attachment 3 of this appendix for further information regarding long-range navigation equipment.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulated helicopter systems must operate as the helicopter systems operate under normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions on the ground and in flight</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="209"/>
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide pilot controls with control forces and control travel that correspond to the simulated helicopter. The simulator must also react in the same manner as the helicopter under the same flight conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Simulator control feel dynamics must replicate the helicopter simulated. This must be determined by comparing a recording of the control feel dynamics of the simulator to helicopter measurements. For initial and upgrade evaluations, the control dynamic characteristics must be measured and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accomplished in takeoff, cruise, and landing conditions and configurations</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">4.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Instructor/Evaluator Facilities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>In addition to the flight crewmember stations, the simulator must have at least two suitable seats for the instructor/check airman and FAA inspector. These seats must provide adequate vision to the pilot's panel and forward windows. All seats other than flight crew seats need not represent those found in the helicopter but must be adequately secured to the floor and equipped with similar positive restraint devices</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The NSPM will consider alternatives to this standard for additional seats based on unique flight deck configurations.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have controls that enable the instructor/evaluator to control all required system variables and insert all abnormal or emergency conditions into the simulated helicopter systems as described in the sponsor's FAA-approved training program, or as described in the relevant operating manual as appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have instructor controls for all environmental effects expected to be available at the IOS; e.g., clouds, visibility, icing, precipitation, temperature, storm cells, and wind speed and direction</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide the instructor or evaluator the ability to present ground and air hazards</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For example, another aircraft crossing the active runway and converging airborne traffic.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide the instructor or evaluator the ability to present the effect of re-circulating dust, water vapor, or snow conditions that develop as a result of rotor downwash</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This is a selectable condition that is not required for all operations on or near the surface.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">5.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Motion System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have motion (force) cues perceptible to the pilot that are representative of the motion in a helicopter</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For example, touchdown cues should be a function of the rate of descent (RoD) of the simulated helicopter.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) system with a minimum of three degrees of freedom (at least pitch, roll, and heave)<LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="210"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must have a motion (force cueing) system that produces cues at least equivalent to those of a six-degrees-of-freedom, synergistic platform motion system (i.e., pitch, roll, yaw, heave, sway, and surge) <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide for the recording of the motion system response time <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide motion effects programming to include the following:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(1) Runway rumble, oleo deflections, effects of ground speed, uneven runway, characteristics.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(2) Buffets due to transverse flow effects.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(3) Buffet during extension and retraction of landing gear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(4) Buffet due to retreating blade stall.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(5) Buffet due to vortex ring (settling with power).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(6) Representative cues resulting from touchdown.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(7) High speed rotor vibrations.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(8) Tire failure dynamics</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(9) Engine malfunction and engine damage</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(10) Airframe ground strike</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>(11) Motion vibrations that result from atmospheric disturbances</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For air turbulence, general purpose disturbance models are acceptable if, when used, they produce test results that approximate demonstrable flight test data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide characteristic motion vibrations that result from operation of the helicopter (for example, retreating blade stall, extended landing gear, settling with power) in so far as vibration marks an event or helicopter state, which can be sensed in the flight deck</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator should be programmed and instrumented in such a manner that the characteristic buffet modes can be measured and compared to helicopter data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">6.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>
                <E T="02"> Visual System</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Additional horizontal field-of-view capability may be added at the sponsor's discretion provided the minimum field-of-view is retained.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have a visual system providing an out-of-the-flight deck view</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide a continuous field-of-view of at least 75° horizontally and 30° vertically per pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be operable simultaneously. The minimum horizontal field-of-view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (<FR>1/2</FR>) of the minimum continuous field-of-view requirement, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. An SOC must explain the geometry of the installation <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="211"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide a continuous visual field-of-view of at least 146° horizontally and 36° vertically per pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be operable simultaneously. Horizontal field-of-view is centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. The minimum horizontal field-of-view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (<FR>1/2</FR>) of the minimum continuous field-of-view requirement, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage<LI>An SOC must explain the geometry of the installation. Capability for a field-of-view in excess of the minimum is not required for qualification at Level C. However, where specific tasks require extended fields of view beyond the 146° by 36° (e.g., to accommodate the use of “chin windows” where the accommodation is either integral with or separate from the primary visual system display), then the extended fields of view must be provided. When considering the installation and use of augmented fields of view, the sponsor must meet with the NSPM to determine the training, testing, checking, and experience tasks for which the augmented field-of-view capability may be required </LI>
                <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Optimization of the vertical field-of-view may be considered with respect to the specific helicopter flight deck cut-off angle. The sponsor may request the NSPM to evaluate the FFS for specific authorization(s) for the following:<LI>(1) Specific areas within the database needing higher resolution to support landings, take-offs and ground cushion exercises and training away from a heliport, including elevated heliport, helidecks and confined areas.</LI>
                <LI>(2) For cross-country flights, sufficient scene details to allow for ground to map navigation over a sector length equal to 30 minutes at an average cruise speed.</LI>
                <LI>(3) For offshore airborne radar approaches (ARA), harmonized visual/radar representations of installations.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.d.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide a continuous visual field-of-view of at least 176° horizontally and 56° vertically per pilot seat. Both pilot seat visual systems must be operable simultaneously. Horizontal field-of-view is centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. The minimum horizontal field-of-view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (<FR>1/2</FR>) of the minimum continuous field-of-view requirement, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. An SOC must explain the geometry of the installation. Capability for a field-of-view in excess of the minimum is not required for qualification at Level D. However, where specific tasks require extended fields of view beyond the 176° by 56° (e.g., to accommodate the use of “chin windows” where the accommodation is either integral with or separate from the primary visual system display), then the extended fields of view must be provided. When considering the installation and use of augmented fields of view, the sponsor must meet with the NSPM to determine the training, testing, checking, and experience tasks for which the augmented field-of-view capability may be required <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Optimization of the vertical field-of-view may be considered with respect to the specific helicopter flight deck cut-off angle.The sponsor may request the NSPM to evaluate the FFS for specific authorization(s) for the following:<LI>(1) Specific areas within the database needing higher resolution to support landings, take-offs and ground cushion exercises and training away from a heliport, including elevated heliport, helidecks and confined areas.</LI>
                <LI>(2) For cross-country flights, sufficient scene details to allow for ground to map navigation over a sector length equal to 30 minutes at an average cruise speed.</LI>
                <LI>(3) For offshore airborne radar approaches (ARA), harmonized visual/radar representations of installations.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>The visual system must be free from optical discontinuities and artifacts that create non-realistic cues</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Nonrealistic cues might include image “swimming” and image “roll-off,” that may lead a pilot to make incorrect assessments of speed, acceleration and/or situational awareness.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="212"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must have operational landing lights for night scenes.Where used, dusk (or twilight) scenes require operational landing lights.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.g.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must have instructor controls for the following: <LI O="xl">(1) Visibility in statute miles (kilometers) and runway visual range (RVR) in ft. (meters).</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) Airport or landing area selection </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(3) Airport or landing area lighting</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.h.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Each airport scene displayed must include the following: <LI O="xl">(1) Airport runways and taxiways </LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) Runway definition</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(a) Runway surface and markings</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(b) Lighting for the runway in use, including runway threshold, edge, centerline, touchdown zone, VASI (or PAPI), and approach lighting of appropriate colors, as appropriate</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(c) Taxiway lights</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide visual system compatibility with dynamic response programming</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.j.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must show that the segment of the ground visible from the simulator flight deck is the same as from the helicopter flight deck (within established tolerances) when at the correct airspeed and altitude above the touchdown zone</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This will show the modeling accuracy of the scene with respect to a predetermined position from the end of the runway “in use.”</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.k.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide visual cues necessary to assess rate of change of height, height AGL, and translational displacement and rates during takeoffs and landings</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.l.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide visual cues necessary to assess rate of change of height, height AGL, as well as translational displacement and rates during takeoff, low altitude/low airspeed maneuvering, hover, and landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.m.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide for accurate portrayal of the visual environment relating to the simulator attitude</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual attitude vs. simulator attitude is a comparison of pitch and roll of the horizon as displayed in the visual scene compared to the display on the attitude indicator.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.n</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must provide for quick confirmation of visual system color, RVR, focus, and intensity <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.o.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must be capable of producing at least 10 levels of occulting</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="213"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.p.</ENT>
              <ENT>Night Visual Scenes. The simulator must provide night visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Night scenes, as a minimum, must provide presentations of sufficient surfaces with appropriate textural cues that include self-illuminated objects such as road networks, ramp lighting, and airport signage, to conduct a visual approach, a landing, and airport movement (taxi). Scenes must include a definable horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bodies of water and surfaces illuminated by helicopter landing lights</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.q.</ENT>

              <ENT>Dusk (Twilight) Visual Scenes. The simulator must provide dusk (or twilight) visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. Dusk (or twilight) scenes, as a minimum, must provide full color presentations of reduced ambient intensity, sufficient surfaces with appropriate textural cues that include self-illuminated objects such as road networks, ramp lighting and airport signage, to conduct a visual approach, landing and airport movement (taxi). Scenes must include a definable horizon and typical terrain characteristics such as fields, roads and bodies of water and surfaces illuminated by representative aircraft lighting (e.g., landing lights). If provided, directional horizon lighting must have correct orientation and be consistent with surface shading effects. Total scene content must be comparable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visible textured surfaces and 15,000 visible lights with sufficient system capacity to display 16 simultaneously moving objects <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.r.</ENT>

              <ENT>Daylight Visual Scenes. The simulator must have daylight visual scenes with sufficient scene content to recognize the airport, the terrain, and major landmarks around the airport. The scene content must allow a pilot to successfully accomplish a visual landing. No ambient lighting may “washout” the displayed visual scene. Total scene content must be comparable in detail to that produced by 10,000 visible textured surfaces and 6,000 visible lights with sufficient system capacity to display 16 simultaneously moving objects. The visual display must be free of apparent and distracting quantization and other distracting visual effects while the simulator is in motion <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.s</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide operational visual scenes that portray physical relationships known to cause landing illusions to pilots</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>For example: short runways, landing approaches over water, uphill or downhill runways, rising terrain on the approach path, unique topographic features.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="214"/>
              <ENT I="01">6.t.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide special weather representations of light, medium, and heavy precipitation near a thunderstorm on takeoff and during approach and landing. Representations need only be presented at and below an altitude of 2,000 ft. (610 m) above the airport surface and within 10 miles (16 km) of the airport</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.u.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must present visual scenes of wet and snow-covered runways, including runway lighting reflections for wet conditions, and partially obscured lights for snow conditions</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The NSPM will consider suitable alternative effects.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.v.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must present realistic color and directionality of all airport lighting</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">7.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Sound System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide flight deck sounds that result from pilot actions that correspond to those that occur in the helicopter</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Volume control, if installed, must have an indication of the sound level setting</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.c.</ENT>

              <ENT>The simulator must accurately simulate the sound of precipitation, windshield wipers, and other significant helicopter noises perceptible to the pilot during normal and abnormal operations, and include the sound of a crash (when the simulator is landed in an unusual attitude or in excess of the structural gear limitations); normal engine sounds; and the sounds of gear extension and retraction <LI O="xl">An SOC is required.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulator must provide realistic amplitude and frequency of flight deck noises and sounds. Simulator performance must be recorded, compared to amplitude and frequency of the same sounds recorded in the helicopter, and made a part of the QTG</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,2C,2C,2C,r50" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table C1B—Table of Tasks vs. Simulator Level</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Subjective requirements<LI>The simulator must be able to perform the tasks associated with that level of qualification.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator levels</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Preflight Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Preflight Inspection (Flight deck Only) switches, indicators, systems, and equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>APU/Engine start and run-up</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal start procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01"> 1.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alternate start procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal starts and shutdowns (hot start, hung start)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Taxiing—Ground</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="215"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Taxiing—Hover</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Pre-takeoff Checks</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">2. Takeoff and Departure Phase</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal takeoff</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>From ground</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>From hover</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Running</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Instrument</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Powerplant Failure During Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Instrument Departure</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">3. Climb</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Obstacle clearance</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Vertical</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>One engine inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">4. In-flight Maneuvers</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Turns (timed, normal, steep)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Powerplant Failure—Multiengine Helicopters</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Powerplant Failure—Single-Engine Helicopters</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Recovery From Unusual Attitudes</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Settling with Power</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Specific Flight Characteristics incorporated into the user's FAA approved flight training program</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">5. Instrument Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Instrument Arrival</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Holding</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Precision Instrument Approach</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal—All engines operating</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Manually controlled—One or more engines inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Non-precision Instrument Approach</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Missed Approach</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>All engines operating</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>One or more engines inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.e.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Stability augmentation system failure</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="216"/>
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">6. Landings and Approaches to Landings</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Visual Approaches (normal, steep, shallow)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landings</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Normal/crosswind</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Running</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>From Hover</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>One or more engines inoperative</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rejected Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">7. Normal and Abnormal Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Powerplant</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fuel System</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Electrical System</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Hydraulic System</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental System(s)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Fire Detection and Extinguisher Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Navigation and Aviation Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Automatic Flight Control System, Electronic Flight Instrument System, and Related Subsystems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight Control Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.j.</ENT>
              <ENT>Anti-ice and Deice Systems</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.k.</ENT>
              <ENT>Aircraft and Personal Emergency Equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.l.</ENT>
              <ENT>Special Missions tasks (e.g., Night Vision goggles, Forward Looking Infrared System, External Loads and as listed on the SOQ)</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">8. Emergency procedures (as applicable)</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Emergency Descent</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Inflight Fire and Smoke Removal</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Emergency Evacuation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ditching</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Autorotative Landing</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Retreating blade stall recovery</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.g.</ENT>
              <ENT>Mast bumping</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.h.</ENT>
              <ENT>Loss of tail rotor effectiveness</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.i.</ENT>
              <ENT>Vortex recovery</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">9. Postflight Procedures</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9.a</ENT>
              <ENT>After-Landing Procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="217"/>
              <ENT I="01">9.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Parking and Securing</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rotor brake operation</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">9.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Abnormal/emergency procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <E T="02">Note:</E> An “A” in the table indicates that the system, task, or procedure may be examined if the appropriate aircraft system or control is simulated in the FFS and is working properly</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100,2C,2C,2C,r50" COLS="6" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table C1C—Table of Tasks vs. Simulator Level</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Subjective requirements<LI>The simulator must be able to perform the tasks associated with that level of qualification.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator levels</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">1.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Instructor Operating Station (IOS), as appropriate</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power switch(es)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Helicopter conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., GW, CG, Fuel loading, Systems, Ground Crew.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airports/Heliports/Helicopter Landing Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Selection, Surface, Presets, Lighting controls</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Environmental controls.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>e.g., Clouds, Visibility, RVR, Temp, Wind, Ice, Snow, Rain, and Windshear.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.</ENT>
              <ENT>Helicopter system malfunctions (Insertion/deletion)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Locks, Freezes, and Repositioning</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">2.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Sound Controls.</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>On/off/adjustment</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">3.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Motion/Control Loading System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>On/off/emergency stop</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">4.</E>
              </ENT>
              <ENT A="L04">
                <E T="02">Observer Seats/Stations</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Position/Adjustment/Positive restraint system</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment 2 to Appendix C to Part 60—FFS Objective Tests</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table of Contents</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Paragraph No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Title</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Introduction.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Test Requirements.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Table C2A, Objective Tests.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.</ENT>
              <ENT>General.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Control Dynamics.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Motion System.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7.</ENT>
              <ENT>Sound System.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8.</ENT>
              <ENT>Additional Information About Flight Simulator Qualification for New or Derivative Helicopters.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="218"/>
              <ENT I="01">9.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engineering Simulator—Validation Data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">10.</ENT>
              <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">11.</ENT>
              <ENT>Validation Test Tolerances.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">12.</ENT>
              <ENT>Validation Data Roadmap.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">13.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Engines Data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">14.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Avionics (Flight-Related Computers and Controllers).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">15.</ENT>
              <ENT>Transport Delay Testing.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">16.</ENT>
              <ENT>Continuing Qualification Evaluations—Validation Test Data Presentation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">17.</ENT>
              <ENT>Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation: Level A and Level B Simulators Only.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Introduction</HD>
          <P>a. If relevant winds are present in the objective data, the wind vector (magnitude and direction) should be clearly noted as part of the data presentation, expressed in conventional terminology, and related to the runway being used for the test.</P>
          <P>b. The NSPM will not evaluate any simulator unless the required SOC indicates that the motion system is designed and manufactured to safely operate within the simulator's maximum excursion, acceleration, and velocity capabilities (see Motion System in the following table).</P>
          <P>c. Table C2A addresses helicopter simulators at Levels B, C, and D because there are no Level A Helicopter simulators.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Test Requirements</HD>

          <P>a. The ground and flight tests required for qualification are listed in Table of C2A, FFS Objective Tests. Computer-generated simulator test results must be provided for each test except where an alternative test is specifically authorized by the NSPM. If a flight condition or operating condition is required for the test but does not apply to the helicopter being simulated or to the qualification level sought, it may be disregarded (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, an engine out missed approach for a single-engine helicopter, or a hover test for a Level B simulator). Each test result is compared against the validation data described in § 60.13 and in this appendix. Although use of a driver program designed to automatically accomplish the tests is encouraged for all simulators and required for Level C and Level D simulators, each test must be able to be accomplished manually while recording all appropriate parameters. The results must be produced on an appropriate recording device acceptable to the NSPM and must include simulator number, date, time, conditions, tolerances, and appropriate dependent variables portrayed in comparison to the validation data. Time histories are required unless otherwise indicated in Table C2A. All results must be labeled using the tolerances and units given.</P>
          <P>b. Table C2A sets out the test results required, including the parameters, tolerances, and flight conditions for simulator validation. Tolerances are provided for the listed tests because mathematical modeling and acquisition/development of reference data are often inexact. All tolerances listed in the following tables are applied to simulator performance. When two tolerance values are given for a parameter, the less restrictive value may be used unless otherwise indicated. In those cases where a tolerance is expressed only as a percentage, the tolerance percentage applies to the maximum value of that parameter within its normal operating range as measured from the neutral or zero position unless otherwise indicated.</P>
          <P>c. Certain tests included in this attachment must be supported with an SOC. In Table C2A, requirements for SOCs are indicated in the “Test Details” column.</P>
          <P>d. When operational or engineering judgment is used in making assessments for flight test data applications for simulator validity, such judgment may not be limited to a single parameter. For example, data that exhibit rapid variations of the measured parameters may require interpolations or a “best fit” data selection. All relevant parameters related to a given maneuver or flight condition must be provided to allow overall interpretation. When it is difficult or impossible to match simulator to helicopter data throughout a time history, differences must be justified by providing a comparison of other related variables for the condition being assessed.</P>

          <P>e. The FFS may not be programmed so that the mathematical modeling is correct only at the validation test points. Unless noted otherwise, simulator tests must represent helicopter performance and handling qualities at operating weights and centers of gravity (CG) typical of normal operation. If a test is supported by helicopter data at one extreme weight or CG, another test supported by helicopter data at mid-conditions or as close as possible to the other extreme must be included. Certain tests that are relevant only at one extreme CG or weight condition need not be repeated at the other extreme. Tests of handling qualities must include validation of augmentation devices.<PRTPAGE P="219"/>
          </P>
          <P>f. When comparing the parameters listed to those of the helicopter, sufficient data must also be provided to verify the correct flight condition and helicopter configuration changes. For example, to show that control force is within ±0.5 pound (0.22 daN) in a static stability test, data to show the correct airspeed, power, thrust or torque, helicopter configuration, altitude, and other appropriate datum identification parameters must also be given. If comparing short period dynamics, normal acceleration may be used to establish a match to the helicopter, but airspeed, altitude, control input, helicopter configuration, and other appropriate data must also be given. All airspeed values must be properly annotated (e.g., indicated versus calibrated). In addition, the same variables must be used for comparison (e.g., compare inches to inches rather than inches to centimeters).</P>
          <P>g. The QTG provided by the sponsor must clearly describe how the simulator will be set up and operated for each test. Each simulator subsystem may be tested independently, but overall integrated testing of the simulator must be accomplished to assure that the total simulator system meets the prescribed standards. A manual test procedure with explicit and detailed steps for completing each test must also be provided.</P>
          <P>h. For previously qualified simulators, the tests and tolerances of this attachment may be used in subsequent continuing qualification evaluations for any given test if the sponsor has submitted a proposed MQTG revision to the NSPM and has received NSPM approval.</P>
          <P>i. Motion System Tests:</P>
          <P>(a) The minimum excursions, accelerations, and velocities for pitch, roll, and yaw must be measurable about a single, common reference point and must be achieved by driving one degree of freedom at a time.</P>
          <P>(b) The minimum excursions, accelerations, and velocities for heave, sway, and surge may be measured about different, identifiable reference points and must be achieved by driving one degree of freedom at a time.</P>
          <P>j. Tests of handling qualities must include validation of augmentation devices. FFSs for highly augmented helicopters will be validated both in the unaugmented configuration (or failure state with the maximum permitted degradation in handling qualities) and the augmented configuration. Where various levels of handling qualities result from failure states, validation of the effect of the failure is necessary. For those performance and static handling qualities tests where the primary concern is control position in the unaugmented configuration, unaugmented data are not required if the design of the system precludes any affect on control position. In those instances where the unaugmented helicopter response is divergent and non-repeatable, it may not be feasible to meet the specified tolerances. Alternative requirements for testing will be mutually agreed upon by the sponsor and the NSPM on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          <P>k. Some tests will not be required for helicopters using helicopter hardware in the simulator flight deck (e.g., “helicopter modular controller”). These exceptions are noted in Table C2A of this attachment. However, in these cases, the sponsor must provide a statement that the helicopter hardware meets the appropriate manufacturer's specifications and the sponsor must have supporting information to that fact available for NSPM review.</P>
          <P>l. In cases where light-class helicopters are being simulated, prior coordination with the NSPM on acceptable weight ranges is required. The terms “light”, “medium”, and “near maximum”, as defined in Appendix F of this part, may not be appropriate for the simulation of light-class helicopters.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirements</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>m. In those cases where the objective test results authorize a “snapshot test” or a “series of snapshot test results” in lieu of a time-history result, the sponsor or other data provider must ensure that a steady state condition exists at the instant of time captured by the “snapshot”. The steady state condition must exist from 4 seconds prior to, through 1 second following, the instant of time captured by the snap shot.</P>
          <P>n. For references on basic operating weight, see AC 120-27, Aircraft Weight and Balance; and FAA-H-8083-1, Aircraft Weight and Balance Handbook.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <PRTPAGE P="220"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r50,r50,r50,r50,2C,2C,2C,r50" COLS="9" OPTS="L2,p6,6/7">
            <TTITLE>Table C2A—Full Flight Simulator (FFS) Objective Tests</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">QPS requirements</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Test</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Entry No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">Title</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Tolerance(s)</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Flight condition</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Test details</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Simulator level</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">B</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">C</CHED>
              <CHED H="3">D</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Information</CHED>
              <CHED H="2">Notes</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="08" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22">
                <E T="02">1. Performance</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Engine Assessment</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Start Operations</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.1.a</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine start and acceleration (transient)</ENT>
              <ENT>Light Off Time—±10% or ±1 sec., Torque—±5%, Rotor Speed—±3%, Fuel Flow—±10%, Gas Generator Speed—±5%, Power Turbine Speed—±5%, Gas Turbine Temp.—±30 °C</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground with the Rotor Brake Used and Not Used, if applicable.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record each engine start from the initiation of the start sequence to steady state idle and from steady state idle to operating RPM.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Steady State Idle and Operating RPM conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Fuel Flow—±5%, Gas Generator Speed—±2%, Power Turbine Speed—±2%, Turbine Gas Temp.—±20 °C</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record both steady state idle and operating RPM conditions. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Power Turbine Speed Trim</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±10% of total change of power turbine speed, or ±0.5% change of rotor speed.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record engine response to trim system actuation in both directions.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Engine and Rotor Speed Governing</ENT>
              <ENT>Torque—±5%, Rotor Speed—1.5%</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb and descent</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results using a step input to the collective. May be conducted concurrently with climb and descent performance tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Surface Operations</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Minimum Radius Turn</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±3 ft. (0.9m) or 20% of helicopter turn radius.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">If brakes are used, brake pedal position and brake system pressure must be matched to the helicopter flight test value.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="221"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Rate of Turn vs. Pedal Deflection, Brake Application, or Nosewheel Angle, as applicable</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±10% or ±2°/sec. Turn Rate.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">If brakes are used, brake pedal position and brake system pressure must be matched to the helicopter flight test value.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Taxi</ENT>
              <ENT>Pitch Angle—±1.5°, Torque—±3%, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%, Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for control position and pitch attitude during ground taxi for a specific ground speed, wind speed and direction, and density altitude.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.b.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Brake Effectiveness</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±10% of time and distance.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Takeoff<LI>When the speed range for the following tests is less than 40 knots, the applicable airspeed tolerance may be applied to either airspeed or ground speed, as appropriate.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>All Engines</ENT>
              <ENT>Airspeed—±3 kt, Altitude—±20 ft (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm (0.50m/sec) or 10%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±2°, Heading—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±10%, Lateral Control Position—±10%, Directional Control Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground/Takeoff and Initial Segment of Climb.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results of takeoff flight path as appropriate to helicopter model simulated (running takeoff for Level B, takeoff from a hover for Level C and D). For Level B, the criteria apply only to those segments at airspeeds above effective translational lift. Results must be recorded from the initiation of the takeoff to at least 200 ft (61m) AGL.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">One Engine Inoperative continued takeoff.</ENT>
              <ENT>Airspeed—±3 kt, Altitude—±20 ft (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm (0.50m/sec) or 10%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±2°, Heading—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±10% Lateral Control Position—±10%, Directional Control Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground/Takeoff; and Initial Segment of Climb.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record takeoff flight path as appropriate to helicopter model simulated. Results must be recorded from the initiation of the takeoff to at least 200 ft (61m) AGL.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Because several kinds of takeoff procedures can be performed, the specific type of takeoff profile should be recorded to ensure the proper takeoff profile comparison test is used.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="222"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">One Engine inoperative, rejected take off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Airspeed—±3 kt, Altitude—±20 ft (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Roll angle—± 1.5°, Heading—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±10%, Lateral Control Position—±10%, Directional Control Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%, Distance:—±7.5% or ±30m (100ft).</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground, Takeoff</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Time history from the take off point to touch down. Test conditions near limiting performance.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Hover</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Performance</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±1.5°, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%, Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">In Ground Effect (IGE); and Out of Ground Effect (OGE).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for light and heavy gross weights. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Vertical Climb</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Performance</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm (0.50 m/sec) or ±10%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.</ENT>
              <ENT>From OGE Hover</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for light and heavy gross weights. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Level Flight</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="223"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Performance and Trimmed Flight Control Positions.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Sideslip Angle—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%, Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise (Augmentation On and Off).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for two gross weight and CG combinations with varying trim speeds throughout the airspeed envelope. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">This test validates performance at speeds above maximum endurance airspeed.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.g.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Climb</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Performance and Trimmed Flight Control Positions.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm (6.1m/sec) or ±10%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Sideslip Angle—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%, Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">All engines operating; One engine inoperative; Augmentation System(s) On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for two gross weight and CG combinations. The data presented must be for normal climb power conditions. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.h.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Descent</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.h.1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Descent Performance and Trimmed Flight Control Positions.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Sideslip Angle—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%, Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">At or near 1,000 fpm (5 m/sec) rate of descent (RoD) at normal approach speed. Augmentation System(s) On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Results must be recorded for two gross weight and CG combinations. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.h.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Autorotation Performance and Trimmed Flight Control Positions.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Sideslip Angle—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%, Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%, Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm or 10%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Steady descents. Augmentation System(s) On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for two gross weight conditions. Data must be recorded for normal operating RPM. (Rotor speed tolerance applies only if collective control position is full down.) Data must be recorded for speeds from 50 kts, ±5 kts, through at least maximum glide distance airspeed, or maximum allowable autorotation airspeed, whichever is slower. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.i.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Autorotation</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="224"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Entry</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Rotor Speed—±3%, Pitch Attitude—±2°, Roll Attitude—±3°, Yaw Attitude—±5°, Airspeed—±5 kts., Vertical Velocity—±200 fpm (1.00 m/sec) or 10%.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise or Climb</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results of a rapid throttle reduction to idle. If the cruise condition is selected, comparison must be made for the maximum range airspeed. If the climb condition is selected, comparison must be made for the maximum rate of climb airspeed at or near maximum continuous power.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.j.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Landing<LI>When the speed range for tests 1.j.1., 1.j.2., or 1.j.3. is less than 40 knots, the applicable airspeed tolerance may be applied to either airspeed or ground speed, as appropriate.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.j.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>All Engines</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Airspeed—±3 kts., Altitude—±20 ft. (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±1.5°, Heading—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±10%, Lateral Control Position—±10%, Directional Control Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results of the approach and landing profile as appropriate to the helicopter model simulated (running landing for Level B, or approach to a hover for Level C and D). For Level B, the criteria apply only to those segments at airspeeds above effective translational lift.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.j.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">One Engine Inoperative.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Airspeed—±3 kts., Altitude—±20 ft. (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±1.5°, Heading—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±10%, Lateral Control Position—±10%, Directional Control Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for both Category A and Category B approaches and landing as appropriate to helicopter model simulated. For Level B, the criteria apply only to those segments at airspeeds above effective translational lift.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="225"/>
              <ENT I="01">1.j.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Balked Landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Airspeed—±3 kts, Altitude—±20 ft. (6.1m), Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±1.5%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±1.5°, Heading—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±10%, Lateral Control Position—±10%, Directional Control Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%.</ENT>
              <ENT>Approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record the results for the maneuver initiated from a stabilized approach at the landing decision point (LDP).</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1.j.4.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Autorotational Landing.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Torque—±3%, Rotor Speed—±3%, Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm (0.50m/sec) or 10%, Pitch Attitude—±2°, Bank Attitude—±2°, Heading—±5°, Longitudinal Control Position—±10%, Lateral Control Position—±10%, Directional Control Position—±10%, Collective Control Position—±10%.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record the results of an autorotational deceleration and landing from a stabilized autorotational descent, to touch down. If flight test data containing all required parameters for a complete power-off landing is not available from the aircraft manufacturer for this test and other qualified flight test personnel are not available to acquire this data, the sponsor may coordinate with the NSPM to determine if it is appropriate to accept alternative testing means.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Alternative approaches for acquiring this data may be acceptable, depending on the aircraft as well as the personnel and the data recording, reduction, and interpretation facilities to be used, are: (1) a simulated autorotational flare and reduction of rate of descent (ROD) at altitude; or (2) a power-on termination following an autorotational approach and flare.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="08" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">2. Handling Qualities</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Control System Mechanical Characteristics</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="L03">For simulators requiring Static or Dynamic tests at the controls (i.e., cyclic, collective, and pedal), special test fixtures will not be required during initial or upgrade evaluations if the sponsor's QTG/MQTG shows both test fixture results and the results of an alternative approach, such as computer plots produced concurrently showing satisfactory agreement. Repeat of the alternative method during the initial or upgrade evaluation satisfies this test requirement. For initial and upgrade evaluations, the control dynamic characteristics must be measured at and recorded directly from the flight deck controls, and must be accomplished in hover, climb, cruise, and autorotation.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Contact the NSPM for clarification of any issue regarding helicopters with reversible controls or where the required validation data is not attainable.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="226"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cyclic</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Breakout—±0.25 lbs. (0.112 daN) or 25%; Force—±1.0 lb. (0.224 daN) or 10%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground; Static conditions with the hydraulic system (if applicable) pressurized; supplemental hydraulic pressurization system may be used. Trim On and Off. Friction Off Augmentation (if applicable) On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops. (This test does not apply if aircraft hardware modular controllers are used.)</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Flight Test Data for this test does not require the rotor to be engaged/turning. The phrase “if applicable” regarding stability augmentation systems means if an augmentation system is available and if this system may be operational on the ground under static conditions as described here.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Collective/Pedals</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Breakout—±0.5 lb. (0.224 daN) or 25%; Force—±1.0 lb. (0.224 daN) or 10%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground; Static conditions with the hydraulic system (if applicable) pressurized; supplemental hydraulic pressurization system may be used. Trim On and Off. Friction Off. Augmentation (if applicable) On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for an uninterrupted control sweep to the stops.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Flight Test Data for this test does not require the rotor to be engaged/turning. The phrase “if applicable” regarding stability augmentation system means if a stability augmentation system is available and if this system may be operational on the ground under static conditions as described here.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Brake Pedal Force vs. Position.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±5 lbs. (2.224 daN) or 10%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground; Static conditions.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Trim System Rate (all applicable systems)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Rate—±10%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground; Static conditions. Trim On, Friction Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The tolerance applies to the recorded value of the trim rate.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="227"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Control Dynamics (all axes)</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±10% of time for first zero crossing and ±10 (N+1)% of period thereafter, ±10% of amplitude of first overshoot, 20% of amplitude of 2nd and subsequent overshoots greater than 5% of initial displacement, ±1 overshoot.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Hover/Cruise, Trim On, Friction Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Results must be recorded for a normal control displacement in both directions in each axis.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Typically, control displacement of 25% to 50% is necessary for proper excitation. Control Dynamics for irreversible control systems may be evaluated in a ground/static condition. Additional information on control dynamics is found later in this attachment. “N” is the sequential period of a full cycle of oscillation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Control System Freeplay</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±0.10 inches (±2.5 mm).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ground; Static conditions; with the hydraulic system (if applicable) pressurized; supplemental hydraulic pressurization system may be used.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record and compare results for all controls.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight Test Data for this test does not require the rotor to be engaged/turning.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Low Airspeed Handling Qualities</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Trimmed Flight Control Positions.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%. Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Translational Flight IGE—Sideward, rearward, and forward flight. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for several airspeed increments to the translational airspeed limits and for 45 kts. forward airspeed. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Critical Azimuth</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Torque—±3%, Pitch Attitude—±1.5°, Bank Attitude—±2°, Longitudinal Control Position—±5%, Lateral Control Position—±5%, Directional Control Position—±5%, Collective Control Position—±5%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Stationary Hover. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for three relative wind directions (including the most critical case) in the critical quadrant. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Control Response</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Pitch Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec., Pitch Attitude Change—±10% or 1.5°.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Hover Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This is a “short time” test conducted in a hover, in ground effect, without entering translational flight, to provide better visual reference.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="228"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.b.3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Lateral</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Roll Rate—±10% or ±3°/sec., Roll Attitude Change—±10% or ±3°.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Hover Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This is a “short time” test conducted in a hover, in ground effect, without entering translational flight, to provide better visual reference.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Directional</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Yaw Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec., Heading Change—±10% or ±2°.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Hover Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This is a “short time” test conducted in a hover, in ground effect, without entering translational flight, to provide better visual reference.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.b.3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT>Vertical</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Normal Acceleration—±0.1 g.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Hover Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Longitudinal Handling Qualities</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.1.</ENT>
              <ENT>Control Response</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Pitch Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec., Pitch Attitude Change—±10% or ±1.5°.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Results must be recorded for two cruise airspeeds to include minimum power required speed. Record data for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.2.</ENT>
              <ENT>Static Stability</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Longitudinal Control Position: ±10% of change from trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm) or Longitudinal Control Force : ±0.5 lb. (0.223 daN) or ±10%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise or Climb. Autorotation. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for a minimum of two speeds on each side of the trim speed. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Dynamic Stability</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="229"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.c.3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Long-Term Response.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±10% of calculated period, ±10% of time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude, or ±0.02 of damping ratio.For non-periodic responses, the time history must be matched within ±3° pitch; and ±5 kts airspeed over a 20 sec period following release of the controls.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">For periodic responses, record results for three full cycles (6 overshoots after input completed) or that sufficient to determine time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude, whichever is less.<LI O="xl">The test may be terminated prior to 20 sec. if the test pilot determines that the results are becoming uncontrollably divergent.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The response may be unrepeatable throughout the stated time for certain helicopters. In these cases, the test should show at least that a divergence is identifiable. For example: Displacing the cyclic for a given time normally excites this test or until a given pitch attitude is achieved and then return the cyclic to the original position. For non-periodic responses, results should show the same convergent or divergent character as the flight test data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Short-Term Response.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±1.5° Pitch or ±2°/sec. Pitch Rate. ±0.1 g Normal Acceleration.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise or Climb. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for at least two airspeeds.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>A control doublet inserted at the natural frequency of the aircraft normally excites this test. However, while input doublets are preferred over pulse inputs for Augmentation-Off tests, for Augmentation-On tests, when the short-term response exhibits 1st-order or deadbeat characteristics, longitudinal pulse inputs may produce a more coherent response.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.c.4.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Maneuvering Stability.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Longitudinal Control Position—±10% of change from trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm) or Longitudinal Control Forces—±0.5 lb. (0.223 daN) or ±10%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise or Climb. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for at least two airspeeds at 30°-45° roll angle. The force may be shown as a cross plot for irreversible systems. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Lateral and Directional Handling Qualities</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Control Response</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="230"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1.a</ENT>
              <ENT>Lateral</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Roll Rate—±10% or ±3°/sec., Roll Attitude Change—±10% or ±3°.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for at least two airspeeds, including the speed at or near the minimum power required airspeed.<LI>Record results for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Directional</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Yaw Rate—±10% or ±2°/sec., Yaw Attitude Change—±10% or ±2°.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record data for at least two airspeeds, including the speed at or near the minimum power required airspeed.<LI O="xl">Record results for a step control input. The Off-axis response must show correct trend for unaugmented cases.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Directional Static Stability.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Lateral Control Position—±10% of change from trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm) or Lateral Control Force—±0.5 lb. (0.223 daN) or 10%, Roll Attitude—±1.5, Directional Control Position—±10% of change from trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm) or Directional Control Force—±1 lb. (0.448 daN) or 10%, Longitudinal Control Position—±10% of change from trim or ±0.25 in. (6.3 mm), Vertical Velocity—±100 fpm (0.50m/sec) or 10%.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise; or Climb (may use Descent instead of Climb if desired), Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for at least two sideslip angles on either side of the trim point. The force may be shown as a cross plot for irreversible systems. May be a series of snapshot tests.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>This is a steady heading sideslip test at a fixed collective position.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="231"/>
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Dynamic Lateral and Directional Stability</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Lateral-Directional Oscillations.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±0.5 sec. or ±10% of period, ±10% of time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude or ±0.02 of damping ratio, ±20% or ±1 sec of time difference between peaks of bank and sideslip. For non-periodic responses, the time history must be matched within ±10 knots Airspeed; ±5°/s Roll Rate or ±5° Roll Attitude; ±4°/s Yaw Rate or ±4° Yaw Angle over a 20 sec period roll angle following release of the controls.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise or Climb. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record results for at least two airspeeds. The test must be initiated with a cyclic or a pedal doublet input. Record results for six full cycles (12 overshoots after input completed) or that sufficient to determine time to <FR>1/2</FR> or double amplitude, whichever is less. The test may be terminated prior to 20 sec if the test pilot determines that the results are becoming uncontrollably divergent.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Spiral Stability.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">±2° or ±10% roll angle.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise or Climb. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record the results of a release from pedal only or cyclic only turns for 20 sec. Results must be recorded from turns in both directions. Terminate check at zero roll angle or when the test pilot determines that the attitude is becoming uncontrollably divergent.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2.d.3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Adverse/Proverse Yaw.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Correct Trend, ±2° transient sideslip angle.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Cruise or Climb. Augmentation On and Off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Record the time history of initial entry into cyclic only turns, using only a moderate rate for cyclic input. Results must be recorded for turns in both directions.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="08" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">3. Motion System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Frequency response</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Based on Simulator Capability.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Required as part of the MQTG. The test must demonstrate frequency response of the motion system as specified by the applicant for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="232"/>
              <ENT I="01">3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L03">Leg Balance</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Leg Balance</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Based on Simulator Capability.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Required as part of the MQTG. The test must demonstrate motion system leg balance as specified by the applicant for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Turn Around</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Turn Around</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Based on Simulator Capability.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Required as part of the MQTG. The test must demonstrate a smooth turn-around (shift to opposite direction of movement) of the motion system as specified by the applicant for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Motion system repeatability</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">With the same input signal, the test results must be repeatable to within ±0.05g actual platform linear acceleration in each axis.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Accomplished in both the “ground” mode and in the “flight” mode of the motion system operation.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Required as part of the the MQTG. The test is accomplished by injecting a motion signal to generate movement of the platform. The input must be such that the rotational accelerations, rotational rates, and linear accelerations are inserted before the transfer from helicopter center of gravity to the pilot reference point with a minimum amplitude of 5°/sec/sec, 10°/sec and 0.3g, respectively.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">See Paragraph 6.c. in this attachment for additional information. Note: if there is no difference in the model for “ground” and “flight” operation of the motion system, this should be described in an SOC and will not require tests in both modes.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Motion cueing performance signature</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="233"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Required as part of MQTG. These tests must be run with the motion buffet mode disabled.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>See paragraph 6.d., of this attachment, Motion cueing performance signature.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Takeoff (all engines).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Pitch attitude due to initial climb must dominate over cab tilt due to longitudinal acceleration.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 1.c.1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Hover performance (IGE and OGE).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 1.d.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.3.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Autorotation (entry).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 1.i.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.4.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Landing (all engines).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 1.j.1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.5.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Autorotation (landing).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 1.j.4.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.6.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Control Response</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>Flight</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 2.c.1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Lateral.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 2.d.1.a.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.e.6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Directional</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">As specified by the sponsor for flight simulator qualification.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Associated to test number 2.d.1.c.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L03">Characteristic Motion (Vibration) Cues—For all of the following tests, the simulator test results must exhibit the overall appearance and trends of the helicopter data, with at least three (3) of the predominant frequency “spikes” being present within ±2 Hz.</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>Characteristic motion cues may be separate from the “main” motion system.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="234"/>
              <ENT I="01">3.f.1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Vibrations—to include 1/Rev and n/Rev vibrations (where “n” is the number of main rotor blades).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">+3db to −6db or ±10% of nominal vibration level in flight cruise and correct trend (see comment).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">(a) On ground (idle);<LI O="xl">(b) In flight</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Characteristic vibrations include those that result from operation of the helicopter (for example, high airspeed, retreating blade stall, extended landing gear, vortex ring or settling with power) in so far as vibration marks an event or helicopter state, which can be sensed in the flight deck.<LI O="xl">[See Table C1A, table entries 5.e. and 5.f.]</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Correct trend refers to a comparison of vibration amplitudes between different maneuvers; e.g., if the 1/rev vibration amplitude in the helicopter is higher during steady state turns than in level flight this increasing trend should be demonstrated in the simulator. Additional examples of vibrations may include:<LI>(a) Low &amp; High speed transition to and from hover;</LI>
                <LI>(b) Level flight;</LI>
                <LI>(c) Climb and descent (including vertical climb;</LI>
                <LI>(d) Auto-rotation;</LI>
                <LI>(e) Steady Turns.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3.f.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Buffet—Test against recorded results for characteristic buffet motion that can be sensed in the flight deck.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">+3db to −6db or ±10% of nominal vibration level in flight cruise and correct trend (see comment).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">On ground and in flight.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Characteristic buffets include those that result from operation of the helicopter (for example, high airspeed, retreating blade stall, extended landing gear, vortex ring or settling with power) in so far as a buffet marks an event or helicopter state, which can be sensed in the flight deck.<LI O="xl">[See Table C1A, table entries 5.e. and 5.f.]</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The recorded test results for characteristic buffets should allow the checking of relative amplitude for different frequencies.<LI>For atmospheric disturbance, general purpose models are acceptable which approximate demonstrable flight test data.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="08" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">
                <E T="02">4. Visual System</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Visual System Response Time: (Choose either test 4.a.1. or 4.a.2. to satisfy test 4.a., Visual System Response Time Test. This test is also sufficient for motion system response timing and flight deck instrument response timing.)</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Latency</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="235"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">150 ms (or less) after helicopter response.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Takeoff, climb, and descent.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and approach or landing).</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">100 ms (or less) after helicopter response.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Climb, cruise, descent, and hover.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">One test is required in each axis (pitch, roll and yaw) for each of the three conditions (take-off, cruise, and approach or landing).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Transport Delay</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>If Transport Delay is the chosen method to demonstrate relative responses, the sponsor and the NSPM will use the latency values to ensure proper simulator response when reviewing those existing tests where latency can be identified (e.g., short period, roll response, rudder response).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">150 ms (or less) after controller movement.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">A separate test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw).</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">100 ms (or less) after controller movement.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>A separate test is required in each axis (pitch, roll, and yaw).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Field-of-view</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="236"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.b.1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Continuous field-of-view.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must provide a continuous field-of-view of at least 75° horizontally and 30° vertically per pilot seat or the number of degrees necessary to meet the visual ground segment requirement, whichever is greater. Both pilot seat visual systems must be operable simultaneously. Wide-angle systems providing cross-flight deck viewing (for both pilots simultaneously) must provide a minimum field-of-view of at least 146° horizontally and 36° vertically. Any geometric error between the Image Generator eye point and the pilot eye point must be 8° or less.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must explain the geometry of the installation.<LI O="xl">Additional horizontal field-of-view capability may be added at the sponsor's discretion provided the minimum field-of-view is retained.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Horizontal field-of-view is centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. Field-of-view may be measured using a visual test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a matrix of black and white 5° squares.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="237"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.b.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Continuous field-of-view.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The simulator must provide a continuous field-of-view of at least 146° horizontally and 36° vertically or the number of degrees necessary to meet the visual ground segment requirement, whichever is greater. The minimum horizontal field-of-view coverage must be plus and minus one-half (<FR>1/2</FR>) of the minimum continuous field-of-view requirement, centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. Any geometric error between the Image Generator eye point and the pilot eye point must be 8° or less.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must explain the geometry of the installation.<LI O="xl">Horizontal field-of-view of at least 146° (including not less than 73° measured either side of the center of the design eye point). Additional horizontal field-of-view capability may be added at the sponsor's discretion provided the minimum field-of-view is retained.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">Vertical field-of-view of at least 36° measured from the pilot's and co-pilot's eye point.</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">X</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Horizontal field-of-view is centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. Field-of-view may be measured using a visual test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a matrix of black and white 5° squares.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.b.3.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Continuous field-of-view.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Continuous field-of-view of at least 176° horizontal and 56° vertical field-of-view for each pilot simultaneously. Any geometric error between the Image Generator eye point and the pilot eye point must be 8° or less.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must explain the geometry of the installation.<LI O="xl">Horizontal field-of-view is centered on the zero degree azimuth line relative to the aircraft fuselage. Horizontal field-of-view must be at least 176° (including not less than 88° either side of the center of the design eye point). Additional horizontal field-of-view capability may be added at the sponsor's discretion provided the minimum field-of-view is retained.</LI>
                <LI>Vertical field-of-view must not be less than a total of 56° measured from the pilot's and co-pilot's eye point</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The horizontal field-of-view is traditionally described as a 180° field-of-view. However, the field-of-view is technically no less than 176°. Field-of-view may be measured using a visual test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a matrix of black and white 5° squares.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="238"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Surface contrast ratio.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Not less than 5:1.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The ratio is calculated by dividing the brightness level of the center, bright square (providing at least 2 foot-lamberts or 7 cd/m<SU>2</SU>) by the brightness level of any adjacent dark square.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Measurements may be made using a 1° spot photometer and a raster drawn test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a test pattern of black and white squares, 5 per square, with a white square in the center of each channel. During contrast ratio testing, simulator aft-cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.d.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Highlight brightness.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Not less than six (6) foot-lamberts (20 cd/m<SU>2</SU>).</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Measure the brightness of the center, white square while superimposing a highlight on that white square. The use of calligraphic capabilities to enhance the raster brightness is acceptable; however, measuring light points is not acceptable.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Measurements may be made using a 1° spot photometer and a raster drawn test pattern filling the entire visual scene (all channels) with a test pattern of black and white squares, 5 per square, with a white square in the center of each channel.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="239"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.e.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Surface resolution.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Not greater than two (2) arc minutes.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must include the appropriate calculations and an explanation of those calculations. Level B requires surface resolution not greater than three (3) arc minutes.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>When the eye is positioned on a 3° glide slope at the slant range distances indicated with white runway markings on a black runway surface, the eye will subtend two (2) arc minutes: (1) A slant range of 6,876 ft with stripes 150 ft long and 16 ft wide, spaced 4 ft apart. (2) For Configuration A, a slant range of 5,157 feet with stripes 150 ft long and 12 ft wide, spaced 3 ft apart. (3) For Configuration B, a slant range of 9,884 feet, with stripes 150 ft long and 5.75 ft wide, spaced 5.75 ft apart.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.f.</ENT>
              <ENT>Light point size</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Not greater than five (5) arc minutes.</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must include the relevant calculations and an explanation of those calculations.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Light point size may be measured using a test pattern consisting of a centrally located single row of light points reduced in length until modulation is just discernible in each visual channel. A row of 48 lights will form a 4° angle or less.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.g.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Light point contrast ratio.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>A 1° spot photometer may be used to measure a square of at least 1° filled with light points (where light point modulation is just discernible) and compare the results to the measured adjacent background. During contrast ratio testing, simulator aft-cab and flight deck ambient light levels should be zero.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.g.1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Not less than 10:1</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must include the relevant calculations.</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="240"/>
              <ENT I="01">4.g.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Not less than 25:1</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">An SOC is required and must include the relevant calculations.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4.h.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Visual ground segment</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">The visible segment in the simulator must be ±20% of the segment computed to be visible from the helicopter flight deck. This tolerance may be applied at the far end of the displayed segment. However, lights and ground objects computed to be visible from the helicopter flight deck at the near end of the visible segment must be visible in the simulator.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Landing configuration, with the aircraft trimmed for the appropriate airspeed, where the MLG are at 100 ft (30 m) above the plane of the touchdown zone, on the electronic glide slope with an RVR value set at 1,200 ft (350 m).</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">The QTG must contain appropriate calculations and a drawing showing the data used to establish the helicopter location and the segment of the ground that is visible considering design eye point, the helicopter attitude, flight deck cut-off angle, and a visibility of 1200 ft (350 m) RVR. Simulator performance must be measured against the QTG calculations. The data submitted must include at least the following:</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Pre-positioning for this test is encouraged, and may be achieved via manual or autopilot control to the desired position.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="241"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">(1) Static helicopter dimensions as follows:<LI O="xl">(i) Horizontal and vertical distance from main landing gear (MLG) to glideslope reception antenna.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(ii) Horizontal and vertical distance from MLG to pilot's eyepoint.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iii) Static flight deck cutoff angle.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(2) Approach data as follows:</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(i) Identification of runway.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(ii) Horizontal distance from runway threshold to glideslope intercept with runway.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iii) Glideslope angle.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iv) Helicopter pitch angle on approach.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(3) Helicopter data for manual testing:</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(i) Gross weight.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(ii) Helicopter configuration.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(iii) Approach airspeed.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">If non-homogenous fog is used to obscure visibility, the vertical variation in horizontal visibility must be described and be included in the slant range visibility calculation used in the computations.</LI>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Sound system</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="03">The sponsor will not be required to repeat the helicopter tests (i.e., tests 5.a.1. through 5.a.8. (or 5.b.1. through 5.b.9.) and 5.c., as appropriate) during continuing qualification evaluations if frequency response and background noise test results are within tolerance when compared to the initial qualification evaluation results, and the sponsor shows that no software changes have occurred that will affect the helicopter test results. If the frequency response test method is chosen and fails, the sponsor may elect to fix the frequency response problem and repeat the test or the sponsor may elect to repeat the helicopter tests. If the helicopter tests are repeated during continuing qualification evaluations, the results may be compared against initial qualification evaluation results or helicopter master data. All tests in this section must be presented using an unweighted <FR>1/3</FR>-octave band format from band 17 to 42 (50 Hz to 16 kHz). A minimum 20 second average must be taken at the location corresponding to the helicopter data set. The helicopter and flight simulator results must be produced using comparable data analysis techniques.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Basic requirements</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="242"/>
              <ENT I="01">5.a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Ready for engine start.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">± 5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Normal condition prior to engine start. The APU must be on if appropriate.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">All engines at idle; rotor not turning (if applicable) and rotor turning.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">± 5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>Ground</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Normal condition prior to lift-off.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT>Hover</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">± 5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>Hover</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT>Climb</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">± 5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>En-route climb</ENT>
              <ENT>Medium altitude</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">± 5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>Cruise</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Normal cruise configuration.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT>Final approach</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">± 5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>Landing</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Constant airspeed, gear down.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Special cases</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">±5 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>As appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>These special cases are identified as particularly significant during critical phases of flight and ground operations for a specific helicopter type or model.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Background noise</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">±3 dB per <FR>1/3</FR> octave band.</ENT>
              <ENT>As appropriate</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl">Results of the background noise at initial qualification must be included in the MQTG. Measurements must be made with the simulation running, the sound muted, and a “dead” flight deck.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>The simulated sound will be evaluated to ensure that the background noise does not interfere with training, testing, or checking.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5.d.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L07">Frequency response</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="243"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">±5 dB on three (3) consecutive bands when compared to initial evaluation; and ±2 dB when comparing the average of the absolute differences between initial and continuing qualification evaluation.</ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl">Applicable only to Continuing Qualification Evaluations. If frequency response plots are provided for each channel at the initial evaluation, these plots may be repeated at the continuing qualification evaluation with the following tolerances applied:<LI O="xl">(a) The continuing qualification <FR>1/3</FR> octave band amplitudes must not exceed ± 5 dB for three consecutive bands when compared to initial results.</LI>
                <LI O="xl">(b) The average of the sum of the absolute differences between initial and continuing qualification results must not exceed 2 dB (refer to table C2C in Appendix C).</LI>
              </ENT>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>X</ENT>
              <ENT>Measurements are compared to those taken during initial qualification evaluation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="244"/>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. General</HD>
          <P>a. If relevant winds are present in the objective data, the wind vector should be clearly noted as part of the data presentation, expressed in conventional terminology, and related to the runway being used for test near the ground.</P>
          <P>b. The reader is encouraged to review the Airplane Flight Simulator Evaluation Handbook, Volumes I and II, published by the Royal Aeronautical Society, London, UK, and FAA AC 25-7, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes, and AC 23-8, as amended, Flight Test Guide for Certification of Part 23 Airplanes, for references and examples regarding flight testing requirements and techniques.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Control Dynamics</HD>
          <P>a. General. The characteristics of a helicopter flight control system have a major effect on the handling qualities. A significant consideration in pilot acceptability of a helicopter is the “feel” provided through the flight controls. Considerable effort is expended on helicopter feel system design so that pilots will be comfortable and will consider the helicopter desirable to fly. In order for an FFS to be representative, it should “feel” like the helicopter being simulated. Compliance with this requirement is determined by comparing a recording of the control feel dynamics of the FFS to actual helicopter measurements in the hover and cruise configurations.</P>
          <P>(1) Recordings such as free response to an impulse or step function are classically used to estimate the dynamic properties of electromechanical systems. In any case, it is only possible to estimate the dynamic properties as a result of only being able to estimate true inputs and responses. Therefore, it is imperative that the best possible data be collected since close matching of the FFS control loading system to the helicopter system is essential. The required dynamic control tests are described in Table C2A of this attachment.</P>
          <P>(2) For initial and upgrade evaluations, the QPS requires that control dynamics characteristics be measured and recorded directly from the flight controls (Handling Qualities—Table C2A). This procedure is usually accomplished by measuring the free response of the controls using a step or impulse input to excite the system. The procedure should be accomplished in the hover and cruise flight conditions and configurations.</P>
          <P>(3) For helicopters with irreversible control systems, measurements may be obtained on the ground if proper pitot-static inputs are provided to represent airspeeds typical of those encountered in flight. Likewise, it may be shown that for some helicopters, hover, climb, cruise, and autorotation have like effects. Thus, one may suffice for another. If either or both considerations apply, engineering validation or helicopter manufacturer rationale should be submitted as justification for ground tests or for eliminating a configuration. For FFSs requiring static and dynamic tests at the controls, special test fixtures will not be required during initial and upgrade evaluations if the QTG shows both test fixture results and the results of an alternate approach (e.g., computer plots that were produced concurrently and show satisfactory agreement). Repeat of the alternate method during the initial evaluation satisfies this test requirement.</P>
          <P>b. Control Dynamics Evaluations. The dynamic properties of control systems are often stated in terms of frequency, damping, and a number of other classical measurements. In order to establish a consistent means of validating test results for FFS control loading, criteria are needed that will clearly define the measurement interpretation and the applied tolerances. Criteria are needed for underdamped, critically damped and overdamped systems. In the case of an underdamped system with very light damping, the system may be quantified in terms of frequency and damping. In critically damped or overdamped systems, the frequency and damping are not readily measured from a response time history. Therefore, the following suggested measurements may be used:</P>
          <P>(1) For Levels C and D simulators. Tests to verify that control feel dynamics represent the helicopter should show that the dynamic damping cycles (free response of the controls) match those of the helicopter within specified tolerances. The NSPM recognizes that several different testing methods may be used to verify the control feel dynamic response. The NSPM will consider the merits of testing methods based on reliability and consistency. One acceptable method of evaluating the response and the tolerance to be applied is described below for the underdamped and critically damped cases. A sponsor using this method to comply with the QPS requirements should perform the tests as follows:</P>

          <P>(a) Underdamped Response. Two measurements are required for the period, the time to first zero crossing (in case a rate limit is present) and the subsequent frequency of oscillation. It is necessary to measure cycles on an individual basis in case there are non-uniform periods in the response. Each period will be independently compared to the respective period of the helicopter control system and, consequently, will enjoy the full tolerance specified for that period. The damping tolerance will be applied to overshoots on an individual basis. Care should be <PRTPAGE P="245"/>taken when applying the tolerance to small overshoots since the significance of such overshoots becomes questionable. Only those overshoots larger than 5 percent of the total initial displacement should be considered significant. The residual band, labeled T(A<E T="52">d</E>) on Figure C2A is ±5 percent of the initial displacement amplitude A<E T="52">d</E> from the steady state value of the oscillation. Only oscillations outside the residual band are considered significant. When comparing FFS data to helicopter data, the process should begin by overlaying or aligning the FFS and helicopter steady state values and then comparing amplitudes of oscillation peaks, the time of the first zero crossing, and individual periods of oscillation. The FFS should show the same number of significant overshoots to within one when compared against the helicopter data. The procedure for evaluating the response is illustrated in Figure C2A.</P>
          <P>(b) Critically damped and Overdamped Response. Due to the nature of critically damped and overdamped responses (no overshoots), the time to reach 90 percent of the steady state (neutral point) value should be the same as the helicopter within ±10 percent. The simulator response must be critically damped also. Figure C2B illustrates the procedure.</P>
          <P>(c) Special considerations. Control systems that exhibit characteristics other than classical overdamped or underdamped responses should meet specified tolerances. In addition, special consideration should be given to ensure that significant trends are maintained.</P>
          <P>(2) Tolerances.</P>
          <P>(a) The following summarizes the tolerances, “T” for underdamped systems, and “n” is the sequential period of a full cycle of oscillation. See Figure C2A of this attachment for an illustration of the referenced measurements.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r25" COLS="02" OPTS="L0,tp0,p1,8/9,g1,t1">
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="52">0</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of P<E T="52">0</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="52">1</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±20% of P<E T="52">1</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="52">2</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±30% of P<E T="52">2</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="52">n</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10(n+1)% of P<E T="52">n</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(A<E T="52">n</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of A<E T="52">1</E>, ±20% of Subsequent Peaks</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(A<E T="52">d</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±5% of A<E T="52">d</E> = residual band</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>Significant overshoots. First overshoot and ±1 subsequent overshoots</P>
          <P>(b) The following tolerance applies to critically damped and overdamped systems only. See Figure C2B for an illustration of the reference measurements:</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r25" COLS="02" OPTS="L0,tp0,p1,8/9,g1,t1">
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">T(P<E T="52">0</E>)</ENT>
              <ENT>±10% of P<E T="52">0</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <P>c. Alternative method for control dynamics evaluation.</P>
          <P>(1) An alternative means for validating control dynamics for aircraft with hydraulically powered flight controls and artificial feel systems is by the measurement of control force and rate of movement. For each axis of pitch, roll, and yaw, the control must be forced to its maximum extreme position for the following distinct rates. These tests are conducted under normal flight and ground conditions.</P>
          <P>(a) Static test—Slowly move the control so that a full sweep is achieved within 95-105 seconds. A full sweep is defined as movement of the controller from neutral to the stop, usually aft or right stop, then to the opposite stop, then to the neutral position.</P>
          <P>(b) Slow dynamic test—Achieve a full sweep within 8-12 seconds.</P>
          <P>(c) Fast dynamic test—Achieve a full sweep in within 3-5 seconds.</P>
          <NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
            <P>Dynamic sweeps may be limited to forces not exceeding 100 lbs. (44.5 daN).</P>
          </NOTE>
          <P>(d) Tolerances</P>
          <P>(i) Static test—see Table C2A, FFS Objective Tests, Entries 2.a.1., 2.a.2., and 2.a.3.</P>
          <P>(ii) Dynamic test—±2 lbs (0.9 daN) or ±10% on dynamic increment above static test.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirement</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>d. The FAA is open to alternative means that are justified and appropriate to the application. For example, the method described here may not apply to all manufacturers systems and certainly not to aircraft with reversible control systems. Each case is considered on its own merit on an ad hoc basis. If the FAA finds that alternative methods do not result in satisfactory performance, more conventionally accepted methods will have to be used.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="428" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="246"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.034</GID>
          </GPH>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. [Reserved]</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Motion System.</HD>
          <P>a. General.</P>

          <P>(1) Pilots use continuous information signals to regulate the state of the helicopter. In concert with the instruments and outside-world visual information, whole-body motion feedback is essential in assisting the pilot to <PRTPAGE P="247"/>control the helicopter dynamics, particularly in the presence of external disturbances. The motion system should meet basic objective performance criteria, and be subjectively tuned at the pilot's seat position to represent the linear and angular accelerations of the helicopter during a prescribed minimum set of maneuvers and conditions. The response of the motion cueing system should be repeatable.</P>
          <P>(2) The Motion System tests in Section 3 of Table C2A are intended to qualify the FFS motion cueing system from a mechanical performance standpoint. Additionally, the list of motion effects provides a representative sample of dynamic conditions that should be present in the flight simulator. An additional list of representative, training-critical maneuvers, selected from Section 1, (Performance tests) and Section 2, (Handling Qualities tests) in Table C2A, that should be recorded during initial qualification (but without tolerance) to indicate the flight simulator motion cueing performance signature have been identified (reference Section 3.e). These tests are intended to help improve the overall standard of FFS motion cueing.</P>
          <P>b. Motion System Checks. The intent of test 3a, Frequency Response, test 3b, Leg Balance, and test 3c, Turn-Around Check, as described in the Table of Objective Tests, is to demonstrate the performance of the motion system hardware, and to check the integrity of the motion set-up with regard to calibration and wear. These tests are independent of the motion cueing software and should be considered robotic tests.</P>
          <P>c. Motion System Repeatability. The intent of this test is to ensure that the motion system software and motion system hardware have not degraded or changed over time. This diagnostic test should be completed during continuing qualification checks in lieu of the robotic tests. This will allow an improved ability to determine changes in the software or determine degradation in the hardware. The following information delineates the methodology that should be used for this test.</P>
          <P>(1) Input: The inputs should be such that rotational accelerations, rotational rates, and linear accelerations are inserted before the transfer from helicopter center of gravity to pilot reference point with a minimum amplitude of 5 deg/sec/sec, 10 deg/sec and 0.3 g, respectively, to provide adequate analysis of the output.</P>
          <P>(2) Recommended output:</P>
          <P>(a) Actual platform linear accelerations; the output will comprise accelerations due to both the linear and rotational motion acceleration;</P>
          <P>(b) Motion actuators position.</P>
          <P>d. Motion Cueing Performance Signature.</P>
          <P>(1) Background. The intent of this test is to provide quantitative time history records of motion system response to a selected set of automated QTG maneuvers during initial qualification. It is not intended to be a comparison of the motion platform accelerations against the flight test recorded accelerations (i.e., not to be compared against helicopter cueing). If there is a modification to the initially qualified motion software or motion hardware (e.g., motion washout filter, simulator payload change greater than 10%) then a new baseline may need to be established.</P>
          <P>(2) Test Selection. The conditions identified in Section 3.e. in Table C2A are those maneuvers where motion cueing is the most discernible. They are general tests applicable to all types of helicopters and should be completed for motion cueing performance signature at any time acceptable to the NSPM prior to or during the initial qualification evaluation, and the results included in the MQTG.</P>
          <P>(3) Priority. Motion system should be designed with the intent of placing greater importance on those maneuvers that directly influence pilot perception and control of the helicopter motions. For the maneuvers identified in section 3.e. in Table C2A, the flight simulator motion cueing system should have a high tilt co-ordination gain, high rotational gain, and high correlation with respect to the helicopter simulation model.</P>
          <P>(4) Data Recording. The minimum list of parameters provided should allow for the determination of the flight simulator's motion cueing performance signature for the initial qualification evaluation. The following parameters are recommended as being acceptable to perform such a function:</P>
          <P>(a) Flight model acceleration and rotational rate commands at the pilot reference point;</P>
          <P>(b) Motion actuators position;</P>
          <P>(c) Actual platform position;</P>
          <P>(d) Actual platform acceleration at pilot reference point.</P>
          <P>e. Motion Vibrations.</P>
          <P>(1) Presentation of results. The characteristic motion vibrations may be used to verify that the flight simulator can reproduce the frequency content of the helicopter when flown in specific conditions. The test results should be presented as a Power Spectral Density (PSD) plot with frequencies on the horizontal axis and amplitude on the vertical axis. The helicopter data and flight simulator data should be presented in the same format with the same scaling. The algorithms used for generating the flight simulator data should be the same as those used for the helicopter data. If they are not the same then the algorithms used for the flight simulator data should be proven to be sufficiently comparable. As a minimum the results along the dominant axes should be presented and a rationale for not presenting the other axes should be provided.</P>

          <P>(2) Interpretation of results. The overall trend of the PSD plot should be considered <PRTPAGE P="248"/>while focusing on the dominant frequencies. Less emphasis should be placed on the differences at the high frequency and low amplitude portions of the PSD plot. During the analysis, certain structural components of the flight simulator have resonant frequencies that are filtered and may not appear in the PSD plot. If filtering is required, the notch filter bandwidth should be limited to 1 Hz to ensure that the buffet feel is not adversely affected. In addition, a rationale should be provided to explain that the characteristic motion vibration is not being adversely affected by the filtering. The amplitude should match helicopter data as described below. However, if the PSD plot was altered for subjective reasons, a rationale should be provided to justify the change. If the plot is on a logarithmic scale it may be difficult to interpret the amplitude of the buffet in terms of acceleration. For example, a 1×10<E T="51">−3</E> g-rms<SU>2</SU>/Hz would describe a heavy buffet and may be seen in the deep stall regime. Alternatively, a 1×10<E T="51">−6</E> g-rms<SU>2</SU>/Hz buffet is almost imperceptable, but may represent a flap buffet at low speed. The previous two examples differ in magnitude by 1000. On a PSD plot this represents three decades (one decade is a change in order of magnitude of 10, and two decades is a change in order of magnitude of 100).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="04">Note:</E> In the example, “g-rms<SU>2</SU>” is the mathematical expression for “g's root mean squared.”</P>
          <P>f. Table C2B, Motion System Recommendations for Level C and Level D Helicopter Simulators, contains a description of the parameters that should be present in simulator motion systems to provide adequate onset motion cues to helicopter pilots. The information provided covers the six axes of motion (pitch, roll, yaw, vertical, lateral, and longitudinal) and addresses displacement, velocity, and acceleration. Also included is information about the parameters for initial rotational and linear acceleration. The parameters listed in this table apply only to Level C and Level D simulators, and are presented here as recommended targets for motion system capability. They are not requirements.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r50,xs120" COLS="3" OPTS="L1,p1,8/9">
            <TTITLE>Table C2B—Motion System Recommendations for Level C and Level D Helicopter Simulators</TTITLE>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.</ENT>
              <ENT A="01">Motion System Envelope</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.1.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Pitch</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.1.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Displacement</ENT>
              <ENT>±25°</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.1.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Velocity</ENT>
              <ENT>±20°/sec</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.1.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±100°/sec<SU>2</SU>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.2.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Roll</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.2.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Displacement</ENT>
              <ENT>±25°</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.2.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Velocity</ENT>
              <ENT>±20°/sec</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.2.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±100°/sec<SU>2</SU>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.3.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Yaw</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.3.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Displacement</ENT>
              <ENT>±25°</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.3.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Velocity—</ENT>
              <ENT>±20°/sec</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.3.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±100°/sec<SU>2</SU>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.4.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Vertical</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.4.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Displacement</ENT>
              <ENT>±34 in.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.4.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Velocity</ENT>
              <ENT>±24 in.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.4.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.8 g.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.5.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Lateral</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.5.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Displacement</ENT>
              <ENT>±45 in.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.5.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Velocity</ENT>
              <ENT>±28 in/sec.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.5.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.6 g.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.6.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Longitudinal</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.6.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Displacement</ENT>
              <ENT>±34 in.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.6.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Velocity</ENT>
              <ENT>±28 in/sec.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.6.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Acceleration</ENT>
              <ENT>±0.6 g.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.7.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Initial Rotational Acceleration Ratio.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>All axes 300°/ sec<SU>2</SU>/sec</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.8.</ENT>
              <ENT A="L01">Initial Linear Acceleration Ratio.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.8.a.</ENT>
              <ENT>Vertical</ENT>
              <ENT>±6g/sec</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.8.b.</ENT>
              <ENT>Lateral</ENT>
              <ENT>±3g/sec</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">a.8.c.</ENT>
              <ENT>Longitudinal</ENT>
              <ENT>±3g/sec</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPH DEEP="466" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="249"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.035</GID>
          </GPH>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">7. Sound System</HD>

          <P>a. General. The total sound environment in the helicopter is very complex, and changes with atmospheric conditions, helicopter configuration, airspeed, altitude, and power settings. Flight deck sounds are an important component of the flight deck operational environment and provide valuable information <PRTPAGE P="250"/>to the flight crew. These aural cues can either assist the crew (as an indication of an abnormal situation), or hinder the crew (as a distraction or nuisance). For effective training, the flight simulator should provide flight deck sounds that are perceptible to the pilot during normal and abnormal operations, and that are comparable to those of the helicopter. The flight simulator operator should carefully evaluate background noises in the location where the device will be installed. To demonstrate compliance with the sound requirements, the objective or validation tests in this attachment were selected to provide a representative sample of normal static conditions typically experienced by a pilot.</P>
          <P>b. Alternate propulsion. For FFS with multiple propulsion configurations, any condition listed in Table C2A in this attachment should be presented for evaluation as part of the QTG if identified by the helicopter manufacturer or other data supplier as significantly different due to a change in propulsion system (engine or propeller).</P>
          <P>c. Data and Data Collection System.</P>
          <P>(1) Information provided to the flight simulator manufacturer should comply be presented in the format suggested by the “International Air Transport Association (IATA) Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements,” as amended. This information should contain calibration and frequency response data.</P>
          <P>(2) The system used to perform the tests listed in Table C2A should comply with the following standards:</P>
          <P>(a) The specifications for octave, half octave, and third octave band filter sets may be found in American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S1.11-1986.</P>
          <P>(b) Measurement microphones should be type WS2 or better, as described in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 1094-4-1995.</P>
          <P>(3) Headsets. If headsets are used during normal operation of the helicopter they should also be used during the flight simulator evaluation.</P>
          <P>(4) Playback equipment. Playback equipment and recordings of the QTG conditions should be provided during initial evaluations.</P>
          <P>(5) Background noise.</P>
          <P>(a) Background noise is the noise in the flight simulator that is not associated with the helicopter, but is caused by the flight simulator's cooling and hydraulic systems and extraneous noise from other locations in the building. Background noise can seriously impact the correct simulation of helicopter sounds, and should be kept below the helicopter sounds. In some cases, the sound level of the simulation can be increased to compensate for the background noise. However, this approach is limited by the specified tolerances and by the subjective acceptability of the sound environment to the evaluation pilot.</P>
          <P>(b) The acceptability of the background noise levels is dependent upon the normal sound levels in the helicopter being represented. Background noise levels that fall below the lines defined by the following points, may be acceptable:</P>
          <P>(i) 70 dB @ 50 Hz;</P>
          <P>(ii) 55 dB @ 1000 Hz;</P>
          <P>(iii) 30 dB @ 16 kHz.</P>
          <P>(<E T="04">Note:</E> These limits are for unweighted 1/3 octave band sound levels. Meeting these limits for background noise does not ensure an acceptable flight simulator. Helicopter sounds that fall below this limit require careful review and may require lower limits on background noise.)</P>
          <P>(6) Validation testing. Deficiencies in helicopter recordings should be considered when applying the specified tolerances to ensure that the simulation is representative of the helicopter. Examples of typical deficiencies are:</P>
          <P>(a) Variation of data between tail numbers.</P>
          <P>(b) Frequency response of microphones.</P>
          <P>(c) Repeatability of the measurements.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
            <TTITLE>Table C2C—Example of Continuing Qualification Frequency Response Test Tolerance</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Band center frequency</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Initial results<LI>(dBSPL)</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Continuing qualification results<LI>(dBSPL)</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Absolute<LI>difference</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">50</ENT>
              <ENT>75.0</ENT>
              <ENT>73.8</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">63</ENT>
              <ENT>75.9</ENT>
              <ENT>75.6</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">80</ENT>
              <ENT>77.1</ENT>
              <ENT>76.5</ENT>
              <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
              <ENT>78.0</ENT>
              <ENT>78.3</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">125</ENT>
              <ENT>81.9</ENT>
              <ENT>81.3</ENT>
              <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">160</ENT>
              <ENT>79.8</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
              <ENT>83.1</ENT>
              <ENT>84.9</ENT>
              <ENT>1.8</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">250</ENT>
              <ENT>78.6</ENT>
              <ENT>78.9</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">315</ENT>
              <ENT>79.5</ENT>
              <ENT>78.3</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">400</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>79.5</ENT>
              <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">500</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>79.8</ENT>
              <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">630</ENT>
              <ENT>81.9</ENT>
              <ENT>80.4</ENT>
              <ENT>1.5</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">800</ENT>
              <ENT>73.2</ENT>
              <ENT>74.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1000</ENT>
              <ENT>79.2</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">1250</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>82.8</ENT>
              <ENT>2.1</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="251"/>
              <ENT I="01">1600</ENT>
              <ENT>81.6</ENT>
              <ENT>78.6</ENT>
              <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2000</ENT>
              <ENT>76.2</ENT>
              <ENT>74.4</ENT>
              <ENT>1.8</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2500</ENT>
              <ENT>79.5</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3150</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>77.1</ENT>
              <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4000</ENT>
              <ENT>78.9</ENT>
              <ENT>78.6</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">5000</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>77.1</ENT>
              <ENT>3.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6300</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>80.4</ENT>
              <ENT>0.3</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8000</ENT>
              <ENT>84.3</ENT>
              <ENT>85.5</ENT>
              <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">10000</ENT>
              <ENT>81.3</ENT>
              <ENT>79.8</ENT>
              <ENT>1.5</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12500</ENT>
              <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              <ENT>80.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.6</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="n,s">
              <ENT I="01">16000</ENT>
              <ENT>71.1</ENT>
              <ENT>71.1</ENT>
              <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT A="01">Average</ENT>
              <ENT>1.1</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">8. Additional Information About Flight Simulator Qualification for New or Derivative Helicopters</HD>
          <P>a. Typically, a helicopter manufacturer's approved final data for performance, handling qualities, systems or avionics is not available until well after a new or derivative helicopter has entered service. However, flight crew training and certification often begins several months prior to the entry of the first helicopter into service. Consequently, it may be necessary to use preliminary data provided by the helicopter manufacturer for interim qualification of flight simulators.</P>
          <P>b. In these cases, the NSPM may accept certain partially validated preliminary helicopter and systems data, and early release (“red label”) avionics data in order to permit the necessary program schedule for training, certification, and service introduction.</P>
          <P>c. Simulator sponsors seeking qualification based on preliminary data should consult the NSPM to make special arrangements for using preliminary data for flight simulator qualification. The sponsor should also consult the helicopter and flight simulator manufacturers to develop a data plan and flight simulator qualification plan.</P>
          <P>d. The procedure to be followed to gain NSPM acceptance of preliminary data will vary from case to case and between helicopter manufacturers. Each helicopter manufacturer's new helicopter development and test program is designed to suit the needs of the particular project and may not contain the same events or sequence of events as another manufacturer's program or even the same manufacturer's program for a different helicopter. Therefore, there cannot be a prescribed invariable procedure for acceptance of preliminary data; instead there should be a statement describing the final sequence of events, data sources, and validation procedures agreed by the simulator sponsor, the helicopter manufacturer, the flight simulator manufacturer, and the NSPM.</P>
          <NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
            <P>A description of helicopter manufacturer-provided data needed for flight simulator modeling and validation is to be found in the “Royal Aeronautical Society Data Package Requirements for Design and Performance Evaluation of Rotary Wing Synthetic Training Devices.”</P>
          </NOTE>
          <P>e. The preliminary data should be the manufacturer's best representation of the helicopter, with assurance that the final data will not deviate significantly from the preliminary estimates. Data derived from these predictive or preliminary techniques should be validated by available sources including, at least, the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Manufacturer's engineering report. The report should explain the predictive method used and illustrate past success of the method on similar projects. For example, the manufacturer could show the application of the method to an earlier helicopter model or predict the characteristics of an earlier model and compare the results to final data for that model.</P>

          <P>(2) Early flight test results. This data is often derived from helicopter certification tests and should be used to maximum advantage for early flight simulator validation. Certain critical tests that would normally be done early in the helicopter certification program should be included to validate essential pilot training and certification maneuvers. These tests include cases where a pilot is expected to cope with a helicopter failure mode or an engine failure. The early data available will depend on the helicopter manufacturer's flight test program design and may not be the same in each case. The flight test program of the helicopter manufacturer should include provisions for generation of very early flight tests results for flight simulator validation.<PRTPAGE P="252"/>
          </P>
          <P>f. The use of preliminary data is not indefinite. The helicopter manufacturer's final data should be available within 12 months after the helicopter first entry into service or as agreed by the NSPM, the simulator sponsor, and the helicopter manufacturer. When applying for interim qualification using preliminary data, the simulator sponsor and the NSPM should agree on the update program. This includes specifying that the final data update will be installed in the flight simulator within a period of 12 months following the final data release, unless special conditions exist and a different schedule is acceptable. The flight simulator performance and handling validation would then be based on data derived from flight tests. Initial helicopter systems data should be updated after engineering tests. Final helicopter systems data should also be used for flight simulator programming and validation.</P>
          <P>g. Flight simulator avionics should stay essentially in step with helicopter avionics (hardware and software) updates. The permitted time lapse between helicopter and flight simulator updates should be minimal. It may depend on the magnitude of the update and whether the QTG and pilot training and certification are affected. Differences in helicopter and flight simulator avionics versions and the resulting effects on flight simulator qualification should be agreed between the simulator sponsor and the NSPM. Consultation with the flight simulator manufacturer is desirable throughout the qualification process.</P>
          <P>h. The following describes an example of the design data and sources that might be used in the development of an interim qualification plan.</P>
          <P>(1) The plan should consist of the development of a QTG based upon a mix of flight test and engineering simulation data. For data collected from specific helicopter flight tests or other flights the required design model or data changes necessary to support an acceptable Proof of Match (POM) should be generated by the helicopter manufacturer.</P>
          <P>(2) For proper validation of the two sets of data, the helicopter manufacturer should compare their simulation model responses against the flight test data, when driven by the same control inputs and subjected to the same atmospheric conditions as recorded in the flight test. The model responses should result from a simulation where the following systems are run in an integrated fashion and are consistent with the design data released to the flight simulator manufacturer:</P>
          <P>(a) Propulsion.</P>
          <P>(b) Aerodynamics.</P>
          <P>(c) Mass properties.</P>
          <P>(d) Flight controls.</P>
          <P>(e) Stability augmentation.</P>
          <P>(f) Brakes/landing gear.</P>
          <P>i. A qualified test pilot should be used to assess handling qualities and performance evaluations for the qualification of flight simulators of new helicopter types.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirement</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">9. Engineering Simulator—Validation Data</HD>
          <P>a. When a fully validated simulation (i.e., validated with flight test results) is modified due to changes to the simulated helicopter configuration, the helicopter manufacturer or other acceptable data supplier must coordinate with the NSPM to supply validation data from an “audited” engineering simulator/simulation to selectively supplement flight test data. The NSPM must be provided an opportunity to audit the use of the engineering simulation or the engineering simulator during the acquisition of the data that will be used as validation data. Audited data may be used for changes that are incremental in nature. Manufacturers or other data suppliers must be able to demonstrate that the predicted changes in helicopter performance are based on acceptable aeronautical principles with proven success history and valid outcomes. This must include comparisons of predicted and flight test validated data.</P>
          <P>b. Helicopter manufacturers or other acceptable data suppliers seeking to use an engineering simulator for simulation validation data as an alternative to flight-test derived validation data, must contact the NSPM and provide the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A description of the proposed aircraft changes, a description of the proposed simulation model changes, and the use of an integral configuration management process, including an audit of the actual simulation model modifications that includes a step-by-step description leading from the original model(s) to the current model(s).</P>
          <P>(2) A schedule for review by the NSPM of the proposed plan and the subsequent validation data to establish acceptability of the proposal.</P>
          <P>(3) Validation data from an audited engineering simulator/simulation to supplement specific segments of the flight test data.</P>
          <P>c. To be qualified to supply engineering simulator validation data, for aerodynamic, engine, flight control, or ground handling models, a helicopter manufacturer or other acceptable data supplier must:</P>
          <P>(1) Be able to verify their ability to:</P>
          <P>(a) Develop and implement high fidelity simulation models; and</P>

          <P>(b) Predict the handling and performance characteristics of a helicopter with sufficient accuracy to avoid additional flight test <PRTPAGE P="253"/>activities for those handling and performance characteristics.</P>
          <P>(2) Have an engineering simulator that:</P>
          <P>(a) Is a physical entity, complete with a flight deck representative of the simulated class of helicopter;</P>
          <P>(b) Has controls sufficient for manual flight;</P>
          <P>(c) Has models that run in an integrated manner;</P>
          <P>(d) Had fully flight-test validated simulation models as the original or baseline simulation models;</P>
          <P>(e) Has an out-of-the-flight deck visual system;</P>
          <P>(f) Has actual avionics boxes interchangeable with the equivalent software simulations to support validation of released software;</P>
          <P>(g) Uses the same models as released to the training community (which are also used to produce stand-alone proof-of-match and checkout documents);</P>
          <P>(h) Is used to support helicopter development and certification; and</P>
          <P>(i) Has been found to be a high fidelity representation of the helicopter by the manufacturer's pilots (or other acceptable data supplier), certificate holders, and the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(3) Use the engineering simulator to produce a representative set of integrated proof-of-match cases.</P>
          <P>(4) Use a configuration control system covering hardware and software for the operating components of the engineering simulator.</P>
          <P>(5) Demonstrate that the predicted effects of the change(s) are within the provisions of sub-paragraph “a” of this section, and confirm that additional flight test data are not required.</P>
          <P>d. Additional Requirements for Validation Data</P>
          <P>(1) When used to provide validation data, an engineering simulator must meet the simulator standards currently applicable to training simulators except for the data package.</P>
          <P>(2) The data package used must be:</P>
          <P>(a) Comprised of the engineering predictions derived from the helicopter design, development, or certification process;</P>
          <P>(b) Based on acceptable aeronautical principles with proven success history and valid outcomes for aerodynamics, engine operations, avionics operations, flight control applications, or ground handling;</P>
          <P>(c) Verified with existing flight-test data; and</P>
          <P>(d) Applicable to the configuration of a production helicopter, as opposed to a flight-test helicopter.</P>
          <P>(3) Where engineering simulator data are used as part of a QTG, an essential match must exist between the training simulator and the validation data.</P>
          <P>(4) Training flight simulator(s) using these baseline and modified simulation models must be qualified to at least internationally recognized standards, such as contained in the ICAO Document 9625, the “Manual of Criteria for the Qualification of Flight Simulators.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End QPS Requirement</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">10. [Reserved]</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">11. Validation Test Tolerances</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <P>a. Non-Flight-Test Tolerances. If engineering simulator data or other non-flight-test data are used as an allowable form of reference validation data for the objective tests listed in Table C2A of this attachment, the data provider must supply a well-documented mathematical model and testing procedure that enables a replication of the engineering simulation results within 20% of the corresponding flight test tolerances.</P>
          <P>b. Background</P>
          <P>(1) The tolerances listed in Table C2A of this attachment are designed to measure the quality of the match using flight-test data as a reference.</P>
          <P>(2) Good engineering judgment should be applied to all tolerances in any test. A test is failed when the results fall outside of the prescribed tolerance(s).</P>
          <P>(3) Engineering simulator data are acceptable because the same simulation models used to produce the reference data are also used to test the flight training simulator (i.e., the two sets of results should be “essentially” similar).</P>
          <P>(4) The results from the two sources may differ for the following reasons:</P>
          <P>(a) Hardware (avionics units and flight controls);</P>
          <P>(b) Iteration rates;</P>
          <P>(c) Execution order;</P>
          <P>(d) Integration methods;</P>
          <P>(e) Processor architecture;</P>
          <P>(f) Digital drift, including:</P>
          <P>(i) Interpolation methods;</P>
          <P>(ii) Data handling differences;</P>
          <P>(iii) Auto-test trim tolerances.</P>

          <P>(5) The tolerance limit between the reference data and the flight simulator results is generally 20% of the corresponding “flight-test” tolerances. However, there may be cases where the simulator models used are of higher fidelity, or the manner in which they are cascaded in the integrated testing loop have the effect of a higher fidelity, than those supplied by the data provider. Under these circumstances, it is possible that an error greater than 20% may be generated. An error greater than 20% may be acceptable if <PRTPAGE P="254"/>the simulator sponsor can provide an adequate explanation.</P>
          <P>(6) Guidelines are needed for the application of tolerances to engineering-simulator-generated validation data because:</P>
          <P>(a) Flight-test data are often not available due to sound technical reasons;</P>
          <P>(b) Alternative technical solutions are being advanced; and</P>
          <P>(c) The costs are high.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">12. Validation Data Roadmap</HD>
          <P>a. Helicopter manufacturers or other data suppliers should supply a validation data roadmap (VDR) document as part of the data package. A VDR document contains guidance material from the helicopter validation data supplier recommending the best possible sources of data to be used as validation data in the QTG. A VDR is of special value when requesting interim qualification, qualification of simulators for helicopters certificated prior to 1992, and qualification of alternate engine or avionics fits. A sponsor seeking to have a device qualified in accordance with the standards contained in this QPS appendix should submit a VDR to the NSPM as early as possible in the planning stages. The NSPM is the final authority to approve the data to be used as validation material for the QTG. The NSPM and the Joint Aviation Authorities' Synthetic Training Devices Advisory Board have committed to maintain a list of agreed VDRs.</P>
          <P>b. The VDR should identify (in matrix format) sources of data for all required tests. It should also provide guidance regarding the validity of these data for a specific engine type, thrust rating configuration, and the revision levels of all avionics affecting helicopter handling qualities and performance. The VDR should include rationale or explanation in cases where data or parameters are missing, engineering simulation data are to be used, flight test methods require explanation, or where there is any deviation from data requirements. Additionally, the document should refer to other appropriate sources of validation data (e.g., sound and vibration data documents).</P>
          <P>c. The Sample Validation Data Roadmap (VDR) for helicopters, shown in Table C2D, depicts a generic roadmap matrix identifying sources of validation data for an abbreviated list of tests. This sample document uses fixed wing parameters instead of helicopter values. It is merely a sample and does not provide actual data. A complete matrix should address all test conditions for helicopter application and provide actual data and data sources.</P>
          <P>d. Two examples of rationale pages are presented in Appendix F of IATA Flight Simulator Design and Performance Data Requirements document. These illustrate the type of helicopter and avionics configuration information and descriptive engineering rationale used to describe data anomalies or provide an acceptable basis for using alternative data for QTG validation requirements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="255"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.036</GID>
          </GPH>
          <PRTPAGE P="256"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">13. [Reserved]</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">14. Acceptance Guidelines for Alternative Avionics (Flight-Related Computers and Controllers)</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Background</HD>
          <P>(1) For a new helicopter type, the majority of flight validation data are collected on the first helicopter configuration with a “baseline” flight-related avionics ship-set; (see subparagraph b.(2) of this section). These data are then used to validate all flight simulators representing that helicopter type.</P>
          <P>(2) Additional validation data may be needed for flight simulators representing a helicopter with avionics of a different hardware design than the baseline, or a different software revision than that of previously validated configurations.</P>
          <P>(3) When a flight simulator with additional or alternate avionics configurations is to be qualified, the QTG should contain tests against validation data for selected cases where avionics differences are expected to be significant.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Approval Guidelines For Validating Alternate Avionics</HD>
          <P>(1) The following guidelines apply to flight simulators representing helicopters with a revised avionics configuration, or more than one avionics configuration.</P>
          <P>(2) The baseline validation data should be based on flight test data, except where other data are specifically allowed (e.g., engineering flight simulator data).</P>
          <P>(3) The helicopter avionics can be segmented into two groups, systems or components whose functional behavior contributes to the aircraft response presented in the QTG results, and systems that do not. The following avionics are examples of contributory systems for which hardware design changes or software revisions may lead to significant differences in the aircraft response relative to the baseline avionics configuration: Flight control computers and controllers for engines, autopilot, braking system, and nosewheel steering system, if applicable. Related avionics such as augmentation systems should also be considered.</P>
          <P>(4) The acceptability of validation data used in the QTG for an alternative avionics fit should be determined as follows:</P>
          <P>(a) For changes to an avionics system or component that do not affect QTG validation test response, the QTG test can be based on validation data from the previously validated avionics configuration.</P>
          <P>(b) For an avionics change to a contributory system, where a specific test is not affected by the change (e.g., the avionics change is a Built In Test Equipment (BITE) update or a modification in a different flight phase), the QTG test can be based on validation data from the previously-validated avionics configuration. The QTG should include authoritative justification (e.g., from the helicopter manufacturer or system supplier) that this avionics change does not affect the test.</P>
          <P>(c) For an avionics change to a contributory system, the QTG may be based on validation data from the previously-validated avionics configuration if no new functionality is added and the impact of the avionics change on the helicopter response is based on acceptable aeronautical principles with proven success history and valid outcomes. This should be supplemented with avionics-specific validation data from the helicopter manufacturer's engineering simulation, generated with the revised avionics configuration. The QTG should include an explanation of the nature of the change and its effect on the helicopter response.</P>
          <P>(d) For an avionics change to a contributory system that significantly affects some tests in the QTG, or where new functionality is added, the QTG should be based on validation data from the previously validated avionics configuration and supplemental avionics-specific flight test data sufficient to validate the alternate avionics revision. Additional flight test validation data may not be needed if the avionics changes were certified without the need for testing with a comprehensive flight instrumentation package. The helicopter manufacturer should coordinate flight simulator data requirements in advance with the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(5) A matrix or “roadmap” should be provided with the QTG indicating the appropriate validation data source for each test. The roadmap should include identification of the revision state of those contributory avionics systems that could affect specific test responses.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">15. Transport Delay Testing</HD>
          <P>a. This paragraph describes how to determine the introduced transport delay through the flight simulator system so that it does not exceed a specific time delay. The transport delay should be measured from control inputs through the interface, through each of the host computer modules and back through the interface to motion, flight instrument, and visual systems. The transport delay should not exceed the maximum allowable interval.</P>
          <P>b. Four specific examples of transport delay are:</P>
          <P>(1) Simulation of classic non-computer controlled aircraft;</P>

          <P>(2) Simulation of Computer Controlled Aircraft using real helicopter black boxes;<PRTPAGE P="257"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Simulation of Computer Controlled Aircraft using software emulation of helicopter boxes;</P>
          <P>(4) Simulation using software avionics or rehosted instruments.</P>
          <P>c. Figure C2C illustrates the total transport delay for a non-computer-controlled helicopter or the classic transport delay test. Since there are no helicopter-induced delays for this case, the total transport delay is equivalent to the introduced delay.</P>
          <P>d. Figure C2D illustrates the transport delay testing method using the real helicopter controller system.</P>
          <P>e. To obtain the induced transport delay for the motion, instrument and visual signal, the delay induced by the helicopter controller should be subtracted from the total transport delay. This difference represents the introduced delay and should not exceed the standards prescribed in Table C1A.</P>
          <P>f. Introduced transport delay is measured from the flight deck control input to the reaction of the instruments and motion and visual systems (See Figure C2C).</P>
          <P>g. The control input may also be introduced after the helicopter controller system input and the introduced transport delay may be measured directly from the control input to the reaction of the instruments, and simulator motion and visual systems (See Figure C2D).</P>
          <P>h. Figure C2E illustrates the transport delay testing method used on a flight simulator that uses a software emulated helicopter controller system.</P>
          <P>i. It is not possible to measure the introduced transport delay using the simulated helicopter controller system architecture for the pitch, roll and yaw axes. Therefore, the signal should be measured directly from the pilot controller. The flight simulator manufacturer should measure the total transport delay and subtract the inherent delay of the actual helicopter components because the real helicopter controller system has an inherent delay provided by the helicopter manufacturer. The flight simulator manufacturer should ensure that the introduced delay does not exceed the standards prescribed in Table C1A.</P>
          <P>j. Special measurements for instrument signals for flight simulators using a real helicopter instrument display system instead of a simulated or re-hosted display. For flight instrument systems, the total transport delay should be measured and the inherent delay of the actual helicopter components subtracted to ensure that the introduced delay does not exceed the standards prescribed in Table C1A.</P>
          <P>(1) Figure C2FA illustrates the transport delay procedure without helicopter display simulation. The introduced delay consists of the delay between the control movement and the instrument change on the data bus.</P>
          <P>(2) Figure C2FB illustrates the modified testing method required to measure introduced delay due to software avionics or re-hosted instruments. The total simulated instrument transport delay is measured and the helicopter delay should be subtracted from this total. This difference represents the introduced delay and should not exceed the standards prescribed in Table C1A. The inherent delay of the helicopter between the data bus and the displays is indicated in figure C2FA. The display manufacturer should provide this delay time.</P>
          <P>k. Recorded signals. The signals recorded to conduct the transport delay calculations should be explained on a schematic block diagram. The flight simulator manufacturer should also provide an explanation of why each signal was selected and how they relate to the above descriptions.</P>
          <P>l. Interpretation of results. Flight simulator results vary over time from test to test due to “sampling uncertainty.” All flight simulators run at a specific rate where all modules are executed sequentially in the host computer. The flight controls input can occur at any time in the iteration, but these data will not be processed before the start of the new iteration. For example, a flight simulator running at 60 Hz may have a difference of as much as 16.67 msec between results. This does not mean that the test has failed. Instead, the difference is attributed to variation in input processing. In some conditions, the host simulator and the visual system do not run at the same iteration rate, so the output of the host computer to the visual system will not always be synchronized.</P>
          <P>m. The transport delay test should account for both daylight and night modes of operation of the visual system. In both cases, the tolerances prescribed in Table C1A should be met and the motion response should occur before the end of the first video scan containing new information.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="323" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="258"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.037</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="423" SPAN="2">
            <PRTPAGE P="259"/>
            <GID>ER09MY08.038</GID>
          </GPH>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">16. Continuing Qualification Evaluations—Validation Test Data Presentation</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Background</HD>
          <P>(1) The MQTG is created during the initial evaluation of a flight simulator. This is the master document, as amended, to which flight simulator continuing qualification evaluation test results are compared.</P>

          <P>(2) The currently accepted method of presenting continuing qualification evaluation test results is to provide flight simulator results over-plotted with reference data. Test results are carefully reviewed to determine if the test is within the specified tolerances. This can be a time consuming process, particularly when reference data exhibits rapid variations or an apparent anomaly requiring engineering judgment in the application of <PRTPAGE P="260"/>the tolerances. In these cases, the solution is to compare the results to the MQTG. The continuing qualification results are compared to the results in the MQTG for acceptance. The flight simulator operator and the NSPM should look for any change in the flight simulator performance since initial qualification.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Continuing Qualification Evaluation Test Results Presentation</HD>
          <P>(1) Flight simulator operators are encouraged to over-plot continuing qualification validation test results with MQTG flight simulator results recorded during the initial evaluation and as amended. Any change in a validation test will be readily apparent. In addition to plotting continuing qualification validation test and MQTG results, operators may elect to plot reference data.</P>
          <P>(2) There are no suggested tolerances between flight simulator continuing qualification and MQTG validation test results. Investigation of any discrepancy between the MQTG and continuing qualification flight simulator performance is left to the discretion of the flight simulator operator and the NSPM.</P>
          <P>(3) Differences between the two sets of results, other than variations attributable to repeatability issues that cannot be explained should be investigated.</P>
          <P>(4) The flight simulator should retain the ability to over-plot both automatic and manual validation test results with reference data.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">End Information</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Begin QPS Requirements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">17. Alternative Data Sources, Procedures, and Instrumentation: Level B Simulators Only</HD>
          <P>a. Sponsors are not required to use the alternative data sources, procedures, and instrumentation.